You are on page 1of 325

TENDER SPECIFICATION

Q-1(112)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR DERMACHAIR


(Dermato-surgical & Laser Treatment Table/Bed)
-Voltage 220v to 23Ov /50-60Hz
-Length 1800-1900mm Width800-850mm Height630-810mm
-Cushions-White/grey with cover Foldable arm rests, head piece and adjustable
back piece and lower leg piece.
-The Electric and mechanical drive for height adjustment,
-Seat adjustment, folding of the head end, foot end and supported by a powerful
hydraulic cylinder.
-Foldable head rest , adjustable roller feet for satiability and mobility
Q-1(113)M&E/09

Whole Body Narrow Band Phototherapy Unit.

Runs on 200V-260V/50-60Hz power required should be below


10KVA
Compact portable and solid state circuitry mm 24 narrow band UVB
lamps
Integrated dosimeter system
Homogeneous all around irradiation
Highly polished/imported reflector for maximum irradiation
Micro computerized electronic LCD control to set Joules/time
Switches the system off automatically with warning alarm at the end
of irradiation
Built in memory system
User and patient friendly

Facility of Hand piece to irradiates the local area of the body,


specially palm/soles/elbows/knees and scalp.
Long rust free life

Q-1(114)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CO2 LASER


With fractional, Incisional & Excisional capabilities
For Skin Cutting , Slough Removal Skin Resurfacing
Laser Type

:
CO2 laser sealed cavity RF-excited tankless
including surgical scanning fractional modes

Power
Average power

:
:

Transmission
Spot Size

:
:

Aiming Beam
Power Supply
phase
Cooling System
Standards

:
:

60 Watts
CW Mode: 0.05-60 Watts
Ultra Pulse Mode: 0.1 60 Watts
10.600 nm
2-225mJ (Adjustable)
Continuous, Repeat & Pulse mode
1-1000 Pulses/second (User selectable)
1ms-1sec
0.1 to 5.0 seconds
<2ms (Varies with pulse energy)
5-100%
Up to 2000 micro meter/pulse
:
CPG (Computer Pattern Generator) Gun
With seven shapes 2mmx2mm-10mmx10mm,
Micro Scanner, Micro manipulator
Articulated Arm, 360 degree rotation
1.3mm & 0.12mm
2000 micro meter, 1300 micro meter,
1000 micro meter, 200 micro meter,
120 micrometer.
Helium or Diode Laser
120V/200-240V, 20A/16A+10%, 50/60Hz, single

:
:

Self contained, Closed Cycle


CE,

Wave length
:
Pulse Energy
:
Operative Mode
:
Repetition Rate
:
Time Range
:
Repeat Delay
:
Pulse Width
:
%Coverage/Pass
:
Depth of Penetration :
Scanner

This machine should have following accessories:


1)
2)
3)
4)

Power back up & stabilizer/UPS (1).


Inbuilt power meter.
Safety goggles (10).
Eye shield & corneal shield (2).

5) Smoke evacuator (1).


6) Large touch screen LCD color display (1).
7) Focused incisional hand piece set (incl. 0.2mm & 0.1mm hand pieces)-1
set.
8) Lens cleaning paper (1).
9) External air compressor (1).
10) Laser warning signs (2).
11) Operator manual (1).

Equipment must have 2 year comprehensive warranty &AMC for 5 years after expiry of
warranty.
Year wise rate of AMC to be quoted for 5 years. In case if firm is based outside
India , Indian agent for service should be located in Delhi/NCR. Preference will be given
to company with direct sales & service operations in India. There should be prompt after
sales service to reduce breakdown time to maximum of 2 days
Q-1(115)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR Q-SWITCHED ND:YAG LASER

Laser

:Q switched Nd:YAG laser

Wavelength

: 1064nm & 532nm. Preferably also 585 and


650nm.

Frequency

: up to 10 Hz

Width of pulse

: 5-20 ns

Energy density

: 100-600 mJ, preferably up to 1 J in


1064nm

Spot diameter

: Variable 1- 8 mm

Cooling system

: Internal water to air cooled

Delivery arm

:Articulated delivery arm

Wattage

: 200-250 watt

Electrical requirement

: 210-230V/50Hz

Equipment must have 2 year comprehensive warranty &AMC for 5 years


after expiry of warranty.
Year wise rate of AMC to be quoted for 5 years. In case if firm is
based outside India , Indian agent for service should be located in
delhi/NCR. Preference will be given to company with direct sales & service
operations in India. There should be prompt after sales service to reduce
breakdown time to maximum of 2 days

Q-1(116)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR IPL (INTENSE PULSE LIGHT SYSTEM)


Light source
Standard filter
Spot size
Wavelength range
Hand pieces
Pulse duration
Repetition rate
Pulse characteristic
Energy density
Pulse type
Control panel
Cooling
Weight
Electrical equipment
CE / FDA approved

: intense pulse light.


: crystal/ sapphire
: 8mm X 15mm to 15mm X 35mm.
: 400nm 1200nm.
: universal broad wavelength system.
: 3 100 ms.
: 0.5 - 1.0 Hz.
: multiple sequential characteristic.
: 15-45 J/cm sq.
: single / double / triple pulse.
: LCD display.
: inbuilt.
: 50 kgs approx.
: 230V / 5A / 50 Hz.

Q-1(117)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR RADIO FREQUENCY


SURGICAL UNIT
1. Operating frequency between 3.5 - 4 MHZ

2.

Power output 100-150 watts.

3.

Provision of finger switch and/or foot switch for activation.

4.

Preferable not to have ground or skin contact of antenna plate.

5.

Provision for cut mode, cut & coagulate mode, fulguration &
hemostasis mode.

6.

Adjustable volume for activation monitor.

7.

7.
Bipolar pinpoint Microfine coagulation will be
preferable.

8.

8.

Line voltage of 220-240 AC.

Q-1(118)M&E/09

IONTOPHORESIS MACHINES
- control system using fibre optics which allows the patient to

start, stop and alter the intensity of the treatment current by


a hand, while submerged in the treatment baths.
- with a built in re-chargeable battery.
- Iontophoresis Machine Accessories
Hand Tray, Foot Tray, Metal Foot Plates, Metal Hand
Plates, Plastic Foot Grills, Plastic Hand Grills

- Recommended for professional use


- must have effective method of delivering drugs

Q-1(119)M&E/09

WOODS LAMP
1.UV Light tube should emit 365 nm
2.main supply should be 230 volt AC
3.carrying case
4.Two ultra violet tubes are of 4 watts each
5.The unit should be compact portable

Q-1(120)M&E/09

MAGNIFIER WITH BUILT IN LIGHT

Wall mountable or table clamp inspection device for good and


clean magnification with pin point accuracy, magnification up to 10
xs.
Handy and easy maneuverability.
With cool light delivery system.
Special stabilizer
Highly polished magnifying glass.
Easy maintenance.
Solid state circuitry.

Q-1(121)M&E/09

Specification for Liquid Nitrogen Cryojet

One unit having 350 ml quantity.

with 3 numbers of nosal spray .

and carrying case .

Q-1(122)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR MICROMOTOR FOR DERMABRADER

1. Motor with a hand piece.


2. Speed up to 35000 rpm.
3. Foot switch as well as direct operation.
4. Electrical requirement- 230 V.

Q-1(123)M&E/09

Electrical tattoo machine

Very light weight.


Single / double pin needle arrangement.
Battery back up facility.
Hand switch control for accurate control
Both press and do / auto switch available.
Better after sales service and replacement, since it is totally indigenous.

Q-1(124)M&E/09

Specifications of Urology Laparoscopy Set


1) Telescope/ LAPROSCOPE ( 30 degree 10mm): Two
Should be autoclavable
Three types of adaptor for fibre optic cable.
Wide Angled field of vision
The Telescope should be of new generation and not Economic model or
Refurbished.
2) Telescope/ LAPROSCOPE ( 0 degree 10mm):
Two
Should be autoclavable
Three types of adaptor for fibre optic cable.

Wide Angled field of vision


The Telescope should be of new generation and not Economic model or
Refurbished.

3) HIGH FLOW INSUFFLATOR (Electronic) :


Two
Continuous flow should not be less than 16 ltr/min.
Digitral display for actual and preset intra abdominal pressure, gas
consumption indicator and CO2 cylinder pressure indicator.
Should have digital indication of current gas flow rate.
Self test functions.
The insufflator should offer both, Low Pressure Insufflation
System(LPS) and Intelligent Insufflation System( I I S)
The insufflator should be supplied with Pin Index connection
Audible Alarm for excessive gas pressure.
It should also have warning light/ Patient symbol.
There should be a Push botton to Reset the gas consumption display.
The unit should be equipped with 3 hydrophobic filters internally.
4) LIGHT SOURCE:
One
XENON Light Source should not be less than 180 watts.
The light intensity should be manually controlled
There should be a lamp life indicator on the front panel of the Light
source.

HAND INSTRUMENTS

Trocar And Cannula, 11 mm, with manual valve control, trocar with
pyramidal tip. The cannula working shaft should be detachable from
the valve control body for better cleaning : Four
Trocar And Cannula, dia 5.5 mm, with manual valve control, trocar with
pyramidal tip. The working cannula should be detachable from the
valve control body for better cleaningTrocar : Four
Safety trocar with cannula, automatic valve, dia 11 mm: Two
Veress Needle, shaft length 150mm, dia 2 mm, with spring loaded and
leur lock connection: Two
Veress Needle, shaft length 120mm, dia 2 mm, with spring loaded and
leur lock connection: Two
HF cable for monopolar Instruments, 3 meters long: Four
Two way suction and irrigation cannula with trumpet valve, 5 mm & 10
mm

Allis Grasping Forceps, 5 mm dia, 330 mm working length, insulated, rotatable,


dismantable in to atleast three parts: Four
Grasper for Hollow organs & tubes, plain, 5 mm dia, 330 mm working length,
insulated, rotatable, with monopolar connector, dismantable in to atleast three parts:
Two

Maryland Forceps 5mm, insulated, rotatable, Dismentable, working


length 330 mm: Two
Metzenbaum Scissors 5mm, curved, insulated, rotatable, Dismentable
working length 330 mm: Two
Hunter Grasping Forceps, 5 mm dia, 330 mm working length, insulated, rotatable,
with monopolar connector, dismantable in three parts: Two
Claw Forceps, 5 mm dia, 330 mm working length, insulated, rotatable, dismantable
in to atleast three parts, with monopolar connector: Two
Babcock Grasping Forceps, 5 mm dia, 330 mm working length, insulated, rotatable,
dismantable into atleast three parts, with monopolar connector : Two
Mixter 90 degree jaw forceps, 5 mm dia, 330 mm working length, insulated,
rotatable, dismantable into atleast three parts, with monopolar connector: Two

Aspiration Needle, 4.5 mm diameter : Two


Dissecting L-Hook Cannula with suction & Irrigation facility, 5 mm dia, length 340
mm: Two
Needle Holder, 5 mm dia, working length minimum 33 cm, with Tungsten carbide
tip, axial handle, with ratchet: Two

Clip Applicator rotatable with flushing channel for medium large


Ethicon clips LT300.
Reducer sheath 11 to 5 mm: Two
Knot Tier and Pusher: Two
Formaline Chamber: Two
Mobile Trolley with 5 Shelves, approximately 5.5 feet in height, with 4
antistatic castors, 2 with breaks, and a shelf, with electrical
connections in all selves: One

Q-1(125)M&E/09

Specification
Single Plate CR System with high resolution multi size dry imager
The CR System should be state of the art latest generation machine capable of handling
workloads of the hospital setup (No mobile models to quoted) It should have following
essential features along with CE/FDA approval.
1.
Imaging recording system ( Cassettes & Imaging Plates)
The following size of Radiology Cassettes along with Image Plates should be
supported by the unit. Image Plates must be Flexible to accommodate curved
cassettes in case of OPGs.
Sizes
Quantity
a)
14x17
4 Nos

2.

3.

4.

b)
14x17
4 Nos
c)
10x12
4 Nos
d)
8x10
4 Nos
e)
15x30cm
2 Nos
f)
18x24cm
2 Nos for mammography
Image Reading (Cr Reader / Digitizer)
a) The CR reader/Digitizer should be able to process up to 70 imaging plates/hour
or more, depending of size and application.
b) It should have a resolution of 5 or more pixels/mm (Minimum) for standard
resolution cassette and 10 pixels for high resolution cassettes reading.
c) The system should have option of having high resolution cassette/reading for all
cassette size including 14x17 & 14x14.
d) It should have a reading resolution of 20 pixels/ mm or more for
mammography.
Processing server/cr workstation with 19 LCD Panel.
a) PC based unified server/ workstation for centralized patient identification &
management of Images/ Studies.
b) Process of identification should be ready for interface with existing Hospital
information system (His) or Radiology information system (ris) in DICOM
protocols.
c) This server must provide display of acquired images with a greater details of
demographics, like patient/study listing for easy access.
d) This sever must provide full amount of post processing features like Geometric
corrections, Window/Level, Algorithms, Annotations such as markers,
predefined texts, drawing lines and geometrical shapes, Multi scale image
contrast amplification, measuring distances and angles and determining leg
length differences, shuttering, Histograms, Zoom, grey scale reversal, edge
enhancement, noise reduction, indicate grey scale saturation level, Latitude
reduction
e) This terminal must provide a full fledge DICOM printing, should be able to
print multiple formats (more than 4) of a patient study, print a true size.
f) Should be able to send DICOM images to a DICOM viewing station
g) Should be equipped with DICOM CD writer for allowing examination of a
patient to be written onto a CD in DICOM format for referral purposes.
Dedicated advanced work stations (4 Nos) other than console.
Should have 19 inch or more, antiglare, flicker free medical grade TFT/LCD flat
monitor with least one mega pixel resolution of standard make like BARCO.
a) Should have 320 GB or more storage capacity (hard disk), with 4 GB or more
RAM, latest high speed core 2 duo or any other processor of 3.0 GHz or more
speed and have CD & DVD Burner.
b) Should have latest window based original software.
c) It should have build in routine for using predefined image processing
parameters or image quality enhancement.

5.

6.
7.
8.

d) It should have mechanism for storing the patient image based on name, date,
exam, etc.
e) It should have capability of storing user defined image processing parameters
capability of overwriting predefined image parameter with user-defined
parameters & storing these two images separately.
f) It should be able to process the raw image date of CR reader and have capability
of window level adjustment, flipping, rotating, zooming, collimating,
annotating, latitude reduction, image noise reduction, grey scale saturation
feedback, electronic shuttering, grey scale reversal etc.
g) It should have provision for customized printing formats in different layouts.
h) It should have auto-routing incoming image to predefined DICOM store or print
destination.
i) It should have mechanism for printing multiple images in one film, with
possibility of slide and true size printing.
j) It should be able to connect with other DICOM system such as MR work
station, CT work station etc.
Laser / Dry Imager (for film printing)
a) The system must be a laser Dry imager, without need of any wet chemistry.
b) The system must be DICOM 3.0 print service class provider, allowing minimum
of 10 association at a time.
c) The system must be able to process up to 100 films/hour (minimum) depending
on the size.
d) The system must deliver its first film within 80 seconds from requested.
e) The system must have a spatial resolution of 500 PPI/DPI (minimum)
f) The system must have contrast resolution of 12 bits/pixel or more.
g) The system must have at three online film sizes, and should be capable to print
on any of the 8x10, 10x12, 11x14,14x14,14x17 sizes. All Three film
input trays should be freely configurable at user level for all the mentioned film
sizes.
h) The system must not involve any wet process and must give a dry film in singly
staged(without any users intervention) functionality.
i) The system must have a standard film sorter at the output for sorting the films
based on modalities connected.
j) It should have single step direct digital printing.
k) Required film for the imager should not be light sensitive.
Interconnectivity.
a) Interconnectivity between various CR modules should be Ethernet / TCp Ip
Based i.e. RJ 45 Connection ( 10/100 Base T/ Lan)
Connectivity to PACS
The system must be ready to integrate itself in PACS environment.
Software
a) Application related software like pediatric, black border/black masking should
be available.

b) The system should have software and hardware to perform full Leg-full
spine/Long Body Imaging /Image stiching.
9.
U.P.S
The company should provide UPS for the whole system with 10 Minutes backup.
10. Installation List.
Firm should attach installation list in India of the model quoted out of which at leat
Installation should be in Govt Hospital or Govt. Medical institute.
11. The equipment should have comprehensive guarantee for five years for all parts
including electronic parts & CR Plates.
12. For should give unconditional under taking for 98% uptime warrantee and acceptance
of increasing the guarantee period by double the down time if it is in excess of 2%.
No cap on the period of extension will be accepted.
13. CMC for next five years also to be quoted for the complete system for which order
will be placed with unconditional under taking for 98% uptime warrantee and
acceptance of increasing the guarantee period by double the down time if it is in
excess of 2%. No cap on the period of extension will be accepted.
14. Firm should have service center in Delhi/NCR. Firm to provide no and names of
services engineers them Delhi/NCR.
Original Data sheet of technical specification of the equipment quoted to be provided
along with point wise compliance statement mentioning deviation if any with
justification. The original data sheet should indicate reference to technical
specification point wise by highlighting ink.

Q-1(126)M&E/09

Specification for 500 mA x-ray machine


1. X-ray Generator
500mA, 50KW, High frequency, multipulse x-ray Generator with one, two & three point
technique suitable for Radiography and should have digital display of the parameters like
KV & mAs.
2. X-ray Tubes
Unit should have one double focus rotating anode X-ray tubes with a speed of more than
8500 rpm, 30/50 KW.
3. Column Stand
Column stand floor to ceiling 3600 rotation, fully counter balanced with safety lock in
case of wire failure as per BIS.

4. Collimator with Halogen lamp & auto shut off system.


5. X-ray Table
Horizontal Bucky table with floating table top should have +- 40 cm longitudinal and +12.5 cm transverse movement arrested by electromagnetic brakes.
6. Servo Controlled Voltage stabilizer: one SCVS Suitable for the above machine.
7. Complete unit should be as per BIS, certifications from ISO & BARC/AERB. Firm
quoting the above should have established after sales service center in the country.
8. The equipment should have comprehensive guarantee for five years for all parts including
electronic parts & X-ray tube.
9. For should give unconditional under taking for 98% uptime warrantee and acceptance of
increasing the guarantee period by double the down time if it is in excess of 2%. No cap
on the period of extension will be accepted.
10. CMC for next five years also to be quoted for the complete system for which order will
be placed with unconditional under taking for 98% uptime warrantee and acceptance of
increasing the guarantee period by double the down time if it is in excess of 2%. No cap
on the period of extension will be accepted.
11. Firm should have service center in Delhi/NCR. Firm to provide no and names of services
engineers located them Delhi/NCR.
12. Original Data sheet of technical specification of the equipment quoted to be provided
along with point wise compliance statement mentioning deviation if any with
justification. The original data sheet should indicate reference to technical specification
point wise by highlighting ink.
Q-1(127)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR HIGH-END B/W ULTRASOUND SYSTEM


A Digital ultrasound equipment which is suitable for performing all ultrasonography
examination of abdomen, obstetrics & gynaecology, It should have the following
specification.
1. Transducers
a) The system should have a full digital scan converter capable of supporting 2 or
more probes with facility to switch between the transducers. Fast selection of
the transducers.
b) The unit should have following broadband multi frequency transducers.
2-5 MHz, Curved Array Transducer.
5-10 MHz, Linear Transducer.
9-4 Endocavity Probe.
2. System operating & display modes
The system should include A-mode, B-mode, single or Mixed models like B+M
(horizontal, vertical), 4B should also be available. It should be all digital
architecture with 180 channels or more.
3. Keyboard/Hard Disk
Full alpha numeric keyboard having backlit control panel with:
a) Pre & post processing functions.

4.
5.

6.
7.

8.

9.

b) Adjustable dynamic range of over 120dB.


Hard disk of 30 GB or more for image storage.
Display monitor: 12 inch monitor or more, high resolution CRT/LCD monitor with
tilt and swivel facility.
Software.
a) Grey shades- 256 in M-mode
b) User programmable pictograms, annotations in various presets.
c) TGC control: enabling multi-step transmit focusing.
d) Magnification in real time & frozen mode, factor to be specified.
e) Scrolling facility should be possible after magnification.
f) Facility to magnify specific region of image.
g) Standard measurements and calculations.
h) Trackball/mouse with calipers for measurements.
i) 2D circumference/area by ellipse, continuous trace or trace by points.
j) Tissue Harmonic imaging facility should be available.
k) Thyroid Volume.
l) 2D volume and ratio.
m) Standard examination specific calculations and report packages for obstetrics,
gynecology, urology, small parts orthopedics etc.
n) Imaging depth of at least 24 cm or more.
o) Cine memory than 50.
p) Dicom Ready.
mobile trolley for the unit
Documentation
a) Image archiving on CD
b) Thermal printer of international brand with 250 rills of paper.
c) Multiformat camera
Guarantee: System to be offered with 5 year warranty with 98% uptime and
extension of warranty period by double the down time in excess of 2% without any
condition. Also quote AMC and CMC charges from 6th year (Both should include
probes and all accessories of the whole supply)
Firm should have service center in Delhi/NCR firm to provide no and names of
services engineers located them Delhi/NCR.
Original data sheet of technical specification of the equipment quoted to be
provided along with point wise compliance statement mentioning deviation if any
with justification. The original data sheet should indicate reference to technical
specification point wise by highlighting ink.

Q-1(128)M&E/09

TENDER SPECIFICATION FOR AUTOMATIC X-RAY FILM PROCESSOR


(TABLE TOP MODEL) FOREIGN MAKE

1. The processor should be capable of processing the maximum film size 14x17 and
minimum film size 4x4. It should be able to process all types of x-rays & Imaging
films including ultrasound films, Mammography & CT Scan films.
2. It should give completely dry film after processing.
3. The output obtained from the processor should be at least 75films per hour of size
14x17 in 90 second mode.
4. There should be provision for automatic replenishment of developer and Fixer.
5. Developing Tank should be minimum of 5 liters, Fixing tank should be minimum of 5
liters and washing tank should also be minimum 5 liters capacity for prolonged
processing and should have replenishment container of 25 Liters.
6. Developer and fixer replacement should have automatic program with appropriate tank
capacity. Replenishment time should be adjustable between 20-90 seconds with
possibility of turn off.
7. The container assembly should be mono shell and made of material, which is noncorrosive and of latest technology.
8. The functions should be microprocessor controlled.
9. It should be automatic control with thermostat for developer and fixer. The temperature
should have automatic control with thermostat and the temperature should have a range
of 280c 360c.
10. The processing time should be variable between 1.5minute to 3.0minute in steps of not
more than 8 seconds for perfect fine tuning of contrast.
11. Dryer temperature should have automatic control of temperature.
12. The processor should go into stand by mode if not in use for long time and the stand by
mode should be attained in less than 1 minutes.
13. It should have and auto-fill program facility for developer and fixer bath.
14. Processing time, Temperature and replenishment rate should be adjustable from the
control panel itself.
15. It should have digital display of temperature and timing for developer bath, process time,
Error message and film time indication etc.
16. It should have water saving mode, anti-crystallization and anti-oxidation mode.
17. Transport speed should be adjustable form the control panel and should be
microprocessor controlled.
18. There should be at least two micro-sensors fro film detection and also separate level
sensors for Developer & Water tanks for overflow protection.
19. Multiple program memory should be there for different application. At least two program
memories must be there.
20. The processor should be complete with the following operational electrical data- 230
volts, 50 Hz, Single Phase. The firm should provide and appropriate Voltage servo
controlled stabilizer of Rating not less than 3 KVA.
21. AMC should be furnished for 5 years after expiry of warranty period for whole system.
22. Any plumbing work required for installation shall be done by the firm without any extra
cost.
23. The equipment should have comprehensive guarantee for five years for all parts including
electronic parts.

24. Firm should give unconditional under taking for 98% uptime warrantee and acceptance of
increasing the guarantee period by double the down time if it is in excess of 2%. No cap
on the period of extension will be accepted.
25. Firm should have service center in Delhi/NCR. Firm to provide no and names of services
engineers located them Delhi/NCR.
26. Original Data sheet of technical specification of the equipment quoted to be provide
along with point wise compliance statement mentioning deviation if any with
justification. The original data sheet should indicate reference to technical specification
point wise by highlighting ink.
Q-1(129)M&E/09

OPERATION TABLE ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC


Operation table having the following features:
1. Four section table top with divided foot section.
2. Table top should be constructed from a high-pressure acrylic laminate to permit x-ray
penetration and fluoroscopy with full length X-ray cassette tunnel accessible from either
end.
3. All table positioning, i.e., height, back section, lateral tilt, trendelenburg, and antitrendelenburg, should be operated electro-hydraulically.
4. Should have a handset for position selection, with battery status indicator. There
should be inbuilt standby control panel in the table enabling full use of table in case of
handset failure.
5. The table top can be moved cranially and caudally by 200 300 mm on its base.
6. The casings on the frame and centre supporting column should be made of hygienic
stainless steel
7. Mattress should be radiolucent and suitable for fluoroscopy
8. Table should have mobile base with castors.
9. Accessories should include

Padded arm rest with straps - pair with clamps

Anesthesia screen with clamps

Side supports: pair with clamps

Shoulder supports: pair with clamps

Knee crutches: pair with damps

X-ray cassette tray

Kidney bridge

SS bowl with clamps

Infusion rod with clamp

10. Measurements:

Height: 730-1230 mm

Side tilt: + 15 to 18 degrees

Back section adjustment: - 15 degrees to 70 degrees

Foot section adjustment: - 90 to 0 degree, detachable

Trendelenburg: 25 to 35 degree

Anti trendelenburg: 25 to 35 degree

Head section adjustment: +40 to -40 degree, detachable

Maximum width: 555 to 655 mm

Length: 1950 to 2150 mm

Cranial and caudal traversing 200 to 250mm

Maximum patient weight 250 to 300 Kg

11. Service & maintenance:


a. Should have service centre in Delhi
b. Terms and rates, for after sales service contract for 10 years must be quoted

Offers for models that are more advanced and have advantages over the model
having the above features will also be considered.

All the features must be mentioned/illustrated in the manufacture's


catalogue/literature.

The measurements given above are approximate and minor variations without
alteration of function are acceptable. List of installations in major institutions in
Delhi must be quoted.

Q-1(130)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF ELECTROSURGICAL UNIT


1. Double microprocessor technology with two or more generators
2. Should have facility to use gas argon coagulator
3. Should provide mono polar cut in 4 or more levels, mono polar coagulation in 3 or
more levels. Bipolar cut in 2 or more levels, bipolar coagulation in 3 or more levels or
with automatic bipolar coagulation
4. Optional combined bipolar cutting and coagulation.
5. Should have vessel sealing system which allows the closure of vessels of up to 5- 7
mm in diameter with minimal thermal damage to nearby structures.
6. Sinusoidal wave form.
7. Activation by double pedal foot switch and hand switch. Activation of bipolar mode by
foot switch with automatic start/stop system.
8. Auto diagnosis on switching on and during working to continuously monitor all
parameters.
9. Automatic stoppage of output in case of malfunction with acoustic and visual signal
with display of error code.
10. Output powers adjustable automatically or manually by membrane keys or push
buttons
11. Four or more programmable memory for output settings.
12. Simultaneous access to mono and bipolar by 2 or more users.
13. Should be usable with laparoscopic mono polar and bipolar instruments.
14. System for neutral plate safety by continuous monitoring of contact quality and
connection.
15. System for monitoring and control of leakage current.
16. Frequency leakage on the patient should be less than I O~LA.
17. The unit should have undergone rigorous testing before being declared passed for use
18. The design should be such that maintenance and repair are easy.

19. The warranty clause should be clearly specified with optional provision for extended
warranty
20. The accessories should include trolley, mains cable, foot switches for mono and
bipolar, reusable and single use neutral electrode for adults and children, cable for neutral
electrode, fixing belt for neutral electrode (chi Id/adult), securing buttons for fixing belt,
sterilisable and or disposable electrode handle with and without finger switch, cable for
electrode handle, set of electrodes (long and short), electrode container with holder, tip
cleaner, bipolar forceps, cable for bipolar forceps, cable for connecting to mono polar and
bipolar laparoscopic instruments and vessel sealing system for open and laparoscopioc
surgeries.
21. The rates for all the accessories should be quoted individually and separately
22. Terms and conditions of after sales service contract. both comprehensive and
otherwise, ten years after warranty period should be quoted
23. Facility for after sales service should be available in Delhi
24. Manufacturer's undertaking to provide after sales service for ten years
period after warranty either directly or through the authorized agent should be submitted
25. Set should be available for demonstration if required.

Offers for models that are more advanced and have advantages over the model
having the above features will also be considered.

All the features must be mentioned/illustrated in the manufacture's


catalogue/literature.

The specifications given above are approximate and minor variations without
alteration of function are acceptable. List of installations in other major
institutions in Delhi must be quoted.

Q-1(131)M&E/09

HIGH SPEED RAPID STERILISER


Horizontal high speed rapid sterilizer having following specifications:1. ISI/BIS marked
2. End ring hydraulically formed without joints to sustain required pressure. Other
joints to be argon-arc welded .

3. Should work at 134 degree C at 32 psi.


4. Should have two safety valves (dead weight and spring loaded)
5. Should have pressure switch to prevent accidental pressure build-up
6. Should have pressure lock device at the door
7. Should have been tested for twice the working pressure
8. Instruments should come out dry after the cycle
9. Should have multiport valve located at the top.
10. Should have stainless steel trays rack for instruments.
11. The rates for all the accessories should be quoted individually and separately.
12. Terms and conditions of after sales service contract. both comprehensive and
otherwise, ten years after warranty period should be quoted.
13. Facility for after sales service should be available in Delhi.
14. Manufacturer's undertaking to provide after sales service for ten years.
period after warranty either directly or through the authorized agent should be submitted
15. Set should be available for demonstration if required.

Offers for models that are more advanced and have advantages over the model
having the above features will also be considered.

All the features must be mentioned/illustrated in the manufacture's


catalogue/literature.

The specifications given above are approximate and minor variations without alteration
of function are acceptable. List of installations in other major institutions in Delhi must
be quoted.
Q-1(132)M&E/09

LAPAROSCOPIC HAND INSTRUMENTS


S.No
1
2
3

Instrument
Reusable Veress
Pneumo- peritoneum
Needle
Reusable Trocar :11mm
Reusable Trocar :5mm

Specifications
spring loaded blunt stylet luer lock
length 10cm
multifunctional valve, insufflation
stopcock and threaded sleeves,
pyramidal tip, length (10.5cm)
multifunctional valve, insufflation
stopcock and threaded sleeves,
pyramidal tip, length (10.5cm)

Quantity
12
4
8

multifunctional valve, insufflation


stopcock and threaded sleeves,
pyramidal tip, length (10.5cm)
Suction and irrigation
L shaped size 5mm, length 36cm,
cannula
use with suction and irrigation handle
Grasping forcepsDouble action jaws , rotating with
Maryland
connector pin for unipolar coagulation,
size 5mm, length 33-36cm, dismantling
facility
Grasping forcepsDouble action jaws , rotating with
Atraumatic
connector pin for unipolar coagulation,
size 5mm, length 33-36cm, dismantling
facility
Grasping forceps- Allis Double action jaws , rotating with
connector pin for unipolar coagulation,
size 5mm, length 33-36cm, dismantling
facility
Grasping forcepsDouble action jaws , rotating with
Mixter
connector pin for unipolar coagulation,
size 5mm, length 33-36cm, dismantling
facility
Grasping forceps- Plain Double action jaws , rotating with
dissection & Grasping
connector pin for unipolar coagulation,
size 5mm, length 33-36cm, dismantling
facility
Hook Scissors
Double action jaws , rotating with
connector pin for unipolar coagulation,
size 5mm, length 33-36cm, dismantling
facility
Rotating Metzenbaum
Double action jaws , rotating with
Scissors
connector pin for unipolar coagulation,
size 5mm, length 33-36cm, dismantling
facility

13

High Frequency Cord.

14

5mm dissecting spatula

15
16

Knot pushers
Needle holder coaxial
type

17

Clip Applicator Medium Large


Clip Applicator - Large

4
5
6

10

11

12

18

Reusable Trocar :10mm

For 5mm & 10mm hand instruments with


Monopolar Electrodes
For 5mm & 10mm hand instruments with
Monopolar Electrodes, spatula tip
Eye type, length 33-36cm
Size 5mm, tungsten tip, straight handle
with ratchet, single moving jaw, length
33-36cm.
Rotatable, one blade fixed and provision
for locking the shaft conveniently, 10mm
Rotatable, one blade fixed and provision
for locking the shaft conveniently, 10mm

6
6

4
2
3
4
1

19
20

Hassan cone
Reduction sleeve

Adaptable to 10mm trocar


from 11mm to 5mm

2
4

21

Fascia closure
instrument

Size 2.8mm, length 17cm

These hand instruments should be compatible with Karl-Storz and Techno


Laparoscopic sets which are currently in use in the deptt.

Offers for models and instruments that are more advanced and have advantages
over the model having the above features will also be considered.

All the features must be mentioned/illustrated in the manufacture's


catalogue/literature.

The specifications given above are approximate and minor variations without
alteration of function are acceptable. List of supplies in major institutions in Delhi
must be quoted.

Equipment should be available for demonstration if required.

Q-1(133)M&E/09

MOBILE OPERATION THEATRE LIGHT


1. Mobile light on castors
2. Colour correcting filters
3. Power supply source with CVT
4. Light output 50,00 Lux or more
5. Colour temperature 4200K or better
6. Temperature increase in operating field should not be greater than 4-6OC.
7. Sterilizable focusing handle
8. Emergency Power Unit having in-built unit with CVT with automatic change
over from Mains to Battery mode in the event of power failure
9. Should withstand wide voltage fluctuation
10. The rates for all the accessories should be quoted individually and separately

11. List of users should be submitted


12. Facility for after sales service should be available in Delhi
13. Should submit commitment for after sales service and annual maintenance
(comprehensive and otherwise) for at least ten years after the warranty period
specifying the terms and conditions including rates for the same. The
approved rate of standard AMC shall be 2% of the cost of the set before taxes
or the rate quoted, whichever is less, on the first year, to be increased in
succeeding years by 10% of the rate in the previous year
14. Should produce certificate from the manufacturer/principal for making
spares/components available for at least 10 years after warranty period and to
provide service support for the same duration through its authorized agent on
the terms and conditions approved at the time of placement of orders for
supply.
15. The warranty clause should be clearly specified with optional provision for
extended warranty, if available.
Set should be available for demonstration if required.
Q-1(134)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF OPERATION THEATRE LIGHT


Only latest model should be quoted and year of introduction should be mentioned.
Offer of Alternate models will not be acceptable. Conditional clause except standard
force majeure clause will not be acceptable.
1. One major and one satellite light heads
2. Combined light intensity at 1 meter at colour temp of 4500K should be 2,55,000 Lux
or more. The main dome light should have Lux output in excess of 1,60,000 Lux and
satellite light should have Lux out put in excess 95000 Lux
3. Colour Temperature: 4200 K-4600K.
4. The light source should be Halogen bulb based or higher version of light
emission (Xenon, LED).
5. Homogenous luminous field with lowest possible amount of shadow.
6. The contrast between the lighted area and the surrounding should not cause stress to
the surgeon's eye.

7. Luminous intensity in the light field should be 270 or more lumens per watt
8. Illuminated field diameter should be:
Min: 140 - 200 mm
Max: 250 - 350 mm
9. Depth of illumination should be 90-120 cm or more
10. Special filters to filter out 99.9% of infrared component of the emitted light so that
there is increase in intensity of light without increase in heat
11. Temperature increase in operating field should not be greater than 2- 4 degree C
12. Temperature of light head should be specified.
13. The light head should be so constructed as to provide optimum conditions for laminar
flow
14. Colour rendering index should be 92-98. Should provide optimum colour temperature
which is close to color temperature of day light.
15. Light field adjustment by sterilisable handle.
16. Control panels on the light assembly as well as away from it for adjustment of light
intensity, illuminated area and on/OT controls
17. The system should have features which make it simple to clean and disinfect and
maintain
18. Service lamp life should be more than 15,000 -18,000 hr's for LED light and 1000
1500 hrs for halogen bulb and 4000 5000 hrs for Xenon bulbs.
19. Easily replaceable system components.
20. Terms and conditions of after sales service contract both comprehensive and
otherwise, ten years after warranty period should be quoted
21. Facility for after sales service should be available in Delhi
22. Manufacturer's undertaking to provide after sales service for ten years
period after warranty either directly or through the authorized agent should be submitted
23. Set should be available for demonstration if required.

Offers for models that are more advanced and have advantages over the model
having the above features will also be considered.

All the features must be mentioned/illustrated in the manufacture's


catalogue/literature.

The specifications given above are approximate and minor variations without
alteration of function are acceptable. List of installations in other major
institutions in Delhi must be quoted.

Q-1(135)M&E/09

LOWER URINARY TRACT ENDOSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS


BROAD SPECIFICATIONS
1. HOPKINS II TELESCOPES.
A) Straight Forward 0 degree telescope, enlarged view 4mm; Autoclavable,
Incorporated light transmission fibre-optic.
B) Forward obligue 30 degree telescope, enlarged view 4mm; Autoclavable;
Incorporated fibre-optic light transmission.
C) 0 degree telescope, enlarged view 2.9 3 mm, others conditions/specifications
as at `A`above.
D) 30 degree telescope, enlarged view 2.9 -3 mm; other specifications as at `B`
above.
2. Cystoscopes & urethroscipe sheaths for adults & children.
A) Cystoscope & urethroscope sheath, 25 F sizes, with obturator and two luer-lock
adapters.
B) Cystoscope- urethroscope-sheath, 22 F size with obturator and two luer-lock
adapters.
C) Cystoscope urethroscope sheath 20 F size with obturalor
D) Cystoscope- urethroscope sheath 19 F size

-do-

E) Cystoscope- urethroscope sheath 17 F size.

do-

F) Cystoscope- urethroscope sheath 16 F; length 22 cms with obturator & two luer
lock adapters; Instrument channel 1 X 5 Fr or 2X 4 Fr.
G) Cystoscope- urethroscope sheath 14 F size with obturator; Instrument channel 5
Fr X 1.
3. A) Telescopic bridge with 1 lockable instrument channel for adult sheath.
B) Same as above for pediatric sheath.
4.) OPTICAL BIOPSY FORCEPS
A) Adult size- fitting adult sheath-double action jaws.
B) Optical grasping forceps-double action jaws.
C) Marberger sen. Optical short jaw Bx forceps double- action jaws- for use with
Hopkins II, 30 degree telescope.

D) Adapter, for use with resectoscope sheaths.


E) Grasping forceps for removal of foreign bodies, 9 F size, double action jaws,
flexible, 40 cms length.
5) RESECTOSCOPE SHEATHS
A) 27 F size, with central valve, short beak with obturator.
B) 24 F size as above at `A`.
6) DEFLECTING OBTURATORS
A) For use with 27 F resectoscope sheath.
B) For use with 24 F Sheath.
7) ELECTROTOMES (-UNIPOLAR) ONE SET.
Working element set consisting of one working element, cutting loops (02 in no.),
coagulating electrodes (02 in no) ; Two High frequency cords; one protection tube;
Motion by means of finger grip; Thumb support movable; In rest position,
electrode is outside the sheath.
8) ONE STEM ELECTRODESA) Cutting loop, angled, 24/26 F

=20 in no.

B) Cutting loop, angled, 27/28 F

=10 in no.

9) A) Coagulating electrode; Ball-shaped 3mm


24/26 F size = 10 in no.
B) Coagulating electrode; Ball shaped, small, 3mm
27/28 F

= 10 in no.

10) OPTICAL URETHROTOME


A) Sachse, urethrotome sheath, 21 F with channel for filiform-bougies & two
luer-lock adaptors.
B) Obturator for urethrotime sheath 21F (as at `A` above).
C) Telescopic bridge with channel for 5 Fr instruments.
D) Half round supplementary sheath for inserting balloon catheter to slip on
urethrotome sheath.
E) Working element for use with optical urethrotome; Motion by means of a
spring. Moreable thumb support. In rest position electrode is inside the
sheath.

F) SACHSE COLD knife, straight.


G) Urethrotomy sheath, 17 F sizes along with obturator.
H) Telescopic bridge with channel for 3 Fr instruments.
I) Half round supplementary sheath for inserting a balloon catheter for use
with 17 F urethrotome sheath (as at G- above).
J) Working element for use with pediatric urethrotomy sheath. Moreable
thumb support; in rest position, electrode is inside the sheath.
K) Pediatric size; cold knife for urethrotomy.
11) Toomey`s Bladder syrmge 100cc. One
12) Fibre optic light cable, size 4.8 mm, 250 cms length, heat resistant.
Q-1(136)M&E/09

EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ULTRASONIC CUTTING AND


COAGULATION DEVICE
1 Description of Function requirement
1. The Ultrasonic cutting & coagulation device should cut and coagulate precisely
at the point of application using ultrasonic technology only.
2. It should use lower temperatures than those used by electrosurgery or lasers
causing minimal or no lateral thermal damage permitting dissection close to vital
structures.
3. Ultrasonic cutting & coagulation device should control bleeding by coaptive
coagulation by a protein coagulum at low temperatures ranging from 50C to
100C with no charring.
4. The device should seal vessels up to 5mm in diameter using Ultrasonic cutting &
coagulation technology.
2 Operational Requirements
The system is required for Open & Laparoscopic Surgical Procedures
3 Technical Specifications
Hardware and Accessories
1. Generator
2. Hand Piece (containing transducer) with connecting cable
3. Blade system coagulating shears, hooks, ball coagulators

4. 5mm and 10mm Blade System Adaptor


5. Hand Switching Adaptor
6. Blade system adapter for coagulating shears (CS) and Laparoscopic CS
7. Torque Wrench
8. Foot pedal
9. Cart
10. Sterilization tray for accessories
The above mentioned device should have the following components and
specifications.
1. It should be capable of being used for both laparoscopic and open surgery.
2. It should have an ultrasonic generator with fixed frequency of 45.5 55.5 kHz or
above confirming to IEL standards class I CF
3. The instrument should have a minimum of 5 power levels with power level
display. The power output should not be less than 100 Watts (continuous) &
150W (interval). It should have power entry filters to suppress electromagnetic
disturbances and should be defibrillator protected.
4. It should have vibration range of 50-100 microns.
5. Hand-piece with in-built transducer compatible with 10mm to 5mm instruments
and attached to generator by autoclavable silicon cable.
6. Hand-switch activation adopter for blade & hook probe.
7. The generator must be CF isolated applied device and conforming to IEL safety
standards Class 1, Type CF and Electromagnetic compatibility and Defibrillator
protected.
8. The system should have a foot switch with dual level control.
9. The system should have a standby mode, audible indicator with adjustable volume
control for active probe.
10. Should have warning system for worn out probes, broken cables or improper
connections.
11. The system should be supplied with mobile cart for ready transportation.
Laparoscopic Instruments
1. Dissecting Hook, 5mm diameter, 33 - 358cm long

2. Curved Blade, 5mm diameter, 32-38cm long


3. Ball coagulator ,5mm, 28 32cm long
4. Laparoscopic Hand Activated Curved Coagulating Shears (LCS)- 5.5 mm
diameter, 32-38cm long.
5. Laparoscopic Coagulating Shears, 10mm diameter, 33- 38cm long, capable of
working in three modes flat, blunt and sharp.
Open Surgery Hand Instruments
1. Coagulating Shears, 8.5mm 10mm, 15 - 23cm long, has cylindrical tip blade of
length 18 - 20mm, capable of sealing blood vessels up to 5mm in diameter.
Instrument should be hand and foot activated.
2. Curved Coagulating Shears, 5.5 mm shaft diameter, 15 -23cm long, capable of
working in three modes flat, blunt and sharp.
3. Straight coagulating shears, 10 mm shaft diameter, 15 - 23cm long capable of
sealing blood vessels up to 5mm in diameter capable of working in three modes
flat, blunt and sharp.
4. Curved blade with grip, 18- 23cm long.
5. Curved dissecting hook, 5 mm diameter, 18-23 cm long.

All hand pieces (open and Laparoscopic) should be autoclaveable.

The specifications given above are approximate and minor variations


without alteration of function using ultrasonic technology are acceptable.

4 Environmental factors
1. Shall meet IEC-60601-1-2 :2001(Or Equivalent BIS) General Requirements
of Safety for Electromagnetic Compatibility or should comply with 89/366/EEC; EMCdirective.
2. The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature
of 0 -50 deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%
3. The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of
10 -40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%
5 Power Supply
1. Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug
2. UPS of suitable rating with voltage regulation and spike protection for 120

minutes back up.


6 Standards, Safety and Training
1. The generator must be CF isolated applied device and defibrillator protection must be
available.
2. Should be FDA, CE, UL or BIS approved product. Manufacturer should have ISO
certification for quality standards.
3. Electrical safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601 / IS-13450
4. Comprehensive warranty for 2 years and 5years AMC after warranty.
5. Undertaking from manufacturer to provide after sales service for 10 years after
warranty period is over either directly or through authorized agent should be submitted.
5. Facility for after sales service should be available in Delhi.
6. List of installations in other major institutions in Delhi must be quoted.

Q-1(137)M&E/09

Technical Specification of Upper Gastrointestinal Video-endoscope System


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

8.
9.

Direction of view
Depth of field
Field of view
Outer diameter
Instrument channel
Working length
Range of distal end bending

Forward
3-100 mm (approx.)
1300 or more
9.0 mm or more
3.2 mm or more
1.0 1.30 meters
Up 1800 or more
Down 900 or more
Right & left 1200 or more

Standard accessories including biopsy forceps, cleaning brush, leakage tester


etc.
A compatible video processor system with wall mountable 15-17 inches LCD
monitor
Technical Specification of Add on Video-Colonoscope

1.
2.
3.
4.

Direction of view
Depth of field
Field of view
Outer diameter

Forward
3-100 mm (approx.)
1300 or more
12 mm -14 mm

5.
6.
7.

Instrument channel
Working length
Range of distal end bending

8.
9.

3.2 mm or more
1.30 1.70 meters
Up & down 1800
Right & left 1600 to 1800

Auxiliary water jet for mucosal cleaning.


Standard accessories including biopsy forceps, cleaning brush, leakage tester
etc.
It should be compatible with the above video processor system

10.
Others

Endoscopes should have superior resolution and image quality.


Fully immersible in disinfectant solution.
Computer system with printer for reporting and recording.
General
1.

AMC
A)
B)

2.
3.

Firm should give an undertaking that the spare parts will be made
available for three years after the expiry of warranty period.
Firm should under take to enter into AMC (for periodic / preventive as
well as break down call on site) for three years after the warranty period.
Warranty : Minimum 3 years
Up-gradation facility

Q-1(138)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF SINGLE CHANNEL ECG MACHINE


1.

Automatic & shall have single channel recording system.

2.

Shall have 12 lead selector

3.

It should be able to record the ECG at the speeds of 25 and 50 mm per second.

4.

Should be light weight (less than 3 kg) and portable & have system for 1mV
Calibration.

5.

Should be AC mains and battery operated

6.

Power supply range AV 230 + 10%, 50 Hz fitted with Indian plug.

7.

Should have rechargeable built in battery, with battery discharge and battery
charging indicator.

8.

Should have battery capacity of at least 100 ECGs or 120 minutes of


continuous recording on single charge.

9.

Should have AC, muscle and anti-drift filters & safety standard class I CF
type.

10.

Should have protection against defibrillator effect.

11.

Should record ECG on standard thermal printer paper available in India.

12.

Delhi Based Service Station.

13.

Warranty for 2 yrs & AMC for minimum 5 yrs after expiring of warranty.

14.

Demonstration of ECG Machine working is mandatory.

Q-1(139)M&E/09
Q-1(140)M&E/09

TURN KEY REAL TIME PCR PROJECT


1.

The manufacturer must provide a turn-key Real Time PCR molecular


laboratory.
2.
Equipments listed below must be a part of project and supplied,
installed and maintained by the firm installing the Real Time
equipment.
3.
The civil and electrical work for the laboratory enclosures defined as
"Pre-PCR"' "PCR" and "Post PCR" areas to be provided by the
firm, separated by thick opaque/semi transparent glass and aluminum
partitions which can be removed and shifted by firm at a later date, if
more space becomes available to the department.
4.
Spilt air conditioners must be provided as part of the turn key for the 3
areas specified above.
5.
The necessary electrical and civil changes requisite for the project
must be provided by the firm.
6.
Accessory equipment required for Real Time PCR project mentioned
below to be provided/installed and maintained by firm/supplier:
Requirements for Turn key projectVII. REAL TIME PCR- Real Time PCR Kits including primers
(customized for each Organism ) and probes-(to be provided free
of cost)
a.
HIV (RNA extraction, detection and quantitation)-200
tests
b.
Syphilis (Treponema pallidum) (detection and
quantitation)-100 tests
c.
Chancroid (Haemophilus ducreyi) (detection and
quantitation)-100 tests
d.
Herpes simplex-Type-II (detection and quantitation)-100
tests
e.
Chlamydia trachomatis (detection and quantitation)-100
tests)
f.
Neisseria gonorrhoeae (detection and quantitation)-100
tests)

A.
B.

RNA and DNA extraction kits for above organism from


samples also to be provided.
Specifications of Real Time PCR --attached.
Other requirements (all specifications attached) I.
Non refrigerated micro-centrifuge (imported) - 1 Unit.
II.
High speed Refrigerated centrifuge (imported) - 1 Unit.
III. Micropipettes (Imported) 3 Units of each
IV. Micropipette tips, plastic disposable (packet of 500 tips)
V.
Positive displacement micropipette
VI. Autoclavable PCR Eppendorf racks
VII. Biosafety cabinet (Imported)-2 units.
VIII. Laminar Flow -1 Unit
IX. Vortex Mixer (Imported)-2 Units
X.
Quick spin (Imported)-I unit
XI. Deep Freeze (Laboratory use, Imported) - 1 Unit.
XII. Deep Freeze (Laboratory use, Imported) - 1 Unit
XIII. Storage boxes and storage cryovials for deep freezer-8 units
each
XIV. Laboratory refrigerator (Laboratory use, Imported) - 1
Unit.
XV. Electronic water bath (Imported) - 1 Unit.
XVI. Electronic weighing balance for fine weighing (Imported) 1 Unit.
XVII. PCR cooling block- 1 unit
XVIII. Training required at site after installation for the doctor
and laboratory technician till familiarity.
XIX. An extended warranty of 5 years (preferable) with
parts/spares must be included after which a
Comprehensive Maintenance contract (labour and
spares) for 7 years must be quoted by the firm

Individual SpecificationsI.

II.

III.

Non refrigerated micro-centrifuge (imported) - 1 Unit.


High speed - up to 20000xg
Acceleration and deceleration should be rapid (approx 10 secs).
Electronic display of time and speed.
Timer from 1-30 min with hold options.
Very low noise and vibration level.
High speed Refrigerated centrifuge (imported) - 1 Unit.
Microprocessor controlled digital display.
Table top refrigerated centrifuge
Programmable memories.
Temp. range of - 200C to + 400C
High speed - up to 26000xg
Provision to set speed, rcf, radius correction values.
CFC free refrigeration.
Motor overheating, chamber overheating and lid drop
protection.ISO 9001 and CE certified.
Should be supplied with ISO 9001, 5 KVA servo voltage
stabiliser and online UPS with one hour back up.
Should be supplied with autoclavable and phenol resistant
rotors. (Angle rotor with lid attachment for PCR centrifuge
tubes, angle rotor with buckets, swing out rotor for microtitre
plates with suspension, fitting into rotor, bucket for plates, lid
for bucket and plate removal frame).
Micropipettes (Imported) - 3 Units of each volume rangeSingle channel , Variable volume of following ranges.
0.5 - 10 ul, 1-10ul, 10-100ul, 100-1000ul, 20 - 100 ul, 20200ul.
Very light pipetting action by tension free spring mechanism.
Fully autoclavable
Volume locking system with safe cone filter lock
Accuracy > or = 98.5%.
Precision > or = 99.4%
Providing good GLP protocols
Provision for onsite and external calibration

Each micropipette to be supplied with approx 1000 number of


appropriate, PCR friendly filter tips.
ISO certified.
5 years warranty.
IV. Micropipette tips, plastic disposable (packet of 500 tips) 1-10ul, 220ul, 20-200ul, 200-1000ul-9 Units each along with filter tips of 1-10,
2-20ul, 20-200ul,capacity (9pkts each), with autoclavable boxes (96
tips) - 4 each.
V.
Positive displacement micropipette 1-10 ul and 1000 tips for
Positive displacement micropipette.
VI.

Autoclavable PCR Eppendorf racks for the following volumes 0.2ml, 0.5ml and 1.5ml (pack of 500) - 4 Units each.

VII. Biosafety cabinet (Imported)-2 units.


Horizontal type with UV tubes for disinfection of air/surface.
Class II Biosafety Cabinet.
ISO 9001 certified.
ISO 9001 3 KVA servo voltage stabilizer
5 years CMC with zero maintenance from the principal firm.
VIII. Laminar Flow
Work area and internal dimensiions (in mm): - 1200 x-650 x - 650
approx.
Horizontal laminar airflow with Positive Pressure
Have pre filter and HEPA filter providing efficiency of -99.997%
(DOP) class 10 for 0.3 u particle size
Speed controller fan system
Clean air at working area better than class 100 as per U.S. fed
std.209E or BS 5295
Side walls and front window made up of UV resistant tempered glass
Noise level less than 60 dB
Gas burner with foot pedal and flame monitor
Gas stopcocks
Support table/floor stand
ISO 9001 registered
ISO 9001 3 KVA servo voltage stabilizer
5 years CMC with zero maintenance from the principal firm.

IX.

Vortex Mixer (Imported)-2 Units


Speed - 0 tp 3000 rpm.
Electronic display of speed and time.
Both touch and continuous operation modes.
Wide Temp. range (approx. 4 deg. C-60 deg, C)
Light weight.
Minimum vibration and noise.

X.

Quick spin (Imported)-I unit


Compact minifuge.
Spinning action up to 6000 rpm
Rotor to have 6 spaces for 1.5/2.0 ml tubes with 0.5, 0.4 ml
adapters
Touch button panel for operation at 220 V.
5 years CMC with zero maintenance.
Deep Freeze (Laboratory use, Imported) - 1 Unit.
Large volume, Approx 400 Liter capacity. Vertical type
-80 deg. C. Capacity- 500 to 600 ltrs.
Operating temperature range -60 deg C to - 86 deg C.
Electrical supply 220 V, 50 Hz.
Microprocessor controlled with digital display.
Vacuum insulation panel technology and rigid polyurethane
foam in place.
CFC/HCFC free
Tough powder coated exterior and stainless steel interior.
Adjustable inner shelves.
Built in audible and visible alarms and filter check with
rechargeable battery for alarm system.
Mounted on wheel castor for moving.
Appropriate number of racks and boxes
Should have CO2/LN2 backup in case of power failure.
ISO 9001, CE and UL certified.
Automatic temperature recorder and software for data logging
and controlling.
Should be supplied with ISO 9001 5 KVA servo voltage
stabiliser.

XI.

XII. Deep Freeze (Laboratory use, Imported) - 1 Unit


Large volume, approx 400 Liter capacity. Vertical.
-20 deg. C. (temperature range -15 deg C to - 25 deg C)
Power supply; 220V
Insulation with PUF with cyclopentane.
Digital display of temperature
CFC/ HCFC free. Double door
Internal fluorescent light
Left or right hand door opening.
Castors at back of cabinet and adjustable feet at front
Door lock facility.
All around sealed drawers to avoid frost when door is opened.
Different chambers/drawers for partitioning objects to be placed
with in.
ISO 9001 3 KVA servo voltage stabiliser
CMC for 5 years with zero maintenance from the principal
firm.
XIII. Storage boxes and storage cryovials for deep freezer-8 units each
XIV. Laboratory refrigerator (Laboratory use, Imported) - 1 Unit.
Large volume, , Approx 400 Liter capacity. Vertical type.
Factory preset to +4 deg. C. Range +1 deg C to + 8 deg C.
Heavy duty compressor hermetically sealed, extra sound
insulation to minimise noise. Positive, forced air circulation to
maintain uniform temperature throughout cabinet.
CFC free , PUF insulation.
2 castors
Digital temperature display, fan cooled condenser
Automatic condensate evaporation
Internal fluorescent light
Multi positional shelf system
Self closing door system with magnetic gasket.
Castors at back of cabinet and adjustable feet at front.
Door lock system
Servo stabiliser 2 KVA, ISO 9001 certified.
5 years CMC with zero maintenance from the Principal firm.

XV. Electronic water bath (Imported) - 1 Unit.


Electronic operation.
Electronic display.
Fine tune controlling of temperature should be possible.
XVI. Electronic weighing balance for fine weighing (Imported) - 1 Unit.
XVII. PCR cooling block- 1 unit
Compact cooling block
Temperature regulating range odeg C to 10 deg C.
Maintain sample temperature at 0 deg C for at least one hour
and change colour above 7deg C.
Block capacity 96 for 0.2 ml to 2.0 ml PCR tubes.
5 years CMC with zero maintenance from principal firm.
REAL TIME PCR SPECIFICATIONS
- The system should be fast and compact online system.
- The system should perform a) Multiplexing & complete end-point assays.
b) Quantification assays with multitask facility
c) Genotyping
d) Allelic discrimination
e) Gene expression analysis
f) Plus/minus assays that utilize internal positive control
g) Dissociation curve analysis
- System to provide on line cycle by cycle monitoring with continuous
display of readings for fluorescence, temperature changes and
progression of amplification.
- Sample capacity of 96 wells microplate or 12 x 0.2 ml 8-tube strips.
- System should have tungsten - halogen source reporting wavelength
range between 500-650 nm. (minimum) for excitation and charge
coupled device (CCD) camera for detection.
- Should have minimum 5 detection channels
- Detect Syber Green, Fluorescein, Fam, Hex, Vic, Tamra, Cy3 & T Red
dyes etc.
- Total reaction volumes for majority of the chemistries should be with in
10-20 ul.

- Typing run time should be less than 90 minutes for 35 cycles.


- Temperature range should be from 0 -100 0 C with an accuracy of -+ 0.3 0
C.
- Programmable fast ramping rates from 2 -5 0 C / second for ultra rapid
cycling.
- Should have a linear dynamic range up to 10x.
- Flexible system for developing chemistries with five or more color
hybridization probes, dual color Taqman / Hydrolysis Probes, molecular
beacons, simple probes etc.
- Multi color analyzing facility for four or more colors with Multiplexing
capability having least cross talk
- Application software should include melting curve analysis for Tm,
genotyping, absolute and relative quantification assays, qualitative
analysis and nucleic acid quantification.
- Software should also have the provision to check the compatibility of
multiple nucleotides for multiplex PCR assays.
- System should have probe / Primer design software for designing the
primers and Hybridization probes in a single run.
- The system completely open both in terms of chemicals/ kits reagents
and tubes/disposables plastics to be used with the machine.
- Supplier should be able to ensure the uninterrupted supply of reagents
(ready to use kits, enzymes, probes, primers, nucleotides, dyes, taqman
master mix and multiplexing reagents).
- Analysis workstation should have latest branded pentium IV PC with
licensed windows operating system with compatible laser and color
printer.
- Licensed and authorized Real Time PCR Platform should be supplied
along with licensing rights for software applications including relative
quantification.
- Power input to be 220 -240VAC,50Hz fitted with Indian plug.
- Resettable overcurrent breaker shall be fitted for protection.
- The manufacturer should have full fledged laboratory locally for
providing technical support and trouble shooting.
- Suitable Servo controlled Stabilizer/CVT for the entire lab.
- Suitable UPS (2KVA) with maintenance free batteries for minimum one
hour back-up should be supplied with the system.
- Comprehensive training for lab staff and support services till familiarity
with the system.
- Accessories to be provided extra- Halogen lamp (free of cost)

- Electrical safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601 /


IS-13450.
- Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory.
- List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and
costing.
- Log book with instruction for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly
maintenance checklist.
The job description of the hospital technician and company service
engineer should be clearly spelt out.
- An extended warranty of 5 years (preferably ) with parts/spares must be
included after which a CMC (labour and spares) for 7 years must be
quoted by the firm.

Q-1(141)M&E/09
Q-1(142)M&E/09

TRINOCULAR RESEARCH MICROSCOPE WITH BRIGHTFIELD, DARKFIELD AND


FLUORESCENCE ATTACHMENTS

GENERAL-

RESEARCH MICROSCOPE WITH FACILITIES


FOR BRIGHTFIELD, DARK FIELD AND
FLUORESCENCE APPLICATIONS. PHASE
CONTRAST AND INTERFERENCE CONTRAST
APPLICATIONS OPTIONAL. ALL METALLIC
PARTS SHOULD BE CORROSION PROOF, STAIN
PROOF.
DUST COVER FOR THE EQUIPMENT.

MAGNIFICATION

40X-1500X

OPTICAL SYSTEM

(INFINITY OPTICAL SYSTEM)

EYEPIECE TUBE

SIEDENTOPF DESIGN TRINOCULAR TUBE


SHOULD BE INCLINED AT 15-30 DEGREE ANGLE WITH
F.O.V. 22 MM. SHOULD BE ANTI-FUNGUS TYPE. SHOULD
BE UPGRADABLE TO SUPER WIDEFIELD TUBE (F.O.V.
25MM) BY JUST CHANGING THE EYEPIECES.

EYEPIECE LENS

10X (2PCS) WITH BOTH SIDES DIOPTER ADJUSTMENT


(F.O.V. 22MM) SHOULD BE ANTI FUNGUS TYPE.

OBJECTIVES

OBJECTIVES WITH HIGH NUMERICAL APAERTURE &


WORKING DISTANCE PLAN ACHO 4X 10X 20X 40X &
100X(OIL) WITH IRIS DIPHARAGM. SPECIALLY FOR
DARKFIELD.

COARSE/FINE FOCUSING

2 GEAR FOCUSING WITH TORQUE ADJUSTABLE KNOBS.


HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE COARSE AND FINE FOCUSING
KNOBS. SENSITIVITY OF 1 MICRON.

STAGE

LARGE
STAGE
WITH
SUPER
HARD
COATED
RECTANGULAR SURFACE STAGE. 74-80 X 50-56 MM
CROSS TRAVEL RANGE USING LOW POSITIONED
COAXIAL X AND Y MOTION CONTROL ON RIGHTHAND
SIDE

CONDENSER

ABBE CONDENSER & DARK FIELD CONDENSER FOR


MAGNIFICATION UPTO 100X AT DARK FIELD.

FLUORESCENT ATTACHMENT

FILTER SYSTEMS FOR STANDARD FLUORESCENT


APPLICATIONS FOR 220 V. SHOULD BE ABLE TO HOLD 46 FLUORESCENCE FILTER BLOCKS.

ILLUMINATION

6V-30W HALOGEN LAMP PREFOCUSED. AND 12V 100 W


MERCURY LIGHT SOURCE.
SHOULD BE CAPABLE OF HANDLING BF, DF AND
FLUORESCENCE IMAGES WITH HIGH DENSITY CCD
CHIP. SHOULD HAVE MINIMUM 12.1 MILLION EFFECTIVE
PIXELS. LCD MONITOR FOR EASY VIEWING AND
NECESSARY SOFTWARE FOR DOWNLOADING THE
IMAGES ON TO PC. IT CAN BE USED ON MICROSCOPE AS
WELL AS ON FIELD.
SUITABLE ADAPTERS FOR
ATTACHING WITH MICROSCOPE SHOULD BE PROVIDED.

DIGITAL CAMERA

COMPUTER & PRINTER:

INTEL PENTIUM P IV WITH 2.4 GHZ OR HIGHER


PROCESSOR, 40GB OR HIGHER HDD, 256 MB RAM.
1.44 MB FDD, 17' COLOR MONITOR , WIN XP
OPERATING SYSTEM, DVD WRITER ALONG WITH
FIRE WIRE LINK SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITHIN
THE SYSTEM.
HIGH RESOLUTION COLOR INKJET PRINTER
WITH 4800 DPI OR HIGHER RESOLUTION
SHOULD BE OFFERED ALONG WITH THE
SYSTEM.
WARRANTYLOCAL BASED AGENT

2 YEARS.
THE AGENT MUST BE STATIONED IN DELHI

COMPREHENSIVE MAINTENANCE
CONTRACT5 YEARS AFTER WARRANTY PERIOD.
SPARES -

ONE SPARE 100X OIL IMMERSION (


SIMPLE//SEMIPLAN) ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVE.

Q-1(143)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENT OPERATING MICROSCOPE


FLOOR STAND
1. Roll able heavy Floor Stand with locking device.
2. Magnetic system for balancing lock and release of magnetic breaks.
3. Manipulation to any position with locking for trouble free operation
4. LCD display of function and parameters, individual programming for different
Surgeons.

MICROSCOPE BODY
1. Motorized Zoom Magnification system with apochromatic optics
2. Magnification 2.1X to 21.5 or better activated by hand grip and foot control with manual
override
3. Eye piece 12.5X
4. Internal Motorized fine focusing system, activated by hand grip and foot control
continuously
5. Adjustable working distance from 200 mm to 500 mm or more without exchange of
objective lens, manual override, integrated continuously variable illumination field spot
size
6. integrated beam splitter with two additional output inbuilt for connection of coobservation device and video
7. Stereo co observation system for assistant surgeon/ teaching purpose
Future up gradation to XY module
BINOCULAR TUBE
1. 180 Degree or more tilt able binocular tube with focal length f= 180 mm or more
2. Graduated knob for continuous adjustment of inter- papillary distance from 55 mm to 75
mm.
EYE PIECE
1. Pair of wide field push in eye piece 12.5 X with magnetic locks
2. Diopter setting from -8 D to +5 D
ILLUMINATION SYSTEM
1. Coaxial xenon illumination minimum 180 Watt with a back up lamp changer Xenon or
halogen bulb
HANDGRIPS
1. Easily removable handgrips with adjustable keys for zoom and focus
2. Four freely programmable keys for setting illumination intensity, controlling the
video camera
Cont..2
Page-2
FOOT CONTROL PANEL
1. Control keys for zoom, focus, movements and light intensity

DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA SYSTEM

1. 3 CCD advanced digital camera with adapter


2. LCD monitor compatible with camera- 21 inches
3. Compatible recording device preferably a digital one with USB Port.
Above microscope should be compatible for LASER use
Compatible CVT should be supplied for protection from voltage fluctuation
Power requirement 220-240 volts50Hz
Any Other accessory must for smooth functioning of the equipment
Sterile drapes

-- 20 numbers

Comprehensive Warranty of 5 years


AMC for five Years on expiry of warranty.

Q-1(144)M&E/09

INSTRUMENTS FOR MOCROLARYNGEAL SURGERY


S.NO:
1
2

INSTRUMENT

QUANTITY

Operating laryngoscope
Adult size-18cm- Large
Operating laryngoscope
Adult size-18cm-Medium

1
1

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Anterior commissure scope


Adult size-22cm
Laryngoscope holder and chest support for use with above
laryngoscopes
Adult size (ring 9.5 cm, rod 34 cm)
Laryngoscope holder and chest support
Child size (ring 9.5 cm. Rod 24 cm)
Fiber optic light carrier to fit in operating laryngoscopes
Adult size
Fiber optic light carrier to fit in operating laryngoscopes
Child size
Straight forward wide angle telescope-4mm
30cm length- 0 angle, autoclavable with attached handle
Fiber optic light cable, fully autoclavable
4.9mm-180cm with adapters for use with Storz light source
and above scopes
Laryngeal cutting forceps-23 cm
2mm round cupped jaws, straight
Laryngeal cutting forceps-23 cm
2mm round cupped jaws, angular upwards
Laryngeal cutting forceps-23 cm
2mm round cupped jaws, bent to right
Laryngeal cutting forceps-23 cm
2mm round cupped jaws, bent to left
Laryngeal artery forceps with rachet-23 cm
Serrated, straight
Laryngeal alligator forceps-23 cm
Serrated -straight
Laryngeal alligator forceps-23 cm
Serrated -bent to right
Laryngeal alligator forceps-23 cm
Serrated -bent to left
Laryngeal scissors-23 cm
Straight
Laryngeal scissors-23 cm
Angular 45 up
Laryngeal scissors-23 cm
Bent to right
Laryngeal scissors-23 cm
Bent to left
laryngeal scissors-23 cm
Straight, horizontal cutting
Laryngeal cutting forceps-23 cm
Round cupped jaws 5 mm, straight, double action
Laryngeal grasping forceps for arytenoids-23 cm

1
1
1
3
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
3
2
1
1
2
2
1

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

Laryngeal biopsy forceps-23 cm


Oval cup shaped jaws
Laryngeal needle holder with ratchet
Atraumatic vocal cord retractor-23 cm
Self retaining with rachet
Arnold vocal cord holding forceps-23 cm
Triangular jaws, for right side
Arnold vocal cord holding forceps-23 cm
Triangular jaws, for left side
Laryngeal knife-23cm
Straight cutting
Laryngeal knife-23cm
Sickle shaped, curved
Laryngeal knife-23cm
Round vertical cutting
Laryngeal hook-23 cm
Blunt
Laryngeal hook-23 cm
Sharp
Laryngeal needle-23 cm
Curved to right
Laryngeal needle-23 cm
Curved to left
Laryngeal elevator with suction channel-23 cm
Laryngeal knot tier-23 cm
Laryngeal hook, blunt with probe end
Instrument handle
For use with item No 30to 38 mentioned above
Laryngeal suction tube (micro laryngeal) 25 cm
Diameter 2 mm
Laryngeal suction tube (micro Laryngeal) 25 cm
Diameter 3mm
Laryngeal insulated canula-25 cm
3 mm O.D. for suction and coagulation
Laryngeal cotton wool carrier-25 cm
Straight, serrated
Bipolar electrode 3 mm, length 23 cm
With removable suction tube
Cable for bipolar forceps-5 m long
For Martin ME MB or EschmannTD830

Q-1(145)M&E/09

2
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
2
2
1
1

SPECIFICATION FOR RHINO-LARYNGO-FIBERSCOPE FOR ADULTS

Optical system should be appropriate for use in adults.


Direction of view 0o
Depth of field 2.5 50mm
Bending section range 100o
Length 250mm (approximately)
Outer diameter 5.2 mm
1.5 mm insertion tube with suction channel and instrumentation
Compatible light cable if not incorporated in the scope
Cleaning brush
Biopsy forcep
Compatible Light source 250 Watt. Halogen (220 volts) with stand by lamp
Accessories to cheques leakage in the endoscope.
Any other accessories which is essential for operation.
Two years warranty.
Three years AMC.

Q-1(146)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION OF RIGID VENTILATING BRONCHOSCOPE WITH ACCESSORIES:


Bronchoscope for Children: Size 3.0 outer diameter 5mm with light carrier
Bronchoscope for Children: Size 3.5 outer diameter 5.7mm with light carrier
Bronchoscope for Children: Size 4.0 outer diameter 7mm with light carrier
Bronchoscope for Children: Size 5.0 outer diameter 7.8mm with light carrier
Bronchoscope for Children: Size 6.0 outer diameter 8.2mm with light carrier
Bronchoscope for Adult: Size 8.0 outer diameter 9.6mm with light carrier
With ventilation device, 4 glass plug & 4 rubber plug for each bronchoscope to hold optical
forceps
8. Fiber- optic cable of 2.5 mm diameter and 2 meter length Two in number
9. Cold Light Source 250W
10. Optical forceps for size: 3.5 to 5.0 size bronchoscope of three different tips design of
universal type, grasping type & alligator jaws. (One each type)
11. Telescope 0 o to fit in above forceps -Two in number
12. Magnetic extractor for removal of magnetic foreign body - 1
13. Coagulation electrode to fit in existing Martin/Eshmann cautary
-2
Spoon shaped Biopsy forceps for size: 4 & 6 Bronchoscope -2
Aspiration tube: 5mm diametersize 450mm length 2
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

3mm diameter size 300mm length 2


6mm diameter size 500mm length 2
For infant bronchoscope two in number
14. Any other accessory necessary to run the equipment.
15. Two year warranty.
16. AMC for five years after expiry of warranty period.

Q-1(147)M&E/09

Specifications for OTO-Endoscopes


Endoscopes
1. Strait forward Telescope 0 1.9 mm 10cm length
2. Strait forward Telescope 30 1.9 mm 10cm length-1
3. Strait forward Telescope 0 4 mm 6 cm length-1
4. Strait forward Telescope 30 4 mm 6 cm length-1
5. Pneumatic adapter for Oto- Endoscope
With all the attachments-1
Cold light fountain 150 watt halogen bulb
Fibreoptic light 2.5 mm diameter and 1.5 meter in length.
Compatible camera and L C D monitor of 14or more for image display.
Any other accessory essential for functioning of Equipment
Warranty & AMC as per tender requirements

Q-1(148)M&E/09
SPECIFICATIONS FOR INTRA-OPERATIVE FACIAL NERVE MONITERING SYSTEM

A microprocessor controlled system for recording the motor nerve responses during surgery is
required.
The system should work on 220V/50Hz mains only and have the following specifications:
MAIN UNIT:
EMG Channels
Noise
Bandwidth
Audio Output
STIMULATOR:

:
:
:
:

Minimum 2 Nos.
< 10 mV P/P( Peak- Peak)
10 Hz - 10 kHz
14 W

Constant Current stimulus


Frequency of Stimulus
Range of stimulus

:
:

3Hz or 30 Hz selectable
50uA- 5 Ma

Display in form of bar graph and audible sound response


Should record 2 EMG signals.
Should have identification of channels for precise diagnosis.
Must be CE marked and ISO approved.
Should work on 22V/50Hz main supply.
ACCESSORIES:
The system needs to be supplied with complete set of accessories:
ENT forceps probe (reusable, autoclavable)- 1 No.
Disposable Monopolar Stimulator Probe Box of 10- 1 Box
Disposable Recording Needles/ Surface electrodes Box of 10- 1 Box
Sensor to mute electro-cautery devices.
Physical Demonstration if needed
Warranty for two years
ANC for 5 years

Q-1(149)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR HEAD LIGHT WITH COLD LIGHT SOURCE


Cold light fountain 250 watt halogen bulb
Fibreoptic light 2.5 mm diameter and 1.5 meter or more in length.
Light wait comfortable head band with reflector for light.
The field of light should be variable from 30 mm to 60mm
2-Extra Bulbs for each cold light fountain
Any other accessory essential for functioning of Equipment
Warranty & AMC as per tender requirements

Q-1(150)M&E/09

Specification of treatment unit for ENT


Main Unit
1.
Durable steel casing, non rusting, long lasting
2.
Large instrument surface made of stainless steel with dividers and heating system to heat
the instruments, laryngeal mirrors and endoscopes at 37 degree in winters.
3.
Device to Heat the laryngeal mirrors
4.
Compressed air system continuously adjustable from 0.1 to 4 bars for spray and
politzering, spray liquid with autoclavable nozzle for cleaning
5.
Handle for compressed air should be having a regulation valve
6.
Medication reservoir be made of stainless steel, should be detachable and suitable for all
type of medications.
7.
Stainless steel tank for compressed air of capacity of 1.5 or more
8.
Compressor unit should be completely separate from suction unit
9.
Inbuilt motor suction unit with capacity of 35 liters per minute with maximum 92%
vacuum.
10.
Should have a vacuum gauge, bacterial filters, 1.5 liters liquid container and effective
device to prevent overflow.
11.
Suction tube should have automatic on off switch and small ear rinse funnel
12.
Warm water rinsing Device with autoclavable stainless steel handle with snap closure
system and fine spray regulation valve
13
separate stainless steel tank to prevent mineral build up and heat up to 38 degree temp
14.
Cold water irrigation through existing water connection
15.
Automatic liquid container discharge system should be provided
16
kidney shaped air rinsing funnel on a swivel support including ear wax separator with
additional; suction tube connected to liquid jar
17
Suction tube cleaner with exchangeable re-usable adapter.
18.
X-ray viewer integrated in a writing draw with automatic on /off switch
19
Dispenser for cotton and paper
20
provision for attachment of microscope
21
Equip with waste container and melamine drawer for used instruments
22
Endoscopy centre with cold light source with two outlets with 150 halogen light bulb
23.
Head light with fibro-optic cable to be used with above light source for examination
24
Head light rest made of stainless steel
25
Two warming quivers for rigid endoscope- should be removable for autoclaving and
cleaning
26
automatic on/off switch for single light outlet with light barrier
27
Large writing surface
28
Draw for computer key board along with swivel support for computer monitor
29.
Power supply 220-240 volts/50 Hz

MICROSCOPE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Mounted diagnostic microscope with fibro-optic light transmission


Straight tube focus=125mm
Eye piece-10X
Objective focal length=200mm
Three step magnification

ENT PATIENT EXAMINATION CHAIR


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Should be motorized and ergonomically designed examination and treatment chair


facilitating the posture of both doctor and patient
Heavy base casing
All elements of chair should be anatomically shaped
Seat should have motorized lifting device
Seat should have height adjustment for children
Integrated foot switch for easy adjustment of height
Should have complete rotation 360 degree with locking device
Should be comfortably padded and folded back for enabling easy sitting of overweight and
handicapped patient
Head rest-15cm with adjustable height.
Backrest adjustable and can be made to incline 10 degree forward to vertical position and
backward completely to a horizontal position and can be rolled back
Movement of armrest and footrest should be synchronized with backrest movement
Chair should confirm to CE mark
Power supply:220-240Volts/ 50Hz

DOCTERS EXAMINATION CHAIR


1.
2.
3.
4.

Wide base, should have rolling casters for easy movement


Should have back rest
Easy height adjustment of hydraulic nature
Comfortably cushioned seat

RIGID ENDOSCOPES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

4mm/30 degree nasal endoscope-2 in number


2.7mm/30 degree nasal endoscope-2 in number
4mm/90 degree nasal endoscope-1 in number
Ear telescope [aural endoscope]: 3mm-diameter/ 6cm length/ 0 degree-2in number
Ear telescope [aural endoscope]: 3mm-diameter/ 6cm length/ 30 degree-2in number
Co-axial fibro-optic light cable/2.5mm diameter-2in number

FLEXIBLE LARYNGO FIBROSCOPE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Direction of view 0 degree


Angle of view: 80-100 degree
Working length-23cm
Instrument channel-2.3mm
Outer diameter-5.2mm
Facility to take biopsy
should fit in the MAIN UNIT light source

Installation cost has to be included.


Warranty for 2years
AMC for 5 years or as per tender term and conditions

Q-1(151)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF CONTINUOUS GLUCOSE MONITORING SYSTEM (REAL TIME)


System includes Glucose Sensor,CGMS Monitor,Transmitter, Data cables, Senserter.
1.GLUCOSE SENSOR:
a) Average difference between glucose sensor and glucometer -5.4 mg/dl.
b) Daily median correlation coefficient: 0.92
c)It should be able to record blood glucose between 40-400 mg/dl.
d) The sensor should be able to record glucose upto 72hrs.
e) The calibration will be done with finger-stick blood glucose measurements. The average
difference between the glucose sensor and the glucose meter should not be more than 20% of the
blood glucose reading.
f) The glucose sensor should be able to operate between 32 to 40 degree Celsius.
g) The sensor should be able to function when stored between 2 to 24 degree Celsius.
2.MONITOR:
a) The monitor should be able to receive measurements every 10 seconds and provide an average
real time glucose value every 5 minutes. The monitor should be able to display historical glucose
readings of patient for last 8 hours from the current displayed reading.
b) The monitor should have in-built low blood glucose and high blood glucose alarms, threshold of
which can be adjusted by the doctor.

c) The monitor should be able to store upto 21 days of continuous data.


d) The monitor should have liquid crystal display (LCD).
e) The power supply should be from 1 AAA alkaline battery, with approximately 2 months battery
life.
3.TRANSMITTER:
Transmitter should be able to send signals through very low radio frequency to the monitor
every 5 minutes within a range of 1- 1.5 meter from the transmitter.
4. DATA CABLE:

Two 9-pin serial connectors(R-232 compatible) to be provided.

The necessary software should be provided with the instrument.


To ensure availability of spare parts, servicing etc, the manufacturer/supplier should
provide 5 years extended warranty against the equipment (service and spares) followed by AMC
for 5 years which may be included in terms of tender. During the warranty/guarantee period, the
equipment to be maintained with 95% uptime. A written commitment of 95% uptime of the
equipment to be taken, calculated on annual basis,with penalty equivalent to double the amount of
daily cost( on total loss of revenue per day/running cost per day basis) of the unit for each days
delay in proper functioning of the unit beyond 5% downtime per annum.
The manufacturer/supplier will be bound to get the equipments repaired within 48 hours of
the receiving of the complaint from the hospital failing which a penalty of @ 1 % of the cost may
be recovered from the Bank guarantee before releasing the same after 5 years.
The manufacturer/supplier should ensure that the disposables are available for at least 10
years.
Training should be provided to the doctors, technicians and patients free of cost.

Q-1(152)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR TABLE TOP REFRIGERATED CENTRIFUGE (SMALL


SIZE)
A. OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT: It should be programmable microprocessor control
system with self diagnostic feature.

B. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
a) Cabinet should be made of Sheet steel corrosion resistant with cover with
interlook.
b) Swing-out and fixed angle rotors with adaptors as well as microplate rotors
should be available.
c) Maximum speed should be of approx 5000 rpm with Swing out / 18000 rpm with
angle.
d) Maximum RCF should be 3885 g swing out/235000 g angle.
e) Maximum capacity should be for 4 x 100 ml Swing-out / 12 x 1.5/ 2 ml Angle
f) Temperature range should be between -10C and + 40C
g) The control panel should have Start/Stop switch, Stop less speed regulator, Zero
start switch, Continuous ready digital- technometer.
h) It should have Automatic timer and cut off, Digital speed meter, unbalance switch
and dynamic braking.
i) The Digital displays should show Program No., Speed, RCF, & Time.
j) It should have at least 10 program memories.
k) It should have timer at 1-99 minutes and hold position.
l) It should have at least 5 acceleration and 5 braking rates.
m) It should have maintenance free induction drive.
n) Automatic rotor identification system with overspeed protection.
o) The system should have totally CFC free refrigerant fluid and insulation
p) The system should have Angle Rotor of

12x 1.5/2.0ml, with adaptors for

200/400/500 l
q) The system should have Angle Rotor: 30x15ml for glass tube with adaptors for
different size.
r) Swing-out Rotor: 4 places with bucket with max speed 5000 rpm and max rcf
13,500g. Lid for bucket and adaptors for different sizes should be available.
s) The system should include all accessories required to centrifuge 28 15 ml glass
tube or more tubes.
t) The system should have a guarantee of at least 2 years followed by AMC for 5
years.

C. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ACCESSORIES, SPARES AND CONSUMABLE: As


specified in B above.
D. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTOR:
a) The system should meet IEC-60601:200(or equivalent BIS) for general
requirements of safety and electromagnetic compatibility.
b) The unit should be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature
of 0-50 deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%.
c) The unit should be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of
10-40 deg C and relative humidity of 80%.
E. POWER SUPPLY:
a) Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz,/440 V 3 Phase as appropriate fitted with
Indian plug
b) The system should have a Suitable Servo controlled Stabilizer/CVT
c) Resettable over current breaker shall be fitted for protection of the system.
F. STANDARDS AND SAFETY:
a) The system should incorporate Safety Features for Imbalance detection, lid
interlock, over temperature, rotor over speed.
b) The system should conform to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601 / IS13450.
c) It should be FDA or CE approved product.
d) The equipment should include original manufacturers product catalogue and
specification sheet (Photocopy/ computer print will not be accepted) All technical
data to be supported with original product data sheet. The page number should be
quoted on compliance sheet as well as on technical bid corresponding to technical
specifications
e) Should be compliant to ISO 13485: Quality systems - Medical devices - Particular
requirements for the application of ISO 9001 applicable to manufacturers and
service providers that perform their own design activities.
f) Should comply with IEC/TR 61010-3-020: Safety requirements for electrical
equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use - Part 3-020: Conformity

verification report for IEC 61010-2-020:1992 Particular requirements for


laboratory centrifuges.
G. DOCUMENTATION:
a) User / Technical/ Service manual in English to be supplied.
b) Log book with instructions for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance
checklist. The job description of the hospital technician and company service
engineer should be clearly spelt out.
c) It should include Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory.
d) List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine maintenance
support as per manufacturer documentation in service / technical manual.
e) List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and cost to be
included in the package.
f) Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner clearly
mentioning the page/Para number of original catalogue
Q-1(153)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF INSULIN PUMP AND CONTINUOUS GLUCOSE MONITORING


SYSTEM (REAL TIME)
System includes Insulin pump, Glucose Sensor, CGMS Monitor, Transmitter, Data cables,
Senserter.
1. INSULIN PUMP:
a) Bolus wizard should be able to automatically calculate for meal (bolus) dose.
b) Time display should be present on the status screen.
c) The screen time out period should be 30 seconds.
d) The water resistance of the pump should be of IP 7.
e) The pump should have an automatic Low Reservoir alert system at 30, 20 and 10 units
remaining in the reservoir.
f) Insulin concentration in the pump should be of U -100 type.
g) The reservoir size should be for 300 units.
h) The weight should be approx 100gm
i) Warranty on the system should be of 5 years.
j) The Insulin Delivery accuracy should be between +/- 2%.

k) Temporary basal rate should be between 30 minutes to 24 hours.


l) The dose delivery increments should be in 0.05 U increments.
m) Basal rate between 1 up to 48
n) Basal pattern should be up to 3.
o) Bolus delivery pattern should have normal, square wave and dual wave delivery pattern.
p) Alarm should have both ringing and vibratory alert.
2. GLUCOSE SENSOR:
a) Average difference between glucose sensor and glucometer -5.4 mg/dl.
b) Daily median correlation coefficient: 0.92
c) It should be able to record blood glucose between 40-400 mg/dl.
d) The sensor should be able to record glucose up to 72hrs.
e) The calibration will be done with finger-stick blood glucose measurements. The average
difference between the glucose sensor and the glucose meter should not be more than 20% of the
blood glucose reading.
f) The glucose sensor should be able to operate between 32 to 40 degree Celsius.
g) The sensor should be able to function when stored between 2 to 24 degree Celsius.
3. MONITOR:
a) The monitor should be able to receive measurements every 10 seconds and provide an average
real time glucose value every 5 minutes. The monitor should be able to display historical glucose
readings of patient for last 8 hours from the current displayed reading.
b) The monitor should have in-built low blood glucose and high blood glucose alarms, threshold of
which can be adjusted by the doctor.
c) The monitor should be able to store upto 21 days of continuous data.
d) The monitor should have liquid crystal display (LCD) with back light.
e) The power supply should be from 1 AAA alkaline battery, with approximately 2 months battery
life.
4. TRANSMITTER:
Transmitter should be able to send signals through very low radio frequency to the monitor
every 5 minutes within a range of 1- 1.5 meter from the transmitter.
5. DATA CABLE:

Two 9-pin serial connectors(R-232 compatible) to be provided for data

uploading from the insulin pump and continuous glucose monitoring system (real time).

The necessary software should be provided with the instrument.


To ensure availability of spare parts, servicing etc, the manufacturer/supplier should
provide 5 years extended warranty against the equipment (service and spares) followed by AMC
for 5 years which may be included in terms of tender. During the warranty/guarantee period, the
equipment to be maintained with 95% uptime. A written commitment of 95% uptime of the
equipment to be taken, calculated on annual basis,with penalty equivalent to double the amount of
daily cost( on total loss of revenue per day/running cost per day basis) of the unit for each days
delay in proper functioning of the unit beyond 5% downtime per annum.
The manufacturer/supplier will be bound to get the equipments repaired within 48 hours of
the receiving of the complaint from the hospital failing which a penalty of @ 1 % of the cost may
be recovered from the Bank guarantee before releasing the same after 5 years.
The manufacturer/supplier should ensure that the disposables are available for at least 10 years.

Q-1(154)M&E/09
Q-1(155)M&E/09
Q-1(156)M&E/09
Q-1(157)M&E/09
Q-1(158)M&E/09
Q-1(159)M&E/09
Q-1(160)M&E/09
Q-1(161)M&E/09
Q-1(162)M&E/09

Trinocular Florescence Research Microscope with Scientific


Cameras & Analysis Software
Microscope

Frame with 100w illumination


Trinocular head
C-mount adaptor
10x22 mm eyepieces
Sextuple nosepiece with sots for Polarizing & DIC
Hard Coated Mechanical Stage
Plan infinity objective 4x, 10x, 20x, 40x
PLAN Fluotar 100x/1.30 oil objective
Florescence attachment consisting of:
(a)
Six Positions Turret, 100w Mercury illumination with digital
Control
(b) Blue & Green filter for Florescence and N.D. Filter

Research Camera

Monochrome Camera with 2/3rd inch CCD sensor 12 bits or higher


Pixel size: 6.45 Microns or betters 1.4 mega pixel
Analogue gain
USB 2.0 interface
FPS 36 Sec
Exposure time 5 mints or higher

Software:

Analysis Software with automatic control for Camera


Z Stacking
Measurements
Time Lapse lmaging
Multi Florescence mode to work with 5 filters at a time
Annotation Tools
Live Measurement
Programmable resolution
Facility to work with multiple cameras

Q-1(163)M&E/09

HOT AIR OVEN

Specifications
Technical data:
Construction details

: Double walled with inner chamber made of


stainless steel. The gap between the walls
should be filled with special grade glass
wool for proper insulation to avoid heat
losses

Outer chamber

: Outer chamber is made of mild steel sheet


finished with white powder coated paint

Inner chamber

: 605 w x 910 H x 605 D


: should be fabricated with ribs for placing
shelves at convenient levels. Fitted with
heavy hinges with a ball catcher, spring
loaded door closing device and insulated
door.

Shelves

Removable metal shelves minimum 3 in


number

Elements

Heating elements made of high quality


nickel/chrome plated nichrome wire
which are put inside beads and placed at
the bottom and in both the side ribs for
uniform temperature all over the work
space.

Temperature control

Capillary type thermostats from 50oC to


250oC+ 1oC Temperature control knobs
should be graduated in centigrade degrees.

Ventilation

Air ventilators should be placed near the


top of both sides to remove hot gases
and fumes

Control Panel

: On/off switch Thermosts control knob


and indicators for mains and thermostats

supplied with cord and plug.


Should be provided with Air Circulating Fan, Digital display temp. Indicator, Time
and L-shaped thermometer (Mercury)
An equivalent or better equipment of proven design and performance which meets
the technical and functional requirement shall also be considered.
The equipment offered should be brand new and of reputed make.

Q-1(164)M&E/09

INCUBATOR (ISI MARKED)


Specifications
Technical data:
Construction

: Double walled with inner chamber made of


stainless steel. The gap between the walls
should be filled with special grade glass
wool for proper insulation to avoid heat
losses. Door should be insulated and fitted
with heavy hinges and glass viewing
windows

Outer chamber

: Outer chamber is made of mild steel sheet


finished with white powder coated paint

Inside Dimension

: 910mm H x 605mm W x 605mm D


: should be fabricated with ribs for placing
shelves at convenient levels.

Shelves

Removable metal shelves minimum 3 in


numbers

Heating elements

Heating elements made of high grade


imported Nichrome wire placed inside
porcelain beads and placed at the bottom

and side ribs for uniform temperature


distribution.
Temperature

Ambient to 80oC (Adjustable)

Thermometer

Built in, horizontal, L shape

Control Panel

Thermostatic Control. On/off switches


with two pilot lamps.

Ventilation

Air ventilators should be placed near the


top of both sides to remove hot gases
and fumes

Digital temperature cum-controller-cum-indicator to be provided


The equipment to be supplied with minimum two long cords and plug
An equivalent or better equipment of proven design and performance which meets
the technical and functional requirement shall also be considered.
The equipment offered should be brand new and of reputed make.

Q-1(165)M&E/09

DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY
Technical specification for Laboratory Centrifuge
1.

Dimension w x d x h = 365 mm x 410 mm x 315 mm

2.

Step less speed regulator

3.

Provision for safety fuse

4.

Maximum speed 5200 rpm

5.

Digital speedometer of 0-59 min digital timer

6.

Rotor heads Swing out head with glass tubes 12 x 15 ml two


Swing out head for Mc Cartney bottles for Tuberculosis
samples processing one 6x50 ml
Angle head with polypropylene tubes 12 x 15 ml - three

Q-1(166)M&E/09

BOD INCUBATOR (INDIGENOUS)


Specifications
MAKE: INDIGENOUS
MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLED CAPACITY: 240-250 LITER.
TEMPERATURE RANGE 4-80OC
Interior Chamber: Adjustable
Stainless steel shelves
Digital display for temperature & time
Heating by natural convection for uniform temperature distribution.
Adjustable fan speed
Minimum turbulence
Adjustable safety thermostat for TEMPERATURE, Set at 1oC Increment.
Temperature accuracy + 0.5oC
Internal glass door for observation
Para 220-240 V, 50/60 H3
CE, ISO 9001, 18013485, Marked/EQUIVALENT Marked.
AMC.

Q-1(167)M&E/09
Q-1(168)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR PHARMACEUTICAL/LABORATORY REFRIGERATOR

1.

Capacity of approximately 375 Liters

2.

CFC free compressor

3.

Built in fan

4.

Fan cooled condenser

5.

Adjustable shelves

6.

Easy to clean/Exteriors & Interiors (stainless steel)

7.

Locking facility disinfect in door

8.

Castors at back of cabinet

9.

Internal fluorescent light

10. Temperature range from 1 to 10oC

+ 5oC

11. Warranty of 5 year


12. CE/FDA/CERTIFIED 1309001/14001 or any other equivalent certified
13. Insulation
14. Glass front door
15. Maintaining or Temperature chart by equipment

Q-1(169)M&E/09

MICROPIPETTES (Imported)

1.

Ergonomic design to prevent repetitive strain injury to hand.

2.

Electronic pipettor from aspiration to tip ejection.

3.

Single channel

4.

Autoclavable

5.

Light weight

6.

Easy to calibrate with single step calibrator

7.

Warranty for 5 years

8.

Memory settings to store protocols

9.

Speed setting for all pipetting jobs

10

Volumes

0.2-10 ul x 3 numbers required


5.0-120 ul x 3 numbers required
100-5000 ul x 3 numbers required
Q-1(170)M&E/09

Micro centrifuge
Specifications:
-

Lightweight and Compact in size

RPM upto 12,000or more

RCF upto 10,000xg or more

Digital display for Time & RPM

Hold at least 6 tubes of 0.2/ 0,5/ 1.0 or 2.0ml

Quick spin mode

Power 220-240 V; 50/60 Hz

Should have ISO certification

Q-1(171)M&E/09

Dry bath/Hot block


Microprocessor control with digital display, soft touch keys for temp
setting and resetting.
Temp. Range: ambient to 110oC
Dry bath should have heating block with app. 45 wells to hold tubes of
different volumes/sizes.

Q-1(172)M&E/09

BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE (ANTIFUNGUS TYPE)


OPTICAL SYSTEM

INFINITY CORRECTED OPTICAL SYSTEM

MAGNIFICATION

40x- 1000Xfor observation

EYEPIECE TUBE

BINOCULAR TUBE 9INCLINATION: 30O.


INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE:47-75MM.

EYEPIECE

10x (PAIRED) WITH F.O.V. 20MM OR MORE.


THE EYEPIECES SHOULD HAVE DIOPTER
ADJUSTMENT FACILITY ON BOTH EYES.

NONSEPIECE

QUADRUPLE NOSEPIECE, REVERSED TYPE.

STAGE

SHOULD BE REFOCUSING TYPE THE


STAGE CAN BE INSTANTLY DROPPED BY
PUSHING IT DOWN TO EXCHANGE SPECIMENS
OR OIL THE SLIDE, THEN RETURNS TO THE
ORGINAL POSITION AS SOON AS THE HAND IS
REMOVED.

STAGE SIZE

STAGE SHOULD BE RECTANGULAR


216x 150mm SURFACE STAGE MOUNTED ON
THE MAIN BODY STAGE SHOULD ACCOMMODATE
2 SLIDES AT A TIME.
STAGE SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH UPPPER
LIMIT SHOPPER.

OBJECTIVES

OBJECTIVE

N.A

CFI PLAN ACHROMAT 4x


0.10
CFI PLAN ACHROMAT 10x
0.25
CFI PLAN ACHROMAT 40x
0.65
CFI PLAN ACHROMAT 100x OIL 1.25

W.D
30.0MM
7.0MM
0.65MM
0.23MM

CONDENSER

ABBE CONDENSER N.A. 1.25.

ILLUMINATION SYSTEM

6V 30W HALOGEN BULE PREFOCUSSED AND


WITH FIELD DIAPHRAGM.

COARSE/FINE FOCUSING

FINE: 0.2mm PER ROTATION COARSE: 37.7mm


PER ROTATION, MINIMUM READING:2
MICRONS ON LEFT-SIDE FINE CONTROL KNOB.

Q-1(173)M&E/09
Q-1(174)M&E/09

Laminar flow Biosafety hood (Biosafety Cabinet II B)


VERTICAL LAMINAR FLOW: Whole cabinet made of commercial board and
laminated with sunmica.
Working size: 6x2x2
Size of H; 6x1.5x6
No. of HEPA filter:2
No of Pre-filtter :2
Illuminator: 2x40 W
Fumigation tray: Built in UV germicidal light: 1x30 W & 1x15 W
Sliding sash conventional vertical laminar flow work station.
Cock (No-1) for gas, air/vaccum
Static pressure manometer-HEPA

Supplementary air barrier


Filtered exhauster
Special exhaust system suitable for 6 duet
Virus burnout unit
Gas burner
Glove ports and Gauntlets (optional)
Electronic: differential pressure monitor, Megnahelic gage
Accessories Cord plug 22 V single phase, 50 Hz, Ac supply
Q-1(175)M&E/09

Specification Universal Jacketed Carbon Dioxide Incubator.


Inner total volume 184 190 litres.
Rabge of temperature + 5oC to 55oC
Range of Co2 :- 0-20%
Stainless steel interiors
Electropolished stainless steel shelves.
Audible visual alarm for both Co2 % and temp.
Built in HEPA filter for 100% HEPA filtered air.
Thermal conducturty (T/C) sensor with minimum five years warranty
Water jacketed chamber should be convered by life time warrant
Alfa numeric character display screen.
Microbiologicalfilters in all gas inlets.
Class 100 condition of air inside the chamber and display.
Access code to lock the parameters.
REPLACE HEPA alarm as well as alfa numeric message.

Certified by ISO 1001.

Q-1(176)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION OF CYTOSPIN CENTRIFUGE (Imported)


1. 4,8,12 or more layouts.
2. Reusable and disposable consumables, the reusable consumables must be
autoclavable.
3. Cell funnel must have cover to protect the operator.
4. There should be electronic display of the activities of the Cytospin
revolution, time of each run etc.
5. Add on rotors and changes must be possible.
6. Equipment must be made of scratch resistant coating and durable material,
which is easy to clean.
7. Lid and centrifuge area must be made of cleanable material (steel/heavy duty
etc plastic which is scratch and break free). Rest of equipment must be of
wipe clean material.
8. Lid lock facility with easy release of lock with a single hand. Lid must have
transparent area to visualize Cytospin activity.
9. Automatic shut off of equipment in case of imbalance. Safety alarms.
10. The centrifuge head must be removable, sterilizable and place in safety
cabinet.
11. Sold meet with international safety guidelines.
12. 100-240 powers, 50/60 Hz.
13. Bench top design.
14. Two sealed Rotor heads, which can take 12 or more butes each, which are
sterilizable.
15. Extended warranty 5 years with parts and 3 years without parts/spares.
16. After this period Annual Maintenance Contract.
17. Starter consumnables: Double cytofunnel, Double Cyto slide, Single
cytofunnel with white filter cards single cyto slides, cytoclips of stainless
steel and EZ Megafunnels with mega slides.
Q-1(177)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF DEEP FREEZER (-86OC, 519 L, VIP)

Should have Temperature range of -50oC to -86oC (1oC increment)


Capacity: Atleast 519 Liters
Should hold atleast 350 pcs. Of 2 boxes
Should have platinum (Pt 100) temperature sensor
Insulation: Vacuum Insulation Panel (VIP) with wall thickness < 7 cm
Should be CFC & HCFC free
Should have Cascade cooling system
Should have self diagnostic function
Should monitor ambient & system conditions continuously & notify of
abnormalities before problem happens
Control panel should be at eye level with digital display
Should have Microcomputer temperature controller with digital design
Should have protection from accidental setting of control panel
Should have Audible & visual alarms for : Hi/Lo Temperature, door open,
microprocessor controlled filter clog check, power failure, remote alarm,
sensor abnormality & part replacement notification.
Should have 3 stainless steel shelves
Should have two independent, insulated & removable inner doors (HCFC
Free) to prevent cold air leakage.
Should have the option of adding inner doors for each of the 4 shelves
Should have an outer door latch & an outer door lock
Should have 3 access ports
Exterior dimension: 770 x 875 x 1990 mm
Interior dimension: 630 x 600 x 1380 mm
Should be FDA certified, ISO 9001 & 14001 compliant

Q-1(178)M&E/09

Fully Automated Bacterial /Microbial Indetification


Specifications
Should be compact, latest, fully automated bacterial Microbial identification
system with mean time to ID/AST results within 6-8 hours.
There should be minimal off line test required before subjecting the isolate for
IA/AST tesgint.
Test card should read kinetically every 10-15 minutes.
Should be able to perform atleast 60 ID/AST per run.
The system must have separate cards for identification and susceptibility
testing.

Antibiotic Susceptibility test results must be coupled with biological


validation of the quality of the results and result interpretation to facilitate
correction for improved clinical outcomes.
Option of addition of recommendations by user must be available with the
software. Addition of committee footnotes (CL SI, CASFM, DIN) or specific
recommendations defined by user laboratory should be permissible.
All AST must be done with doubling dilutions of MICs and NOT based on
breakpoint MICs. Extended MIC range to enable low-level resistance
detection is highly desirable.
Should be able to interpret and provide resistance-oriented results which
highlight unusual phenotypes like identification of VRE, ESBLs, ampC and
MRSA
The system also includes a highly advanced shftware system that then
interprets the identified bacterias and Yeasts Microbial antibiotic resistance
patterns based on time, site of isolation, place of isolation.
The software must have option of report validation interface at least at two
different levels (technical and microbiologist). The software must be
compatible for LAN/LIS interface.
Must provide all accessories and consumables required for installation of the
system and all new upgrades and modules available must be installed free of
cost during warranty period.
Must be provided with barcode reader, barcode printer, barcode stickers and
other accessories required of management of samples via barcodes.
Must be provided with 2000 ID cards and 4500 AST cards with the system.
Customized AST cards are desirable.
Must provide quality control strains including ATCC strains as and when
required during warranty period.
The validation support including onsite IQ/OQ service and documentation and
performance of the qualification protocols with travel and labor costs covered
must be provided.
Prices of all consumables and ID/AST cards must be provided with the system
for future requirements.
Down time should not more be than 12 hrs on any day and cumulative not
more than 100 hrs per annum, failing which penalty of one percent of cost of
equipment per day shall be deducted from the bank guarantee of the
equipment.
Five year comprehensive warranty with parts and labour along with another
five-year warranty without parts must be provided with the system.

The system should have Installation at reputed sites with proven track record
in the field.
The parent company must have Head quarters based in India.
The company should be well represented with service engineers and
application support team based in New Delhi.
Q-1(179)M&E/09

MODEL OF CROSS-SECTIONS OF HUMAN TRUNK


Quantity Required: One

Specifications
1.
2.
3.
4.

Torso showing cross-sections.


Topographical relations of structures and organs represented by colors in individual
sectional planes.
Each disc can be shifted horizontally and rotated around sagittal axis.
Each disc can be individually removed for study.

Q-1(180)M&E/09

MODEL OF FEMALE PELVIS WITH PELVIC FLOOR & MUSCLES

Quantity Required: One

Specifications
1. Female Pelvic model of flexible synthetic bone-like material with dismantable pelvic
floor.
2. Shows details of pelvic floor.
3. The model shows external genitalia and associated muscles.

Q-1(181)M&E/09

BLOCK CABINET
(SPECIFICATIONS)

1. Allows for the organized storage of blocks that have been embedded using: Tissue
Cassettes,
Biopsy
Cassettes,
Mesh
Cassettes,
Mega
Cassettes,
Processing/Embedding Cassettes and Embedding Rings
2. One-piece construction eliminates hinges and doors for dust-free storage.
3. Six impact-resistant plastic drawers feature generous space for identification.
4. Compact in size and stackable.
Q-1(182)M&E/09

SLIDE CABINET
(SPECIFICATIONS)

1. Allows for the convenient storage and retrieval of microscope slides or transparencies.
2. Two different vertical filing drawer sections can be stacked in any combination.
3.

Each 1" drawer section has 11-16 drawers and holds 400-500 slides per drawer.

4. Requires only approx 20 x 20" of floor space.


5. Slide backstops easily attach inside drawers to hold slide in place.
6. Constructed from welded steel for easy stacking and durability.

Q-1(183)M&E/09

-20 DEEP FREEZER (VERTICAL)


(SPECIFICATIONS)

1.

Temperature:

-20 to-25

2.

Door:

3.

Capacity/ Volume: 600-700 Lit

4.

Alarm:
Adjustable alarm system with automatic audible
and visual warnings for overtemperature, undertemperature,
power failure, low battery, and system maintenance provide
immediate status of critical functions.

Lockable

5.

Shelves:

6-9

6.

Control panel with digital display

7.

Humidity controller in both


compartments

8.

Internal Illumination

9.

Frost free

10.

HCFC/ CFC free

11.

Compatibility CVT to be supplied along with

12.

5 years warranty with 5 years CMC

Q-1(184)M&E/09

Western Blotting Apparatus

(SPECIFICATIONS)
(Mini PAGE+ Transfer Apparatus)

Clean glass plates, spacers with clamps and casting stand.


Transfers two gels in just 1 hour
Wire electrodes are placed apart for strong electrical fields and efficient protein transfer
Color-coordinated cassettes and electrodes ensure proper orientation of the gel during
transfer
Cassettes fit easily into the electrode assembly
The Ice cooling unit, completely contained within the Mini Trans-Blot cell, absorbs heat
generated during rapid transfers
Available either as a complete, stand-alone apparatus, or as a module compatible with the
buffer tank and lid of the Mini-apparatus cell
A one-piece molded tank that uses only 450-500 ml of buffer (the tank and lid assembly
from the Mini-apparatus cell may be used)
A modular electrode assembly with platinum wire electrodes placed 4-6 cm apart
Two gel holder cassettes, each with a an effective blotting area of 6.0 x 12 cm, and a
complete set of fiber pads
A Ice cooling unit
One package of blot absorbent filter paper (7.5 x 10 cm)
PowerPac power supply

Q-1(185)M&E/09

REAL DRIED HUMAN SKULLS

Quantity Required: Fifty

Specifications

1.
2.

Real Human Skulls with detachable skull cap.


Good quality, dried, white and free of fungus.

Q-1(186)M&E/09

MORTUARY STORAGE CABINETS


Quantity Required: One

Specifications
1. Capacity:- Six Bodies
2. Temperature:- +2 0 C to +8 0 C
3. Outer Panels: - Outer is made of stainless steel of Galvanized sheet of thickness & grade
finished with bacteria resistant coating.
4. Interior: - Durable Stainless steel interiors to give better life and makes cleaning easy
providing hygienic conditions and great sturdiness.
5. Insulation: - Safe, high density, non-setting & Thick polyurethane insulation of 80 to
100mm.
6. Doors: - Standard hinged door with easy grip handle & standard key block.
7. Floor & Frame: Recessed Floor & superior engineered frame.
8. Racks & Trays: Sturdy SS rack system with railings for easy movement of SS trays with
castors constructed heavy duty use.
9. Refrigeration:- Strong and reliable with powerful quick response refrigeration which runs
on demand, and exclusive long life SPENCERS superior refrigeration process in an
unique feature of SPENCERS Mortuary freezers. Salient features include: Heavy duty
Air-cooled compressor. Highly efficient air cooled finned condenser with automatic
condensate evaporating system. Internal evaporator system. Internal evaporator system.
Non-CFC/non-HCFC environmental friendly based on compressor capacity. Forced air
circulation maintains chamber uniformity.

10. Temperature Control: The unit is fitted with a digital electronic temperature controller
cum indicator for easy readability along with audible alarm system. The electronic
management system allows to set the temperature as required as per the standard
temperature range of the Mortuary cabinet.
11. Alarms: In built high & low temperature alarms are usually incorporated in all the models
of SPENCERS Mortuary Freezers.
12. Temperature chart recorder.
13. Humidity controls.

Q-1(187)M&E/09

Real Time PCR


1. Real time PCR with block of 96 x 0.2 ml tubes or plate.
2. Capable of detecting minimum 4 targets simultaneously without any internal reference
dye.
3. Should offer gradient facility in the real time PCR which allows to optimize assays in

the single experiment using range of temperatures simultaneously.


4. Able to generate RUN report and VALIDATION report to determine that whether the
Real TIME PCR has performed as per the programmed or not.
5. High ramp rate
6. Uniformity of + / - 0.4 degrees (or less) between wells
7. Capable of running small reaction volume
8. Impulse PCR for "device-driven Hot Start"
9. Highest degree of flexibility, intuitive graphic programming
10. Time and temperature increments
11. Programmable alarm sound
12. Licensed and authorized
13. Source of light can be of user accessible tungsten halogen lamp/ LED /or Xenon lamp
(which give wide excitation range) and a Detector for multiplex analysis, enabling
extremely reproducible quantitation .
14. Sensitivity to detect one copy of gene.
15. Should be able to collect signals from all 96 wells simultaneously
16. Should be able to support all Real Time Chemistries like Taqman, Beacon, FRET,
SYBR green.System should open to all the available Real Time PCR chemistry &
should be compatible with reagent & plastic ware available in the market
17. View all dyes for multiplex experiments on one amplification plot and/or standard
curve chart or view plots for each individual dye
18. Extensive software to suit all the calculation and measurement requirements
System software included at no additional cost
A ) Standard Curve Quantitation

B ) 2 Standard Curves Relative Quantitation


C ) Delta Delta Ct Relative Quantitation
D ) Comparative Quantitation
E ) Relative Expression Software Tool (REST)
F ) Gene Expression analysis
G)LinReg (Assumption-Free Analysis)
H)Melt Analysis
I) High Resolution Melt Analysis
J) End-Point Analysis
K) Allelic Discrimination
L) Scatter Graph Analysis
M) Concentration Analysis
N)Primer & probe desigining Software (to custom design Primers & Probes)
19. Highest degree of flexibility, intuitive graphic programming
20. Export chart and text report data from display screen to Microsoft Excel, PowerPoint,
text and image files
21. Password protection against unauthorized login
22. Should have the ability to edit the protocol during the run.
23. Application support team should be available
24. Suppler should give application training and support to us in their wet lab in India free
of cost
25. Laptop/PC (latest model) along with colored laser printer and scanner with compatible
specification should come with the system
26. UPS support
27. Dust cover

Q-1(188)M&E/09
Name of Equipment: Data Acquisition System with accessories and Analysis software
1.) Data Acquisition System (Strictly to the following Specifications only)
SNo
Feature
Specification
a)
Input Channels
MUST HAVE Eight (8) analog input channels
including eight (8) single ended inputs through BNC
connectors and choice of four (4) DIFFERENTIAL
inputs
b)
Differential Input Supply Voltage
MUST HAVE + 5V Regulated for direct connection of
Powered Transducers

c)

Sampling Speed

d)
e)

Variable Sampling Speed on Every


channel
ADC Resolution

f)

Amplification range

g)

Data Communication

MUST HAVE Range from +2 mV to +10 V in 12


steps.
Through USB 2.0 ONLY.

h)

Low Pass Filters and AC Coupling

Software controlled ONLY

i)

Expansion Ports

j)

Quantity

Should allow amplifiers and signal conditioners to


daisy chain through an expandable bus.
Should have Independent DIGITAL INPUT and
DIGITAL OUTPUT lines.
1

2.) Analysis Software


Feature
SNo

MUST HAVE aggregate sampling speed of 400,000


samples per second.
It is mandatory to have VARIABLE SAMPLING
SPEED on every channel.
Should have at least 16 bit resolution

Specification

a)

Channels

MUST HAVE support for 32 Channels with variable


sampling speed on each channel

b)

Exporting Data

Should allow export Binary, MATLAB, Quicktime,


WAV, Text, etc.

c)

Display Modes

MUST HAVE Chart View, Scope View, XY View,


Zoom view

d)

Online Computations

Cyclic Measurements: Rate, period, frequency,


count, minimum, maximum, height, integral,
variance, derivative, 1/3 Max + 2/3 Min, Unit Spikes
at Events

e)

Specialized Analysis

MUST HAVE the following:


ECG Analysis (Automatic ECG Cycle detection):
Beat classifier view, averaging view, table view,
Waterfall plot, QT/RR Plot, QT/Time Plot, RR/Time
Plot.
HRV Analysis (Frequency & time domain analysis):
Tachogram, Spectrum, Poincare Plot and report.
BP Analysis: Classifier view, Analysis view, Table
view. Automatic calculation (Arterial Pressure)Systolic Pressure, Diastolic Pressure, Pulse
pressure, Mean arterial pressure, notch pressure.
Spirometry - process signals from

pneumotachometers and display respiratory


parameters such as VE, VT, Frequency, PIF, PEF,
FVC and FEV1, as well as generating flow volume
plots and spirometry reports
f)

FREE UPGRADES

MANDATORY to have 5 YEARS of FREE software


upgrade.

g)

GLP

The system should have a GLP upgrade option and


GLP capability and ability to record the state of each
channel and that of the respective amplifiers in the
audit trail log in GLP mode

h)

Quantity

3.) Single Channel Perivascular Flowmeter for Cardiac Output


SNo
a)

Feature
Technology

b)
c)
d)
e)

Application
Measurement unit
Animal Model
Flow probes

f)

Calibration

g)

Interface

h)

Quantity

4.) Fluid-less Pressure Catheter


SNo
Feature
a)
Technology
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)

Application
Frequency response
Signal Artifacts
Model
Calibration
Interface

h)
i)

Sensor size
Quantity

Specification
MUST BE based on Ultrasound transit-time
technology the Gold Standard
Real-time Cardiac Output
ml/min
Rats and rabbits
1) For vessel diameter - 1.5-2.0 mm
2) For vessel diameter - 1.8-2.5 mm
MUST allow software Calibration using above
software.
Should connect to the Input (BNC) of the Data
Acquisition system.
Flowmeter - 1
Flow Probes 1 Each

Specification
MUST BE based on Mikro-tip Technology the Gold
Standard
Recording Intravascular and Ventricular pressure
Up to 10Hz
NO Motion Artifacts or Signal Attenuation
Rats and rabbits
MUST be supplied with calibration kit
MUST be able to connect to above Data Acquisition
system through a signal amplifier.
3F Side-mounted
1

Other Amplifiers and Accessories


SNo
5.)

Name
Amplifer for Biopotentials with Needle
electrodes

Specification
Amplifier
Input amplifier: High impedance, differential
(floating), electrically isolated

Amplification range: +5 V to +100 mV full scale in


14 steps
Low-pass filter: Fourth-order Bessel filter, +3%
accuracy
Low-pass options: Software selectable.
Standard: 50, 100, 200, and 500 Hz and 1 and 5 kHz
(all at 3 dB);
EEG mode: 3, 10, 30, 60, and 120 Hz
High-pass filter: First-order filter, +0.25% accuracy
High-pass options: Software selectable. Standard:
0.1, 0.3, 1, 3, and 10Hz (all at 3 dB); EEG mode:
0.03, 0.1, 0.3 and 1 seconds
Quantity 1
Electrode
Needle length: 12 mm (0.5")
Needle material: Surgical steel
6.)

Amplifer for Pressure signals with


Fluid filled pressure transducers

Quantity: 1
Amplifier
Input configuration: Differential
Amplification range: 200 V to 5 V full scale in 14
steps
Low-pass filtering: 1 Hz to 2 kHz in eight steps
(software selectable)
Frequency response (-3 dB): 2 kHz maximum at all
gains with the 2 kHz filter selected.
Quantity 2
Fluid-filled Pressure Transducer
Operating pressure range: 20 to 300 mmHg
Maximum excitation: 15 V DC or AC
Sensitivity: 5 V/V/mmHg
Operating temperature range: +10 C to +50 C

7.)

Precision Differential Amplifer for


Spirometry studies with Pneumotach
flow heads for rats and rabbits each

Quantity 2
Amplifier
Max Range: +1 Inches H2O
Amplification ranges: +20 mV to +500 mV full scale
in 5 steps
Max Input Pressure:+28.1 Inches H2O(7kPa)
Low-pass Filtering: 1, 10 and 100 Hz (software
selectable) using fourth order Bessel filter.
Quantity: 1
Flow Heads
Flow Rate: + 10 L/min (Rabbit) + 1 L/min (Rat)
Dead Space Volume: ~2mL (Rabbit) ~0.6mL (Rat)
Flow at 10 mmH2O: 12L/min (Rabbit) 1.2L/min (Rat)

8.)

Pulse Oximeter (SpO2) with Tail


wrap sensor

Quantity: 1 Each
Signal Conditioner
Operating Principle: Non-invasive blood oxygen

saturation (SpO2)
Saturation range: 70 100%
Measurement rate: 1 reading per second
Quantity: 1
Sensor
Based on patented Nonin SpO2 technology
9.)

Ventilator

Quantity: 1
Suitable small Animal ventilator

10.)

Computer with UPS and Printer

Quantity: 1
Compatible Computer, Printer and UPS.
Quantity: 1

Q-1(189)M&E/09
Name of Equipment: Telemetry system with analysis software
Telemetry System
ONLY Data Acquisition system (At least 16 Channels General purpose inputs) based Telemetry system for
lifetime monitoring (24/7) of freely moving lab animals and recharging in situ ONLY (No specialized
servicing/factory replacement of battery).
1.) Data Acquisition System (Strictly to the following Specifications only)
SNo
Feature
Specification
k)
Input Channels
MUST HAVE Sixteen (16) analog input channels
including sixteen (16) single ended inputs through
BNC connectors and choice of four (4)
DIFFERENTIAL inputs
l)
Differential Input Supply Voltage
MUST HAVE + 5V regulated voltage for direct
connection of Powered Transducers
m)
Sampling Speed
MUST HAVE aggregate sampling speed of 400,000
samples per second.
n)
Variable Sampling Speed on Every
It is mandatory to have VARIABLE SAMPLING
channel
SPEED on every channel.
o)
ADC Resolution
Should have at least 16 bit resolution
p)

Amplification range

q)

Data Communication

MUST HAVE Range from +2 mV to +10 V in 12


steps.
Through USB 2.0 ONLY.

r)

Low Pass Filters and AC Coupling

Software controlled ONLY

s)

Expansion Ports

t)

Quantity

Should allow amplifiers and signal conditioners to


daisy chain through an expandable bus.
Should have Independent DIGITAL INPUT and
DIGITAL OUTPUT lines.
1

2.) Analysis Software


SNo
Feature

Specification

i)

Channels

MUST HAVE support for 32 Channels with variable


sampling speed on each channel

j)

Exporting Data

Should allow export Binary, MATLAB, Quicktime,


WAV, Text, etc.

k)

Display Modes

MUST HAVE Chart View, Scope View, XY View,


Zoom view

l)

Online Computations

Cyclic Measurements: Rate, period, frequency,


count, minimum, maximum, height, integral,
variance, derivative, 1/3 Max + 2/3 Min, Unit Spikes

at Events
m)

Specialized Analysis

MUST HAVE the following:


ECG Analysis (Automatic ECG Cycle detection):
Beat classifier view, averaging view, table view,
Waterfall plot, QT/RR Plot, QT/Time Plot, RR/Time
Plot.
HRV Analysis (Frequency & time domain analysis):
Tachogram, Spectrum, Poincare Plot and report.
BP Analysis: Classifier view, Analysis view, Table
view. Automatic calculation (Arterial Pressure)Systolic Pressure, Diastolic Pressure, Pulse
pressure, Mean arterial pressure, notch pressure.
Circadian Analysis: Averaging View, Analysis Table
view. Table view directly exportable in to other
softwares like MS Excel. View channel data
separately or view multiple channels in one view.
Scheduler: allows the scheduling of recordings
across one or more LabChart data files. Can also be
used with external scheduling devices such as the
TR Scheduler Pod
Signal Averaged ECG: use SAECG to analyze ECG
signals and display an averaged cycle, hence
removing noise and unwanted signal components
Shift: shift data backwards or forwards in time

n)

FREE UPGRADES

MANDATORY to have 5 YEARS of FREE software


upgrade.

o)

GLP

The system should have a GLP upgrade option and


GLP capability and ability to record the state of each
channel and that of the respective amplifiers in the
audit trail log in GLP mode

p)

Quantity

3.) Telemetry System Specifications:


SNo.
1

Feature
Signals

2
3
4

Sampling Frequency
Transmission
Animal size

Specification
Should be able to record 3 signals simultaneously:
Pressure, Temperature and (low and high frequency) biopotential.
Up to 8000 Hz
Digital transmission on multiple transmission bands
Rats (>200g) and larger

5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Recording range
Monitor duration
Continuous data
Schedule Data
Refurbishment
Co-housing/co-implants
Output format

12

Quantity

Up to 5m
UNLIMITED- should recharge in situ
True 24/7 (For small animals)
Remote switch at receiver or via software
No Refurbishment of waiting, recharge and continue recording.
High frequency data from multiple animals
Standard analog voltage and MUST allow acquisition with supplied
Data Acquisition system.
1

4.) Telemetry Transmitter: (Quantity - 2)


1. Capable of recording Pressure, Temperate and (low and high frequency) biopotential
2. The transmitter MUST be able to record/recharge continuously.
3. It must be fully implantable
A high gain amplifier, analog to digital converter 2 kHz sampling frequency and an input range of +2 mV for
the measured biopotential signal, and 500 Hz sampling and an input range of -20 to +300 mmHg for the
measured pressure signal). For pressure sensor, see specifications below.

An 8 cm fluid filled and gel tipped catheter

Wireless transmission range up to 5 m

Continuous charging/recording using the Power Supplier

Transmitter power-down in situ, via the receiver, to conserve and extend battery life

Each transmitter is programmed with one of 12 independent transmitting frequencies

Transmitter battery is easily recharged using Power Supplier; therefore no battery refurbishment is
required.

Pressure sensor technical specifications


SNo.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Feature
Pressure accuracy
Pressure drift target
Frequency response
Pressure range
Ambient pressure range
Maximum operating altitude
Temperature operating range
Transmission range
Transmitted signal
Channel

11.
12.

Outer material
Transmitter on-off mechanism

13.

Scheduled acquisition

Specification
1 mmHg
< 2 mmHg per month
DC to 150 Hz (-3 dB)
-20 to 300 mmHg
650 to 800 mmHg
1300 m
8 to 41 degrees Celsius
Up to 5 m
Digital in the 2.4 GHz band
12 transmission frequencies are available to
support multiple transmitters in one area
Medical grade silicone elastomer
Remote control via the receiver, manually or under
software control
Hardware supports full remote automated

14.

Calibration

5.) Other Accessories/Instruments:


SNo.
Name
1.
Scheduling device

2.

Telemetry Accessory and Training Kit

3.

Heating Plate

4.

Computer with UPS and Printer

acquisition of pressure waveform


e.g. 5 min every 2 hr, or continuous recording
Calibration values stored within transmitter, no user
intervention required

Specification
A switching device that allows recording, using
Data Acquisition system and software, of up to 8
Telemetry transmitters with a single receiver.
The Scheduler switches the receiver to record from
multiple individual transmitters through a single
input. The device is controlled using the supplied
software. It should allow data recording durations
and periods to be specified allowing a system to
record from hours to days from multiple telemetry
transmitters.
Quantity: 1
Surgical instruments and components required to
implant arterial transmitters in rats.
1x 0.5 ml gel for re-gelling pressure catheters, 1x 3
ml bottle of tissue adhesive, surgical training DVD,
4x catheter introducers, 8x suture tabs, 1x 2 m 4-0
suture material and needle. 2x Halsted-mosquito
hemostats (12.5 cm), 1 x no. 5 fine straight forceps,
1 x no. 5 curved fine forceps, 1x Adson forceps 12
cm, 1x Wullstein Retractor 4.5 cm spread, swabs,
swab sticks and absorbent surgical spears.
Quantity: 1
Temperature feedback control for controlling small
animal (rats) temperature through a heating plate.
Accuracy: 0.5C, Resolution: 0.1C, Range:-100
to +400C.
Heating Plate size: 111 mm x 217 mm.
Quantity: 1
Compatible Computer, Printer and UPS.
Quantity: 1

Q-1(190)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR PHYSIOGRAPH 2 Ch

Description: 1.
2.
3.
4.

2 Channel console standard rack.


One channel time marker.
Chart speeds (50 to 0.05 mm/sec
Amplifiers: - Ultra low drift, ultra low noise all purpose
amplifier.
Universal bio amplifier.
5. Transducers: - Pressure transducer, Volume, Isometric force transducer,
respiration transducer, Photo- electric Pulse transducer, Surface temperature
Probe, Internal temperature probe, Phonocardiogram transducer, ECG Lead.

Q-1(191)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR AUDIO VISUAL AUSCULTATION DEVICE


1. Should have 2-3 LCD screen.
2. Should have modes of Operation Bell & Diaphragm.
3. Should have Audio good Amplification Three levels
4. Should have power requirement 5V, 800 mA DC power supply, Inbuilt rechargeable Li Ion
3.7 Volt, 1800 mAH Battery.
5. Should have PC Connectivity
Q-1(192)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR PRECISION SPIROMETRY SYSTEM

Description: Should enable measurement, computation, printout of all Spirometry, Flow Volume
Parameters, Maximum Ventilation Volume, Inspiratory Capacity, Expiratory
Reserve Volume, etc.
System should have Dry Rolling Seal Spirometer (12 Litre Capacity).
Range
Accuracy

:
:

Volume 0 to 12 Litres.
Volume 2%; Low 3%.

Should incorporate less than 0.06 cms H2O/Lsec, for highest accuracy &
reproducibility
Should have in built graded scale for calibration procedure (0-12litres).
Accuracy of measurement should not be effective with Relative Humidity, water &
Saliva droplet.
Should be supplied with USB interface for computer, Operating window Software,
Standard accessories & instructions Manual.

Computer Pentium IV 3.0 GHz or more CPU, 512 RAM, 15 VGA Colour Monitor, CD R/W
Drive, Keyboard, Mouse, Window 2000, Hard Disc Drive (1 80 Gbyte), HP DeskJet Printer, to
be supplied.

Q-1(193)M&E/09

LYOPHYLYSER (Imported)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Condenser capacity
Final temperature in condenser
Number of compressors
Nominal vacuum pump flow
Voltage (single Phase)
Warranty
Post Warranty AMC

4 (4kg/24h) Kg (of ice)


Below -80o C
2 Nos.
6 m3/h
230-50/60 V-Hz
2 Years
5 Years

Q-1(194)M&E/09

Semi Automated Microplate Reader with washer (Imported)


Microplate Reader
1

Wavelength range

400750 nm

Photometric

Single or dual wavelength

Photometric range

0.03.5 OD

Bandwidth

10 nm

Linearity

1.0% from 0.02.0 OD; 2.0% from 0.03.0 OD

Accuracy

1.0% or 0.010 from 0.0003.000 OD at 490 nm

Reproducibility

1.0% or 0.005 OD from 0.02.0 OD; 1.5% from 2.03.0 OD

Resolution

0.001 OD

Light source

Tungsten halogen lamp (20 W), 3,000 hr average lifetime

10

Photodetectors

Silicon photodiodes: 8 measurement, 1 reference

11

Filters

8-position filter wheel

12

Read time

Fast mode: 6 sec at single wavelength (onboard software), 10 sec at dual


wavelength
Step mode: 15 sec at single wavelength, 25 sec at dual wavelength

13

Plate shaking

3 speeds: low, mid, high; duration: 0999 sec

14

Plate types

96-well microplate; maximum plate height: 16 mm

15

Warm-up time

3 min

16

Interchannel variation

1.0% or 0.005 from 03.0 OD

17

Stability and drift (at


490 nm)

0.010 OD at OD = 1 at 490 nm single wavelength

18

Data output

Onboard graphical thermal printer and USB2 interface with PC or Mac data
stations

19

Data storage

Calendar/clock function; 64 assay protocols

20

Multilanguage support

4 language ROM capacity; LCD indication supported; printout report


supported

21

Dimensions (W x D x H)

34.6 x 37.7 x 16.4 cm (13.6 x 14.8 x 6.5")

22

Weight

5.5 kg (12 lb)

Microplate washer
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

Microplate Washer should include bottle and tubing set, port manifold, aerosol protection cover
Microplate Washer should be compact programmable 8-channel manifold microplate washer /
aspirator, with buit-in vacuum and dispensing pumps designed for use with 96 well plate and strip
plates, with flat bottom, U,V-shaped wells.
It should have aerosol protection of the working area; the removable plate carrier is auto-clavable for
easy disinfection. The system should be programmable, with a large choice of washing methods
It should have a wide choice of wash sequences to facilitate protocol creation and storage, and is
Compatible with 96-well microplates that have flat-, U-, or V-bottom wells and strips.
It should have accuracy of 0.1mm for bottom washing, crosswise aspiration, and overflow washing.
The washer should have plate-shaking option to help minimize bubbles and adherence of liquid to
well sides
The washer has waste bottle sensor to detect high waste liquid levels

31
32

The Washer should have programmable washing sequences for customized protocols
It should have integrated vacuum and dispensing pumps to ensure accurate and quiet washing and
to eliminate the need for external pumps

33
34

Warranty: 2 Years
Post Warranty AMC: 5 Years

Q-1(195)M&E/09

SEMI AUTO ANALYZER


Microprocessor based semiautomatic clinical chemistry analyzer, open system for routine and
special biochemical investigations should have following essential features:1
2
3

Test Program memory


Test Result Memory
Print out of result

Test Method

5
6

Number of Standards
(Multipoint cal)
Quality control

User programmable

Minimum 125 Tests.


Minimum 1500 Tests
On built in printer with patient name, patient ID, with
compiled report of the tests together ( Profile Printing)
End Point with single or multiple standards or factor.
End-Point with sample blank with standards or factor.
Biochromatic End-Point with standards or factor
Fixed-Time with single or Multiple standards or factor.
Kinetics with Single or multiple standards or factor.
C-Agulation analysis.
At least 9 Standards with built in various curve fits
linear & log.
Storage of at least 3 controls per tests, stores at least
8Q.C. Data for each tests, with plot of levy jenning
graph & flagging of high/low results.
Delay Time Between: 0 to 600 Sec.
Measuring Time between: 2 to 480 sec.
Substrate Depletion Limit for Kinetic tests with

8
9
10

Photometer Lamp
Photometric Linearity
Wavelengths

11

Reagent Blank
Memory
Flow Cell/Manual
cuvett position
Aspiration System

12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19

automatic linearity check & Automatic reduction of


measuring and dely time for high sample for kinetics to
report high sample without dilution.
Halogen Lamp of 6V-10W.
Up to 3.8 Au.
9 Position Filter wheel supplied with at least 7 filters of
340,405,450,505,550,580 & 620.
Automatic Storage of reagent blank in memory.

Repairable metallic flow cell sized 18 Mcl with quartz


Window & easy to select manual cuvett position.
High quality peristaltic pump, with user programmable
aspiration volume calibration.
Display
Back lighted graphic display for result, temp, O.D.
graph.
Communication Ports
RS 232C, Serial to USB Host, PS-2 for exsternal
keyboard.
Printer
Built in Graphic printer.
Instrument must be CE, ISO Marked, compact light weight, supplied along with 2
Nos. of variable volume pipett volume range 5-50mcl to 100-1000mcl, suitable
CVT/UPS, external PC-Type keyboard and start up reagent for LFT, KFT, LIPID
Profile and routine chemistries for at least 100 tests each.
Warranty
Post Warranty AMC

2 Years
5 Years

Q-1(196)M&E/09

Fluorescence Spectrophotmeter (Imported)


1.

Sensitivity

2.

7.

Minimum
sample volume
Photometric
principle
Light source
Monochromator
Measuring
wavelength
range (on both
EX and EM)
Bandpass

8.

Resolution

3.
4.
5.
6.

S/N 800 or better (RMS), using Raman band of water, S/N 250 or
better(Peak to Peak), Excitation wavelength 350nm, bandpass
5nm, response2s.
0.6ml
Monochromatic light monitoring ratio calculation
150W xenon lamp, self-deozonating lamp house.
Stigmatic concave diffraction grating: 900 lines/mm
200 to 750nm (expandable up to 900nm with optional detector)

Excitation side: 1,2.5,5,10, 20nm


Emission side: 1,2.5,5,10,20nm.
1.0nm

Wavelength
accuracy
10 Wavelength
scan speed
11 Wavelength
drive speed
12 Response

1nm
30,60,240,1,200,2,400,12,000, 30,000, 60,000nm/min
60,000nm/min
Response from 0 to 98%

13 Photometric
-9999 to 9999
Value range
14 Data processing PC: Windows* XP Professional
Unit
15 Printer
Printer compatible with Windows*XP
16 Provision of Polarization accessory for UV/VIs. (Wavelength range 260-700nm.
17 Provision of Micro plate accessory for automatic measurement using a 96 will micro
plate
18 Incorporates flexible software features such as quantilation analysis function,
wavelength scan measurement, time based measurement, Data export function for
excel, print previews etc.
19 Two sets of extra cuvvetts each of Quartz and Glass may also be provided
20 Warranty
Two years
21 Post warranty
Five years
AMC
Q-1(197)M&E/09

Chemiluminescene Gel Documentation System


1- Versatile system to support wide variety of applications likeA- Blotting- Chimiluminescence, Chemifluorescence, Q dot 525, Q Dot 625,
X-ray films etc
B- Protein Gel electrophoresis- Flamingo stain, NanoOrange, Silver stain,
SYPRO Orange, etc.
C- Nucleic Acid electrophoresis- EtBr, Oligreen, Picogreen, SYBER green,
SYBER gold, SYBER safe, Texas red etc
D- Fluorescence detection- cy 2, Pro-Q Emerald, GFP, FITC etc.
E- Colony plaque Lift.
2- Should have dynamic flat fielding for correction of spherical aberration & providing
the CV 5%.
3- Should have true 16 bit CCD camera with resolution of 1392 X 1040 m & pixel density
65536 gray levels.
4- UV and white light source: 302 nm illumination source having
25x26 Tran- illumination areas with foldable white light
5- Should have Peltier cooling of -50C & with dark current 0.001e-/p/s.
6- Should have Peak Quantum Efficiency more than 75 % & 4 order of magnitude,

7- It should be capable of Optimizing, saving, and quickly recalling the imaging acquisition
settings.
8- Should have motorized zoom lens- f/1.2, 12-75mm with numerical feedback.
9- Safe DNA Imaging without UV exposure- using the XcitaBlue Conversion screen to
prevent damage from UV and preserve samples for downstream protein production.
10- Reproducibly position or center the sample on the image platen by using gel alignment
templates.
11- Should have live image acquisition records real time development of the
chemiluminescent reaction. thus removing the guesswork often involved with single
event film capture of blot signals.
12- Should come with 1 D analysis software with following features
A- Automatic band & lane detection, Mol wt & purity analysis.
B- VNTR applications, Phylogenetic tree & dendogram.
C- Should have automation manager.
D- Should have a multichannel viewer to overlay multiplexed or
multifluorescent samples.
13- Atleast 2 sets of reagent kits should be provided with the equipment.
14- Warranty : 2 Years
Post Warranty AMC : 5 Years
Q-1(198)M&E/09

Specifications for Mutation Detection system (Imported):


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Should consist of an electrophoresis module with a temperature control module.


Should include a buffer recirculating pump and other accessories for casting specific.
Should have an option of analysis software
A manual gradient former to create linear gradient gels should be included.
System should be atleast for 16 cm gels with 20 wells (1mm)
Modular design to allow customization for other applications like SSCP,CDGE & TTGE.
Power supply of 10-300V, 4-400mA and 75W with auto restart and timer of 1-999minutes.
Warranty: 2 Years
Post Warranty AMC: 5 Years

Q-1(199)M&E/09

Pulse Field Gel Eletrophoresis System (Imported)


1. Fixed reorientation angle of 1200 .
2. Maximum program blocks: 2; with automatic execution.
3. Switching Range: 0.1 seconds to 65000 seconds (all electronic
switching)
4. Maximum Run Time: 999 hours per block

5. Allowable Voltage Gradients: 0. 6 -6Volts/cm in 0.1 V/cm


increments.
6. Effectively resolves DNA fragments in the range of 5kb to 6Mb.
7. Can run gels of two different sizes: 21 x14 cm & 14 x 13 cm.
8. Warranty: 2 Years
9. Post Warranty AMC: 5 Years
Q-1(200)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR TRINOCULAR RESEARCH MICROSCOPE WITH


PROJECTION SYSTEM
MAGNIFICATION

40X -1000X.

OPTICAL SYSTEM

INFINITY OPTICAL SYSTEM.

OBSERVATION TOBE

Wide field (F.N 22) Three ways Trinocular tube. Light


distribution 100:0, 20/80, 0:100)

EYEPIECE

10X pair with dioptre adjustment, F.O.V.22 mm.

NOSEPIECE

Sextuple revolving Nosepiece upgradeable to DIC.

OBJECTIVE

Plan Achromat objective. 4X, 10X, 20X, 40X, 60X, & 100X.

FOCUSING SYSTEM

High sensitivity co-axial coarse and fine focusing knob with


Tension adjustment knob on coarse focusing.

STAGE

Ceramic coated rectangular stage with double slide holder.

ILLUMINATION

12V-100 W Halogen lamp Pre-centred and pre-focused.

PHOTO SWITCH

Built-in Auto photo preset switch.

CONDENSER

Swing out Condenser.

OTHERS

Microscope should be anti fungus type and should have in


Built filters such as neutral density filter, Light Balancing
Filter.

Digital Color CCD camera

3-5 mega pixel *IEEE 139a Fire wire interface with adapter and
Application Software.

A branded computer and projector

Required to display the image on wall.

The Microscope should be upgradable to Fluorescence (Six position turret), Phase contrast, DIC and
Multi teaching attachment up to ten head.

5 years Warranty

Q-1(201)M&E/09

Specifications for Automated HPLC Analyzer

Should be able to conduct minimum of the following tests.

Hb variants
B Thalassemia testing
Total Glycated Hemoglobin
Hemoglobin A1c
Hb A2
HbF
Hemocystine
Catecholamines in Urine and Plasma
VMA
Serotonin
Anti Epileptic Drugs
Anti Depressants Drug
Vitamin B1, B2, B6
System Specifications

- control
- Max. Operating Pressure

Dedicated Software control for


different analysis
5000 PSI

- Flow Accuracy
+/- 1.0% or 30 ul/min whichever is
greater
- No. of Eluents
One or two
- Programmable flow rate
0.000-10.000ml/min, increments,
standard 100 uL headsCom
- Operating temp. Range
Normally 4o C to 40oC
Can vary for dedicated software,
(test wise)
- Operating Pressure Limits Dedicated Software Programmable
High & low Pressure Limits
- Inject Switch
control Closure, Pre-wised
- Flow During Switching
Continuous
- Loop Fill
Partial or Full
- Loop Size
Changeable, ul 5 mL

Complete with: Gradiant Pump, Detectors, Integrator Computer, Printer and Dedicated columns
and one each kit of above tests.
If closed System Rate quotation of kits for next five years.
- Installation and demonstration at place of working.
- Working manual
- 5 yrs warranty
- Start up reagents for 1000 tests.
- Standard accessories, spares as per catalogues.
- Should have authorized dealer /service centre in Delhi.
- Equipments should be complete in all aspect to start working
from day one including
printing of results.
- Quotation for all consumables.

Q-1(202)M&E/09

FLOW CYTOMETER
A Bench Top Cytometer operable at 220V, 50 Hz is required with following specification:
1.

Should be equipped with 488 mm Solid State Diote laser with at least 20m W or more power output at the
high quality quartz flow cell.

2.

The equipment must be able to perform at least five fluorescence parameters along with Forward and Side
Scatter simultaneously.

3.

Optical filters should be easily changeable by user without having to call service engineers.

4.

The equipment should have approx. 20 bit or more data processing with 4 or more decade of data display.

5.

The equipment should have sample loading option of automated Multi Carousel tube loading of at least 24
tubes more along with 96 multi- well plate loading. It should also have biohazard contained wash station for
thorough rinsing of sample probe.

6.

Must have provision for both real-time and List mode (Off-line) full compensation so as to obviate the need
for repeat sample runs.

7.

The equipment should have an integrated bar-code reader to define the tube & plate holder position to ensure
true positive sample identification.

8.

Provision for single platform absolute counting is desirable.

9.

Software: PC controller Windows based software preferably latest version. Software should display and
control instrument processes.

10. Hardware with following configuration or better: Pentium Core 2 Duo Processor, RAM 4 GB, Graphics Card,
Hard Drive 160GB, Network ports, DVD with Read-Write Devices, 8 USB ports, 22 Flat Monitor & UPS of
appropriate electrical specifications.
11. The company should submit manufactures original product catalogue with specification details.
12. The bidder may be asked to demonstrate the equipment if required by purchaser.
13. Starter up kit including sheath fluid, calibration kits, cleaning solution and sample tubes to perform 2000
assays.
14. The fluorochromes workable on the system should be able to do a wide range of diverse applications for
Cancer Research and Clinical Investigations.
15. Compatable on line UPS.
16. 5 years comprehensive warranty.
Q-1(203)M&E/09

Cancer Surgery
Q-1(204)M&E/09

LIST OF SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS

Abdominal retractors
Balfour retractor Baby
Balfour retractor child size-lateral blades 58mm center blade 45x
80mm
Denis browne retractor small frame

Quantity
1
1
1

Self-retaining retractors
Jansen Retractor 4x4 prongs-Blunt
Weislander retractor 2x3 prongs Blunt-105mm
Weislander retractor 3x4 prongs Blunt-165mm
Adson-Baby Retractor 4x3 Prongs Blunt
Finichietto infantBlades 19x21mm
Finichietto child Blades 45x36mm
Finichietto medium blades 65x45mm

1
1
1
1
3
2
1

Retractors
Parker Langenbeck retractor
Langenbeck Blades 25x 6
Langenbeck Blades 25x 6
Czerney Retractor
Doyens Retractor
Morris Retractor
Jolls thyroid retractor
Deavers retractor-adult
Deavers retractor-Child
Desmarres set of four
Allison wire lung retractor child
Malleable retarctors set with assorted sizes
Haemostatic forceps
Halsted Mosquito 125mm straight
Halsted Mosquito 125mm Curved
Criles Forceps 140 mm straight

4
4
4
4
2
4
1
2
2
2
2
2

12

20
12

Criles Forceps 140 mm Curved


Roberts 245 mm Straight
Roberts 245 mm Curved
Adson Forceps 180 mm Straight
Adson Forceps 180 mm Curved
Mixter ligature forceps 140mm
Mixter ligature forceps 200mm
Sinus Forceps180mm
Sponge holding forceps250m
AllisTissue forceps 150mm
AllisTissue forceps 180mm
Babcock Grasping Forceps 150mm
Babcock Grasping Forceps 200mm
Duval Lung Grasping forceps200mm
Satinsky Vascular occlusion clamp set of three

20
6
6
6
6
3
3
2
6
6
6
6
6
4
1

Dissecting forceps
Dissecting forceps150 mm Plain
Dissecting forceps150 mm toothed
Dissecting forceps200 mm Plain
Dissecting forceps200 mm Toothed
Adson Forceps 150 mm plain
Adson Forceps 150 mm toothed
Micro Adson Forceps 150 mm toothed
Adson Forceps 180 mm plain
Adson Forceps 180 mm toothed
De Bakey dissecting forceps 2mm Jaws 150mm
De Bakey dissecting forceps 2mm Jaws 200mm
De Bakey dissecting forceps- angled 2mm Jaws 150mm
De Bakey dissecting forceps- angled 2mm Jaws 200mm
Russian dissecting forceps 180mm
Russian dissecting forceps 200mm
Tuttle dissecting forceps 200mm
Tuttle dissecting forceps 230mm
Denis browne Grasping forceps 180mm
McGills forceps--small
McGills forceps--medium

8
8
6
6
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
6
6
6
6
6
2
2

Scissors
Iris Straight 115mm
Iris Curved 115mm
Metzenbaum straight 150mm
Metzenbaum straight 200mm
Metzenbaum curved 150mm
Metzenbaum curved 200mm
Reynaulds curved 150mm
Reynaulds curved 200mm
0

Potts190 mm 45
Baby Metzenbaum straight 145mm (Tungsten Carbide)
Baby Metzenbaum Curved 145mm (Tungsten Carbide)

6
6
8
8
8
6
6
6
2
3
3

Needle Holders
Mayo Hegars 150mm
Mayo Hegars 200mm
Mayo Hegars 230mm
Debakey 180mm
Debakey 200mm
Debakey 230mm
Ryder 150mm (Tungsten Carbide)
Ryder 180mm (Tungsten Carbide)
Ryder 200mm (Tungsten Carbide)

8
8
6
6
6
6
3
3
3

Probes , dissectors and dilators


Aneurysmal needle
Director with tongue tie
Probe double ended malleable
Thyroid dissector
Macdonald dissector
Lister dilator set
Clutton dilator set

6
6
6
2
3
1
1

Miscellaneous
Clip applying forceps 200mm

Suprapubic Trocar and canula 10mm


Suction tipset size 1-3
Rectal speculum
Parks anal retractor-child
Gall Bladder forceps- Gray
Gall Bladder forceps- Randall-set of four
Gall Bladder forceps- Desjardins
Gall Bladder forceps- Blake-straight
Gall Bladder forceps- Blake-curved
Doyens mouth gag
Dingmans mouth gag with blades
Adsons Raspatories
Cleft Palate Raspatories
Cushings periosteal elevators
Double ended elevators
Bone cutter-Liston
Sterile container 280x280x70mm
Cheatle forceps 200 mm
Towel Clips-Bachus 110 mm

2
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
20

1. The instruments should be of high quality steel and rust proof


2. Should comply with ISI standards and should be CE certified
3. The company should be ISO certified
4. All instruments should be laser marked for identification
5. Two-year warranty on each instrument
6. The instruments should be made available for demonstration for assessment of
quality and rust proof ability.
Q-1(205)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF SURGICAL MICROSCOPE FOR PLASTIC AND


RECONSTRUCTIVE SURGERY (IMPORTED)

The Microscopes must be of following specifications and must consist of the


following parts:
1. MICROSCOPE BODY:
Magnification system: Motorized zoom 0.5x2.5x,

Focusing system:

Working distance:

Control by hand and foot panel,


Manual override
Motorized and fine focussing
Control by hand and foot panel,
Stepless from 200 mm to 550 mm or better
Adjustable without exchange of objective lens, Manual
override,
Variable illumination field spot sizes

2. BINOCULAR TUBE:

Binocular tube:

180-degree tiltable
Focal length of 190 mm or better
Interpupillary distance: adjustable of from 50 mm to 80 mm
Equipment For Face-To-Face Surgery: (For all Microscopes)
Stereo bridge(integrated beam splitter) with two additional output ports for
connection of coobservation device and videocamera,
180-degree tiltable binocular tube with focal length of 170 mm,
Pair of push-in eyepieces 12.5x with magnetic lock,
Pair of rotatable adapters +/- 22.5 degrees Stereo Coobservation system with
two joints for assistant surgeon/teaching purpose

3. EYEPIECES:
Widefield, >12x with magnetic locks,
Diopter setting from 8D to +5D, also suitable for spectacles wearers
4. ILLUMINATION SYSTEM :
Coaxial xenon illumination
Quick-action lamp changer
Back-up xenon lamp
Must provide two additional Xenon bulbs
5. HANDCONTROL PANEL:
Detachable
For zoom and focus, illumination intensity and video camera control
6. FOOT CONTROL PANEL:
For zoom and focus, XY movements, light intensity
7. FLOOR STAND: Rollable with magnetic Brakes
Brake control with hand control
8. LCD DISPLAY: Set up of different parameters
Activation at press of a button

Parameters: speed adjustment, brightness, magnification, Programming of


settings 10 different surgeons
9. SUPPLEMENTARY EQUIPMENT/Accessories (Price should be quoted for each
item separately)
a)
Motorized lifting column
b)
Digital Video Camera System : 3CCD advanced digital camera system,
video fast autofocus
c)
with 32 inch LCD TV
d)
Motorized XY navigation with port
10. FURURE UPGRADATION : (MUST)

A)Equipmentmusthave2yearscomprehensivewarranty&AMCfor5yearsafter
expiryofwarranty

B)YearwiserateofAMCtobequotedfor5years.Incaseiffirmisbasedoutside
India,IndianAgentforserviceshouldbelocatedinDelhi/NCR.Preferencewillbe
giventocompanywithdirectsales&serviceoperationsinIndia.Thereshouldbe
promptaftersalesservicetoreducebreakdowntimetomaximumofTwodays.

Q-1(206)M&E/09

AUTOMATIC SHOE COVER MACHINE

It should have digital display.


The unit should be compact and light weight.
Should have capacity to hold min.200 covers loaded & 400 in storage.
Should be easy to operate
Should be operable on 220 VAC.
Product should be CE marked or equivalent.

SHOE COVERS FOR ABOVE

Made of Polyethylene plastic


Packing should be minimum 200 per box

AUTOMATIC SHOE COVER TAKE OFF MACHINE

Should be easy to operate


Should be operable on 220 VAC
Should consume minimum power

Should hold at least 100 used shoe covers.


Product should be CE marked

Q-1(207)M&E/09

Specifications of Fowler Bed

Should be made by Mild Steel material, treated with Zinc phosphate and Epoxy Powder
Coated.
Should have dimension of L 2150 X WI1000 X H440 -660 mm
Should have bed frame size approx 2000 mm X 915 mm
Should have Weight approx 85 Kgs
Should have castor dia of 125 mm swivel with diagonal brake
Should have backrest 750, footrest 450, Hi-Lo-elevation operated by hand crank.
Should have ventilated 4- panel mattress base
Should have removable ABS moulded head and food board, with Maica lamination.
Should have collapsible epoxy- finish safety side rails with spring loaded lock.
Should have 2 1V pole mount & 4 pole mount attachment at, at all corners of bed frame.
Should have roller bumpers at all corners to protect body frame
Should be supplied complete with 100 mm PU foam mattress with Nylex covering.
Should be quoted with 2 years warranty and 5 years AMC charges

Q-1(208)M&E/09

Surgical Dual OT Light based on LED technology with Camera (Ceiling


Mounted)
Specifications
1. Extremely flat, compact and aerodynamical surgical light based on innovative LED
technology.
2. The single light head should be consist of several, symmetrically arranged light emitting
modules, using multitudinous LEDs to form a multi- lens matrix on a single light head for a
shadow free and homogeneous illumination of the surgical field.
3. Surgical light should consisting of:
Central axis, horizontal extension arm, height adjustable spring arm, vertical and horizontal
bow and the one -point suspended light head consisting of two equal size domes.
4. Suspension system should be as per following specification :
Main light dome on lowermost axis position:
Length of spring arm: 2x900 to 1100mm for two LED Light Head modules
All arms should be freely rotatable (without stops) at all vertical joints.
Light Head:

5
6
7
8
9
10
11

12.
13.

14.
15.

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Made of powder-coated die cast aluminum, with smooth and clean surfaces that
are easy and safely to clean.
Dust and splash proof.
One point suspended, diameter above 500mm.
Light system:
Surgical Light should have cold and shadow free light, High Light intensity
Very homogeneous large area and in depth illumination of the Surgical field
Multi- lens matrix technology.
The intensity should be adjustable.
Light field should be adjustable from 20cm to 30cm and focusing via sterilizable
handle in the center of the light head.
Switching the light head on and of should be possible in sterile or non sterile
Manner directly at the light head as well as on the LCD wall control panel. From
One single control LCD panel, either only the respective light head or the
Complete light combination must be able to switch on and of simultaneously.
No heat emission through IR radiation.
High fail- safety through optical light system consisting of between 70 to 200 LEDs, with
its own lens. In case of failure of one light source (LED), the illumination of the light field
is not affected. Even in case of failure of a second or more light sources, negative effects
on the illumination of the surgical fields remain limited to a minimum.
Aerodynamic designed dome of the light head should support the effect of laminar air flow
systems.
There should be a Sterilizable knob at the lower side of the light head to control of all light
intensity and other functions should be also be controllable from control centre i.e. diming,
endo- light , intensity , shadow control, switching on/off and camera zoom by the surgical
team itself .
Lighting intensity at 1m distance: 160,000 Lux
Size of light field at 1m distance: 18-28 cm
Colour temperature: 4000k-5500k
Colour rendering index: RA95 to RA97.
R9 (deep Saturated red color index) : 95 to 96.
Life span of main light source : 20,000 hours 30,000 hrs
Supply Voltage : 110 240 VAC/24V DC/24 VAC
A suitable disposable camera cover with integral clear lens should be provided which
allows surgical team to grasp camera module to aim camera or adjust the pattern size or
intensity of light.
Camera should not need independent power connection and should draw power from light
head only.

Monitor Arm:
25.

The lighting system should have a third arm with digital display monitor of 19.

26.

The monitor arm should be pre-wired with compper/multimode fiber optic cable bundle
with Video enab led system to support various Customer-defined Video options.

Light Head Central axis mounted Camera:


27.
28.
29.
30

The Shadow less light should have integrated high resolution camera system with sealed
camera optics to save it dust and fluids.
The show less Operating Light should have a powerful single chip camera having optical
zoom lens for Video Photography as per the following specifications.
The cameras should have features like digital signal processing and digital zoom lens.
The camera should have a digital memory mode to capture digital images directly into the
DVD recorder for easy transfer to DVD disc:
Single Chip : type CCD images sensor
Standard : PAL/NTSC
Pixels : approx above 300,000 pixels resolution
Zoom : 40 x optical zoom ration, (10 x optical, 4x digital)
Focal lens distance : = 10mm (wide angle) to 1000mm (telescopic)
Signal/Noise ratio : exceeds 49 dB
While balance : Automatic/Manually (with auto focus)

Recorder
32.
33.
34.

DVD recorder of reputed make with attached LCD display of at least 17 for viewing the
recording after the operation is over.
The recorder should be either kept in the OT room on shelf or should be remotely
mountable in another site with network cabling.
LED Surgical Lighting system should meet applicable standards such as FDA
UL;EN/CE/CSA etc.

Q-1(209)M&E/09

MICRO MOTOR/SAW SYSTEM WITH ACCEEOSRIES


1.

Powerful, Electronic Commutatated Micro Motor System with transmission by


Means of Sensor Technique with Integrated Irrigation System . System should be
Include following.

a.

(Control Unit

Control Unit with 3 M mains Cable 230V.


1 No
Solid Metal Casing & Foil Key Board.
Separate Continuous Control of Motor Speed and Pump Output ..
Digital Display for pre-selected Maximum Motor Speed.

Digital Display for Transmission/Reduction Ratio of the Hand Piece and Pump
Output.
Visual Indication for Sense of Rotation of the Motor.
Maximum Pumping Capacity: 100 ml/min.
b.

(Micro Motor)

c.

f.
g.
h
i

1 No

Cable with Integrated Cooling Water Conduit


Cable length : 3M.
Sterilezable within the Autoclave at 134 Degree C ( 2 Bar) .
Weight 0.6 Kg.

(Foot Switch)

Electronic Commuted. Integrated Overload Protection.


Sterilizeable with Connection Cable at 134-Degree C (2-bar) within the autoclave.
Idle-Running Speed : 40,000 rpm.
Maximum Torque :3.5 Ncm at o rpm
Mechanical Power Requirement : 45W at 20,000 rpm.
Length with Coupling 100mm, Dia meter 23 mm.
Weight : 110 gm.

(Motor Cable)

1 No.

1 No

Multi Functional Remote Control (Foot Switch)


Length of Cable 5 M.
Anesthetic Test Class M Splash Proof (IP 65)
Weight : 2 .1 Kg.

(Support Plate)

1 No

Support Plate Complete with Swivel-Bar and Fixation Device for Motor and
Accessories.
Support Device for Bottle .
1 No.
Pump Tubing Autoclavalbe, Silicone
1 Pair
Spare Tubing Autoclavalbe, Silicone 1 M, Diameter 1 mm for Connection to
Hand Piece.
1 No
Plug- 1n Mandrel for Bottle Ltr.

1 No

System should be equipped with A Solid Roller Pump for Supply of Cooling Water.
Clockwise / anti clock rotation
Control Unit is provided with a Memory Circuit
Finally adjusted values are relevant and can be perceived on the Display in next
operation .

Accept Angular Screwdriver for Osteosynthesis.


Accept Mucotome for Skin grafting.
Accepts Reduction Hand Piece for Dental Implants.
II

STRAIGHT HAND PIECE


Straight Hand Piece, Transmission 1.1., (Motor Max. 40,000 rpm) with Spray
Nozzle to be tightened by turning, Total Length 111mm.

1 No

III

ANGLED HAND PIECE :

a.

Angled Hand piece, Transmission 1.1, With Spray Nozzle


Total Length 128mm.

1 No

Angled Reduction Hand Piece 1: 30 with Spray Nozzle


Total Length 89mm for burrs with Dental Shanks

1 No

IV

Micro Oscillating saw with blades:

a.

Micro Oscillating Saw without Saw Blade, Integrated Irrigation Tube with Fork Wrench,
Recommended Maximum Speed 15.000 rpm.
1 No

Saw Blade with Short Shank, Working Length 11mm, Thickness of Blade 0.3 mm Blade
Length 14mm, size 6mm, 10mm & 15mm Total Length 27mm.
5 each

Saw Blade with Long Shank, Working Length 26mm, Thickness of Blade 0.3 mm Blade
Length 14mm, size 6mm, 10mm & 15mm Total Length 42mm.
5 each

Micro Sagittal Saw with Blades


a.
b.

VI

Micro Sagittal Saw without Saw Blade Integrated Irrigation Tube with Fork Wrench,
Recommended Maximum Speed 20.00 rpm.
1 No
Saw Blade for Micro Satittal Saw Thickness of Blade 0.35 mm, Size : 10x 4mm, 10
x6mm, 15 x 6mm ,15x10mm, 27x12mm.
12 each
Micro Osseoscalpel Saw with Blades

a.

Oseoscalpel Micro Saw with Axial/Sagittal Cut, Oscillating Hub, Especially suitable
for three Dimensional cutting

Without Saw Blade, Integrated .


Irrigation Tube with Fork Wrench, Recommended Maximum Speed 20.000rpm.
No

b.
Saw Blades for Osseo scalpel Micro Saw, Thickness of Blade 0.35mm , Working Length
12 mm, 18 mm &24mm.
12 each
VII
Mucotome
a.
Steinhauser Thickness of Cut 0.2-1.2mm, width of Cut 22 mm Max Maximum Speed
rpm 5000.
b.
c.

5pkt

d.

Spare Blade for Mucotome. (Packet of 10 Pcs)


Blade Holding Forceps with Screwdriver 11 cm Long
1Pc
Mucosa Stretcher with Mucosa Retractor 10 cm 4

VII

ANGULAR Screwdriver with Inserts:

1 No.

Angular Screwing Instrument

1Pc

b
Screw Holding, Device with 2-Pc Fixation Clamps, 1-Pc Retaining Spring and 1
Screwdriver 1set
c
Pc
d
Pc
e
Pc

Drill Insert Dia 1.2mm for Screws Dia 1.5 mm

Drill Insert Dia 1.5mm for Screws Dia 2.0 mm

Drill Insert Dia 2.1mm for Screws Dia 2.7 mm

f
Pc

Insert for Hexagon Socket Screws with Socket 1.5mm

g
Pc

Insert for Hexagon Socket Screws with Socket 2.5mm

Insert for Slotted Screws with Central Ping Guidance with Screws Head 3.0mm

1 Pc

Insert for Slotted Screws with Central Ping Guidance with Screws Head 2.5mm

1 Pc

j
Pc

Insert for Screws with Tampered Inside Hexagon with Screws Head 4.0mm

IX

Tools

Diamond Abrasives for Dermabrasion 4mm Long, Dia 14 & 16mm

2 each

Diamond Dust Abrasive Style Pear 44mm Long Dia 7.0mm

2 Nos

c
each

Diamond dust Abrasives Style Bud 44mm long, Dia 4.50 & 7.00 mm

Trephines 44mm Long, Dia 1.80, 2.30, 2.70, 5.00 & 7.0mm

2 each

Circular Knives, 44mm Long, Dia 4.0 & 6.0mm

2 each

HSS Twist Drills 44mm Long Dia 0.50, 0.60, 1.00,1.20,1.50, 2.10 & 2.30

5 each

Circular Knives 44mm Long Dia 1.8,2.30 & 2.7mm

2 each

h
each

Hough Crurotomy Burrs, Serrated Cutting 65mm Long, Dia 1.0,1.20 & 2.70mm

Crutomy Burr, Smooth cutting 65mm Long, Dia 1.50mm

2 Nos

Performing Burrs 65 mm Long, Dia 0.80, 1.00 & 1.5mm

2 each

k
each

Lindemann Burr 65mm Long & 45 mm Long

Storage & Sterilization

a.

Metal Case Sterilizable for tools upto 70mm Shank Length

1 No

Storage Rack, Size 200 x 100 x 20 mm for 16 Burrs

2 Nos

Aluminium Sterilization Container, Silver Anodized, including Long-Term Textile Filter,


Lid Perforated, Bottom Non Perforated Size 300 x 135 x47 mm for Micro Saws & Hand

pieces.
D

Universl Oil Spray, 400ml for the Maintenance of Hand Pieces

XI

Skin Grafting Knife

Watson Dermatome 30.5cm -12 Long


Thickness of Cut 0.1 -2.0mm
Width of Cut 155mm (max)

10 PCs

b.

Spare Blade 15.5cm for Watson Dermatome

50 PCs

1
Should quote complete set with Original catalogue
2
Should carry a warranty of two years and AMC of five Years
3
Price of accessories /blades/burrs etc should be quoted separately. The quantity may vary
as per requirement.
Q-1(210)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
ULTRASOUND THERAPY UNIT
The unit must have the following specifications:
Ultrasound frequencies

1 and 3 MHz

Ultrasound output modes

Continuous and Pulsed

Intensity:i)
ii)

Pulsed :
Continuous

0-3 W/cm sq
0-2 W/cm sq

Display

Intensity in W/cm.sq

Timer

0-30 minutes, coupled to contact control

Contact control threshold

65%

Treatment head

Large Multi frequency Treatment head ERA


5.O cm2 , Treatment head should be water tight for
underwater use

Main Supply

220-230V (50/60 Hz)

Battery Charger

12V,19 Ah, MF Accumulator

Safety class

TUV/GS

The unit should have at least 10 free programmable memory positions.


The unit should have at least 9 programmed positions
The unit should have automatic power switch off and treatment time interruption in
case of insufficient contact.
The unit should have visual indicator on the treatment head to show the insufficient
Contact.

Q-1(211)M&E/09

Specification for Micro vascular, Plastic and Craniofacial Maxillofacial


Scissors
should have following specification DIN 1.4117 x 38 CR Mo V 15
with following component: 0,38 % C , 15,4% Cr 0,5% Mo and 0.1% V component Guarantee 5
years against manufacturing defects.
Mayos scissors curved
14 cm
12
17 cm
12
Metzenbaum curved
11.5 cm
12
14 cm
12
18 cm
06
Kilner scissors curved
12 cm
18
Stevens Tenotomy scissors curved 11.5 cm
18
Iris Scissors curved 11.5cm
48
Needle holder
Needle holder should have following specification
DI.N 1.4021x20 Cr13 :
With the components 0.17% C and 13% Cr
guarantee of 5 years

Ryder Tungsten carbide


1mm Tip 13 cm
2mm Tip 13cm
1mm Tip 15 cm
2mm Tip 15 cm
Debakey Tungsten carbide
16 cm
Mayo Hegar Tungsten carbide
15 cm.
18cm
Artery forceps :
Curved :- Hartman 10cm
Hartiman Micro 10 cm

06
06
06
06
12
12,
06
24
24

Wire cutter
Should have following specification
DI.N 1.4021x20 Cr13:
With the components 0.17% C and 13% Cr
Guarantee of 5 years
18 cm, 7 for 1.5 mm wire
22 cm , 10.5 for 3mm wire

04
04

23 cm 9

for 3mm wire

04

Osteotome
Should have following specification
DI.N 1.4021x20 Cr13:
With the components 0.17% C and 13% Cr
Guarantee of 5 years.
18 cm 7 6mm
18 cm 7 8mm
18 cm 7 10mm
22 cm 8 10mm
22 cm 8 15mm
22 cm 8 20mm

04
04
04
04
04
04

Chisel
Should have following specification
DI.N 1.4021x20 Cr13:
With the components 0.17% C and 13% Cr
Guarantee of 5 years.
16 cm 6 4mm
16 cm 6 6mm
16 cm 6 8mm
16 cm 6 10mm
13.5cm 5 4mm
13.5cm 5 6mm
13.5cm 5 8mm

04
04
04
04
04
04
04
CRANIOFACIAL INSTRUMENT.

should have following specification DIN 1.4117 x 38 CR Mo V 15


with following component: 0,38 % C , 15,4% Cr 0,5% Mo and 0.1% V component Guarantee 5
years against manufacturing defects.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Scalp Homeostasis clip, RANEY


applying forceps, RANEY
Nerve hook , CUSHING, 18 cm
Nerve hook , CUSHING, 18 cm
Nerve hook , SMITHWICK, 29 cm
Cone Cranial Punch, 33,5 cm
Skull punch 2 hook, DeVILBIS
Dura dissector , HORSLEY, 20 cm

1 set (200
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

9. Dissector, PENFIELD, 17.5cm


2
10. Dissector, PENFIELD, 19.5cm
2
11. DAVIS Brain Spatula 18CMx19mm
2
12. DAVIS Brain Spatula 18CMx25mm
2
13. Suction tubes, HOUSE, 18cm x 45 degree, 4mm
2
14. Rongeur, FERRIS-SMITH-KERRISON, 18 cm,90 degree up, 4mm
1
15. Rongeur, FERRIS-SMITH-KERRISON, 18 cm,90 degree down, 4mm
1
16. Rongeur, FERRIS-SMITH-KERRISON, 18 cm, 45 degree up, 4mm
1
17. Bone hand drill, HUDSON 27CM COMPLETE SET WITH ALL SIZE BURR,
XTENSION PIECE AND SNAP LOCK CHUCK
2
18. Handle for wire saw, GIGLI
2
19. Wire saw, OLIVECRONA, 50cm, 60cm, 70cm
2
20. Fish Hook 31CM & 41 CM
2
21. Osteotome, 13.5 cm 4mm to 10 mm
2
22. Osteotome , STILLE
2
23. Osteotome , STILLE, 20 cm 10mm & 12mm
2
24. Hammer, BERGMANN, D.30mm,23 cm,300 gr
2
25. Periosteal elevator, SEDILLOT,18 cm, 18mm
2
26. SEBILEAU elevator 5mm, 17.5 cm
2
27. Raspatories, COBB, 28 cm, 8mm
2
28. Bone lever, HOHMANN, 18mm wide
2
29. Wire twisting forceps, BERRY 18cm TC
2
30. Wire cutting plier, 14cm TC
2
31. Forceps dressing, TYLOR, 17cm , bayonet
2
32. Bone Rongeur, KLENIFERT-KUTZ, 3mm,15cm
2
33. Malleable retractor 200mm, RIBBON, 06mm to 25mm
1set
34. Enucleation scoop, wells
2
1. Instruments should be well reputed company.
2. Instrument should be made of authentic steel and should comply with international
certification like ISO, EN, DIN etc and should have superior corrosion resistance and
hardness with good grip and should have surface coating to prevent light reflection.
3. The cutting edge of the instrument should be especially hardened and should able to carry
the precise assigned function.
4. Should be sterlizable by conventional means.

Q-1(212)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONOFHYDROSURGERYSYSTEMFORBURNSLOUGHREMOVAL

Equipmentshouldbesuitableforuseinburnpatients
Shouldbeoperableon220VA.C.electricity.
Shouldconsistofpressuregeneratingconsoleandhandpiecewithfootswitch
control.
Consoleshouldgenerateenoughhydrostaticpressuretoformwaterjettoseparate
sloughfromburnsurfacebylocalizedvacuum(Venturieffect)atendofhand
piece.
Handpieceshouldcombinglavageandaspirationofremovedtissue
simultaneously.
Shouldhavedifferenttypesofhandpieces.30handpiecesmustbeprovidedwith
theequipment.
Shouldcarryaguaranteeof2years&AMCfor5years
Pricesofhandpiecesshouldalsobequotedseparately.

Q-1(213)M&E/09

INTERFERENTIALTHERAPYUNIT

Twochannelinterferentialelectrotherapyunit
Shouldhavelargedigitalparameterdisplay
Theunitshouldhave2and4poleIFT.
TheunitshouldhaveTENScurrentasymmetrical.
TheunitshouldhaveTENSwithcurrentburst.
Theunitshouldhavepreprogrammedtreatmentprotocols.
Thetreatmentprotocolsshouldbeadjustableandrewriteableforflexibilityin
use.
Shouldhavefacilityoffixingpersonalizedstartupprogrammetosavetime.
TheunitshouldcarrytheInternationalSafetyStandard.

Q-1(214)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONFORBINOCULARLOUPEFORPLASTICSURGERY.

It should have working distance between 300-400 mm.


It should have magnification of 3.5x/4/5x.
It should have field of vision of 100 mm at 40 cm.
It should have adjustable inter pupillary distance
It should have option of flipping up when needed
It should be mounted on light weight spectacle frame/Head cap
It should have be dustproof and moisture proof.

It should be light weight, sturdy and durable make.


It should have CE certification.
It should have prismatic optics for good depth of vision.
It should have a protective case.

Fiber optic head light system

It should have xenon light source with head band


It should have Xenon light source of 300 watts at color temperature 6000 K, at 220 V AC
It should have hour meter in built to show lamp life gauge to indicate the consumed and
remaining lamp life.
It should have manual intensity control.
It should have head light system stainless coil inserted liners tube.
It should accommodate cables with fittings from all standard makes.
It should have a trolley to mount light source for transportation.
It should be supplied with comfortable head band with replaceable sweat pads
It should have gown clips -2 no.
It should have CE certification.

Q-1(215)M&E/09
Q-1(216)M&E/09

Specification of Micro Surgical Instrument


1. All instruments should have special ergonomic design for plastic, reconstructive and hand
surgery.
2. Should carry instrument international quality certificate.
3. Should have CE marking
4. Should have the name of company marked on each instrument
5. Should be Non corrosive, non shining high quality steel.
6. Should have ergonomic design
7. Manufacturer should have minimum 10 years experience
8. Should carry two year replacement guarantee in case of rusting and poor function.
The micro vascular instruments are as follows:
A. Jewelers forceps should have design to put the centre of gravity between webspace &
index finger.
I. Jewelers Forceps:
Straight, 12cm long, Tip dia 0.8mm, Flat handle

12 Nos

II. Jewelers Forceps:


Straight, 12cm long, Tip dia 0.3mm, Flat handle

12 Nos

III. Jewelers Forceps:


Straight, 12cm long, Tip dia 0.4mm, Flat handle

12 Nos

IV. Jewelers Forceps:


Angulated 45 degree, 11 cm long flat handle, Tip 0.3mm

6 Nos

B. Micro vascular Scissors


The micro scissors should be specially designed for minimum closing pressure and for equal
pressure distribution along the blades.Handles should be round with spring instrument
configuration.
I. Dissecting Scissors
15cm long, Round handle, Curved blades 9mm, Sharp tip

15 Nos

II. Adventitia Scissors


15cm long, Round handle, Straight blades 12 mm long

15 Nos

C. Microvascular clamps
Micro clamps should be light , compact robust corrosion resistant & have unique gripping surface
. They should have smooth sliding bar action on all approximator clamps for vessel diameter of
0.4mm to 5.0mm, pressure of 5 gm/mm2 to 15gm/ mm2. Should have size and type (artery or
vein) marking on them.
I. Single Microvascular clamp for Artery (1A):

12 Nos

II. Single Microvascular clamp for Artery (2A):

12 Nos

III. Single Microvascular clamp for Artery (3A):

12 Nos

IV. Single Microvascular clamp for veins (1V):

12 Nos

V. Single Microvascular clamp for veins (2V):

12 Nos

VI. Single Microvascular clamp for veins (3V):

12 Nos

VII. Single Microvascular clamp for Artery (1A):

12 Nos

VIII. Single Microvascular clamp for Artery (2A):

12 Nos

IX. Single Microvascular clamp for Artery (3A):

12 Nos

X. Single Microvascular clamp for veins (1V):

12 Nos

XI. Single Microvascular clamp for veins (2V):

12 Nos

XII. Single Microvascular clamp for veins (3V):

12 Nos

D. Microvascular Neddleholders
Needle holder should be specially designed for secure grip due to parallel closure over the entire
jaw length and closing pressure precisely calibrated for minimising fatigue. Should be strong and
fine
I. Needle Holder:
15cm long, Round handle, Curved
II. Needle Holder
18cm long, Round handle, Curved

12 Nos
12 nos

E.

Vessel dilator
should have special ball point form of the tips so that the dilating pressure is evenly distributed
over the entire area of the vessel.
I. Vessel Dilator
12 Nos
11cm long, flat handle 9 mm wide, angulated 10 degree, dia 0.20
II. Vessel Dilators
12 Nos
11cm long, flat handle 9 mm wide, aungulated 10 degree dia 0.30
E. Clamp applying forceps15 cm long:

6 nos

F. Case with rack for 12 Instruments with clamp box:

6 nos

G. Instruments Beaker with silicone bottom:

6 Nos

H. Clamp box:

6 Nos

A)Equipmentmusthave2yearscomprehensivewarranty&AMCfor5yearsafter
expiryofwarranty.
B)YearwiserateofAMCtobequotedfor5years.Incaseiffirmisbased
outsideIndia,IndianAgentforserviceshouldbelocatedinDelhi/NCR.Preferencewill
begiventocompanywithdirectsales&serviceoperationsinIndia.Thereshouldbe
promptaftersalesservicetoreducebreakdowntimetomaximumofTwodays.

Q-1(217)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR DUAL CHAMBER TEMPORARY PACEMAKER


1) Should have three dials for adjustment to provide for effective pacing in most of the
clinical situations encountered.
2) Should have the facility for changing the pacingrate with automatic adjustment of the
A-V interval, upper rate, and PVARP during dual chamber pacing
3) Should have the facility for providing a quick response in emergency situations by just
pressing a single key.
4) Should offer facility for pacingk rate upto 200 ppm especially for paediatric
applications.
5) Should have facility for enhancing the ventricular output to 25 mA for high stimulation
thresholds.
6) Should have the facility for rapid atrial pacing rate upto 800 ppm for management of
atrial flutter.
7) Should be quoted with patient cables without exposed connector pins.
8) Should have the facility for 15 seconds continued operation even after battery removal.
9) Should offer high resolution LCD screen with backlighting for better visibility/clarity.
10) Should have the following facilities:(A) Mode DDD,DDI,DVI,DOO,AAI,AOO,VVI,VOO
(B) Basic pacing rate : 30-200 ppm
(C) Upper rate
: 80-230
(D) Rapid atrial
: 80-800 ppm
(E) Output amptitude : Atrial 0.1-20 mA
Ventricular 0.1-25 mA
(F) Pulse width
: Atrial 1.0 ms
Ventricular 1.5 ms
(G) Sensitivity
: Atrial 0.4 10 mV, async.
Ventricular 0.8-20 mV,async.
(H) A-V Interval
: 20-300 ms
(I) Refractory period : Atrial 150-500 ms
: Ventricular 250 ms.
(J) Ventricular blanking : Pace 125 ms
Sense 75 ms
(K) Battery type
: Standard 9V, Alkaline/Lithuim-ion
Battery life
: Alkaline around 9 days
Lithuim-ion around 16 days
Height
: 18-24 cms(7.1-9.5)
Width
: 6.5-9.5 cms(2.6 3.75)
Depth
: 2.5-5.5CMS(1-2.2)
Weight
: 450-600 gms
-2-

Additional features required:


Nominal

Emergency

DDD
80ppm

DOO
80ppmor current setting.

Mode
Rate
Output Amplitude

10 mA
10 mA

20 mA
25 mA

Atrial
Ventricular
Pulse width

1.0 ms
1.5 ms

1.0 ms
1.5 ms

Atrial
Ventricular
Sensitivity

0.5 mV
2.0 mV

asynchnous
asynchnous

*
*
*

Atrial
Ventricular
A-V Interval
Sensed
Paced
PVARP
Upper Rate
Rapid Atrial pacing rate

140 ms
170 ms
300 ms
110 ppm
320 ppm

Must be quoted with the following accessories:-

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
.
*

9 volt battery
Product literature/manual(details)
Disposable pouch
Ventricular patient cable
Atrial patient cable
Heart wire receptacle seals
Carrying case

: 10 nos.
: 1pc
: 1 pc.
: 10 pcs
: 10 pcs
: 10 pcs
: 1 pc

Demonstration of the product alongwith product manual/literature is a must.


11.Should have 5 years guarantee + 5 years comprehensive warranty
9. Company should make sure that after getting the complaint that instrument is non
functional/ malfunctional (telephonically or else) instrument must be functional within
24 hours and this period should be deducted from the warranty period or the company
will provide the replacement of same or higher configuration equipment.
10. Demonstration is a must.

Q-1(218)M&E/09

EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HEART LUNG MACHINE WITH


ACCESSORIES (ADVANCE VERSION)

1.

Description of function

1.1

Heart Lung Machine is an apparatus through which blood is temporarily


diverted, during heart surgery, to oxygenate it and pump it throughout the
body, thus maintaining circulation until the heart and lungs are able to return to
normal functioning.

2.

Operational requirements

2.1

BASIC EQUIPMENT will consist of the following unit


1) 5-Pump Console
2) Temperature Control Module(Hypo-Hyper thermia unit)
3)

Monitors: (Touch Screen)


a)
b)
c)
d)

Pressure monitor-arterial and cardioplegia with transducers


Time-at least three timers
Temperature Monitor with at least two probes
Display of total volume of each infusion along with delivery time

4)

a) Air-Oxygen Blender with hoses and Flow meter


b) CO2 Blender Optional

5)

Safety Devicesa) Level Sensor


b) Ultrasonic air sensor(optional)

2.2

ACCESSORIES will include

1.
2.
3.

Stainless steel line clamps - 12


Stainless steel intra cardiac suckers 10
Remote Control module for Temperature Control Monitor Instrument tray
with mounting arm S.N. Technical Specifications

-23.1

5-Pump Console
1. The unit should have 5-pump console compactly arranged with separate power
supply and control modules. Should have easy access connectors for
interchanging the pump.
2 Each individual roller pump should be capable of running independently on
180-270 V/50-60 Hz supply.
3 Should have a spill proof base.
The unit should be supplied with a Battery backup for at least two pumps, all
safety systems and accessories for a minium of 60 minutes. Switch over from
main power to battery backup should be automatic and immediate. The
battery unit should be built in to the pump base and it should be recharged
automatically when the system is operating with main power supply.
4. Individual pump heads should have Harvey Roller pumps with facility for tubing to be
used adjustable from to 5/8 through 3/8 and by easily changeable mechanism
5. Individual pump heads should have display in digital- The total infusion volume in
litres and delivery time, the flow rates in LPM and in RPM.
6. Each pump should have easy mechanism for occlusion setting for different thickness of
tubes available in the market 1/32 to 3/32
7. Should have unidirectional hand crank facility as a critical safety feature hand crank
loading should be from top for faster access.
8. The Console should have a compact base mount for the entire pump heads together,
with pole and handles.
9. Should have variable,changeable tubing holders in each pump head:1/4,3/8,1/2,5/8
and double
10. Should have movable oxygenator holder.
11. Roller pump should have a self diagnostic circuit with provision to detect and display
critical alarm conditions. Optional Pulsatile module which can be monted on any of the
blood pump.
3.2 Should have a venous control module with single pole mast with electronic
venous line occluder.
3.3 Should have a monitor mount with adjustable monitoring arm
3.4 Instrument tray positionable with ling monitoring arm
3.5 Lightweight surface table,writing surface

-33.6

TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE:


TEMPERATURE CONTROL AND MONITOR SYSTEM WITH CARDIOPLEGIA
SUPPLY AND REMOTE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY:with the following feature:
1. Simultaneous delivery of water for arterial and cardioplegia heat exchangers and to
thermal blankets to be available from suitable ports.
2. To work with power supply of 220 + 20V50Hz
3. Pressure regulated blanket ports maintaining the temperature of the arterial
port.
4Temperature display range of 0-50 degree celsius; remote accuracy of 0.3
degree celsius and remote temperature display unit module with 3
temperature display
5. Microprocessor based unit to control, cool, rewarm and maintain
temperature.
6. Water outlet temperature of heat exchange and blanket range 0-42 degree
celsius
7. Maximum flow performance of oxygenator heat exchanger supply port 1522 LPM for fast cooling,480 mm Hg maximum pressure,Blanket 1.5to2.5
LPM at zero head.
8. Built in Ice Maker to provide 50 lbs of ice in about 8 hours from 25 degree
water.
9. Should be capable of providing ice water for cardioplegia independently with
variable cooling rate
10. Rewarming facility with venous difference mode settable at 6 to 10 degree
celsius gradients to hold the water bath temperature at higher than the
venous blood temperature.
11 Temperature probe module for the operating ranges of 0-50 degree celsius
12 Temperature probes to fit in standard oxygenators(bubble/membrane)
13. Optional remote control unit should be capable of taking 9 Temp. Probes
and display temperature in digital readouts. Alarm limits setting for at least
three probes at crucial sites.

3.7

MONITORS:
PRESSURE MONITOR: Facility to monitor one arterial line pressure and one
cardioplegia line pressures (toatal2);along with necessary pressure transducer, cables
six(2X3) and domes reusable, with accurate digital display and alarm facilities audio
and visual.
TIME MONITOR: 6 temperature displays for patient monitoring and for cardioplegia
monitoring with digital display in Celsius with 6 necessary compatible temperature 6
probes and 6 additional probes(6X2=12 probes) with 3X2=6 of them for nasal, rectal
and esphageal use

-4-

5.
5.1
5.2
5.3

3.8

AIR-OXYGEN BLENDER:
To work at 50-60 PSI for membrane oxygenator with water trap attached with necessary
hoses and connections of minimum of 5 meters length and with triple flow glass flow
meters.

3.9

SAFETY DEVICES: Safety monitor should have optional capability for computer
interface to retrieve perfusion data
ULTRASONIC AIR SENSOR:Ultrasonic air sensor to detect bubbles to work equally
well with crystalloid and blood,should be possible to fit anywhere in the circuit easily.
LEVEL SENSOR SYSTEM: Ultrasonic transducers to work well with crystalloid and
blood with adhesive pads, with alarm settings.

3.10

ASSESSORIES
1. STAINLESS STEEL LINE CLAMPS for cardio pulmonary bypass 12 Nos.
2. REMOTE CONTROL MODULE FOR THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL
MONITOR:
Optional remote control unit should be capable of taking 9 Temp. Probes
and display temperature in digital readouts. Alarm limits setting for at least
three probes at crucial sites.
3. INSTRUMENT TRAY WITH MOUNTING ARM
4. AT LEAST ONE THERMAL BALNKET
5. ON LINE MEASUREMENT OF PH,PCO2 @ HB FOR NEONATAL
CARDIAC SURGERY

4.

System Configuration Accessories, Spares And Consumables

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6

12 Stainless steel line clamps


10 Intracardiac stainless steel suckers
Remote Control module for Temperature Control Monitor
Instrument tray with mounting arm
Machine cover
System should be provided with appropriate furniture like adjustable revolving chair
for the perfusionist to operate the system. The system should contain all the above
accessories in Integrated or as separate accessories.
Environmental factors
The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 1040 degree and relative humidity of 15-90%
The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0-50
degree Celsius and relative humidity of 15-90%
Shall meet IEC 60601-1-2:2001(Or Equivalent BIS) General Requirements of Safety for
Electromagnetic Compatibility
-5-

6.
6.1
6.2
6.3

Power Supply
Power input to be 180-270VAC,50-60Hz/440 V 3 phase as appropriate fitted with special
imported plug dedicated to the unit.
Resettable over current breaker shall be fitted for protection
Suitable UPS of with voltage regulation and spike protection for 60 minutes back up

7.
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4

Standard, safety and training


Should be FDA/CE/UL or BIS approved product
Electrical Safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601/IS-13450
One engineer should be posted for a week to impart training
Manufacturer should have ISO certification for quality standards.

8.
8.1
8.2
8.3

Documentation
User manual in English
Service manual in English
List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing available in
stock with the supplier.
Certificate of Calibration and inspection from factory.
Log book with instruction for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist.
The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be
clearly speltout.
List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine Preventive Maintenance
Support as per manufacturer documentation in service/technical manual.

8.4
8.5
8.6
9.
10.

11.

Should have 5 years guarantee + 5 years comprehensive warranty.


Company should make sure that after getting the complaint that instrument is non
functional/ malfunctional (telephonically or else) instrument must be functional
within 24 hours and this period should be deducted from the warranty period or the
company will provide the replacement of same or higher configuration equipment.
Demonstration is a must.

Q-1(219)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR MOBILE X-RAY MACHINE


1. General purpose, high frequency, multipulse, 10KW Mobile X-ray machine as per IS 7620 &
AERB safety code, with digital display of KV and mAs
2.MA out put Range:
100mA
3.KV Out put range:
4.mAs Range:
5.Exposure:
6. X-ray Tube:
7. Collimator lamp:
8.Measureing device:

40 KV to 125 KV
up to 125 mAs
4 ms to 2.5 Sec
Rotating Anode with 0.8X0.8 mm focal spot
Auto shut off collimator with Halogen 100 Watt
Integrated with collimator

9.Cassette Box:
Storage 8 Cassettes
10.Unit should operate on single phase, 15 Amp plug on 200-240 volt A.C without any
external transformer
11.Quoted unit should have AERB/BARAC Certificate
12.The equipment should have comprehensive guarantee for five years for all parts including
electronic parts and X-ray tube
13 Firm should give unconditional under taking for 98% uptime warrantee and acceptance of
increasing the guarantee period by double the down time it is in
excess of 2% No cap on the period of extension will be accepted.
14 Firm should have service center in Delhi/NCR Firm to provide no and names of services
engineers located them Delhi/NCR
15 Original Data sheet of technical specification of the equipment quoted to be provided along
with point wise compliance statement mentioning deviation if any
with justification. The original data sheet should indicate reference
to technical specification point wise by highlighting ink.

16 Demonstration is a must

Q-1(220)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFIBRILLATOR/MONITOR


1. Should operate on mains power as well rechargeable built in battery. A fully charged
battery should operate for atleast 1.5 hrs. of monitoring of 75 shocks of 360J.
2. Should be capable of monitoring ECG, delivering defibrillation, synchronized cardio
version with integral.
3. Size of CRT Monitor should be at least 6 diagonal.
4. Heart Rate range should be 20-300 bpm and should have preset high /low heart rate alarm
ranges 150-40, 120-60 & 160-90 and same should be adjustable.
5. Should have wide range of energy selection from 0-360J with low energy selection from 130J in increment of 1-2 joule each.
6. Defibrillator should be able to monitor ECG and deliver shock of maximum energy on
mains even if battery is fully depleted or disconnected.
7. It should display the energy selected and actual energy delivered after shock.
8. All the controls should be digital with no moving / rotary part to avoid wear and tear.
9. Should have in-built service mode for easy maintenance and setting various parameters like
recorder frequency response, alarms, ECG leads etc.
10. Should have facility for self test/check before usage and set up function.
11. Should have internal paddles optional
i)
Adult internal paddles
ii)
Paediatric internal paddles
12. Should have 5 years guarantee + 5 years comprehensive warranty.
13. Company should make sure that after getting the complaint that instrument is non
functional/ malfunctional (telephonically or else) instrument must be functional within 24

hours or the company will provide the replacement of same or higher configuration
equipment.
14. Demonstration is a must.

Q-1(221)M&E/09

Equipment Specifications for IABP(Intra Aortic Balloon Pump)-High End


1.

Description of Function

1.1
1.2

Intra-aortic balloon pump(IABP) is a mechanical device that is used to decrease


myocardial oxygen demand while at the same time increasing cardiac output. By increasing
cardiac output it also increases coronary blood flow and therefore myocardial oxygen
delivery.

2.

Operational Requirements

2.1

Microprocessor/microcontroller based system. System should be complete with Display


Control system and pneumatic drive unit.

3.

Technical Specifications

3.1

Pneumatics:
Drive System: Stepper motor driven bellows
Drive gas-helium(Available with disposable canister or refillable cylinder.
Pumping Volume: 0.5cc-50cc Counter pulsation rate: 40-200 pulsations per minute
In Automatic Mode: System should be capable of automatically selecting
appropriate trigger i.e. ECG or Pressure and also accurately select the inflation
and deflation points, in automatic mode. In automatic mode of operation user
should be in control of the deflation point. In Automatic mode Advance software
should automatically adapt the timings for various rhythms and rate variations,
without any user intervention. In Automatic mode it should automatically
identify Arrhythmias and adopt R wave deflation mode for better patient support,
without any user intervention In Manual mode the system allows user control of
most of the pump functions.
Should be able to trigger on 7 mm Hg of Pulse pressure when used in Pressure Trigger
mode
Single key start-up to make it fast, user friendly and easy to use
Should be able to display at least 3 wave forms as ECG, Invasive Pressure and Balloon
Pressure wave form & Pace maker spikes if paced.
Large display for brighter and very good visibility from a distance in lighting conditions

3.2

3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6

3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10

3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3

On screen indication for Helium level in the cylinder and battery level for timely
intervention and correction.
ECG inflation marker to indicate inflation period on ECG which can be useful when
arterial pressure form is not available.
On screen indication of standby time and should give alarm after 15-30 minutes, to draw
users attention on the system being on standby
System should be approved for use on Pediatric patients and Pediatric balloons should be
supplied with the system
-2IABP to function without any disturbance, when cautery is used on patient; when on ECG
trigger mode.
Optical Blood leak detect for early indication of blood coming into the balloon lumen due
to IABP leak
Should have extensive Help Text available during startup to make the system easy to use
even for new users.
Should give extensive Help messages to correct the alarm conditions that are specific to the
alarm condition. This should help the user to overcome the alarm problems immediately
and with ease.
Should be capable of removing condensation automatically without user intervention and
should be maintenance free.
Should have Peripheral Vascular Doppler for detecting limb ischemia, which is attached to
the main equipment
Should have automatic Altitude correction to make it safer for the use during Air Transport
Should have software which allows the user to monitor the IABP from any remote location
via a modem
In-built Comprehensive Service Diagnostics to help the technician to locate the fault
immediately
Should have capability to connect on the Hospital network
Integrated Printer OR Chart recorder to print the reports
System Cinfiguation Accessories, spares and consumables
System as specifiedSystem should be supplied with the following:
ECG cable with Refillable Helium cylinder Compatible with the IABP system Qty:3 Nos
Intra Aortic Balloon Catheter for Adults, Size: 40cc Qty:2 Nos
Intra Aortic Balloon Catheter for Adults, Size: 30cc Qty:2 Nos

Reusable Invasive Blood pressure transducer system with pressure flush device system.Qty: 2
Nos
5.
5.1

Environmental factors
Shall meet IEC-606001-1-2:2001(Or Equivalent BIS) General Requirements of
Safety for Electromagnetic Compatibility. Or should comply with
89/366/EEC;EMC directive.

5.2

The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0-40 deg
C and relative humidity
5.3
The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10-40 degC
and relative humidity of 1-90%
6.
Power Supply
Power input to be 170-270 V AC,50Hz fitted with Indian plug
On line UPS of suitable rating with voltage regulation and spike protection for 60 minutes back up
-3-

Standards, Safety and Training


Should be FDA/CE/UL or BIS approved product
Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO certification for quality standards.
8. Documentation
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5

User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English


Certificate of calibration and inspection
Log book with instructions for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist.
The job cestription of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be
clearly spelt out.
List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine maintenance support as
per manufacturer documentation in service/technical manual
List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing.

11. Should have 5 years guarantee + 5 years comprehensive warranty.


12. Company should make sure that after getting the complaint that instrument is non
functional/ malfunctional (telephonically or else) instrument must be functional within
24 hours and this period should be deducted from the warranty period or the company
will provide the replacement of same or higher configuration equipment.
13. Demonstration is a must.

Q-1(222)M&E/09

ANAESTHESIA WORK STATION


1)
2)
3)
4)

Weight (base unit without vaporizers or cylinders) i.e. Trolley Mount (cart) 115 kg (250 lbs.) appx
Dimensions of Trolley Mount (cart) 80cm x 135 cm x 75 cm
Power supply 100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz., 2.5 A max.
Battery (supports both ventilator and monitor) 45 minutes

5) Ventilator Electronically controlled, electrically driven


6) Operating modes Standard: Manual/Spontaneous
7) Volume Controlled Ventilation
Option: Pressure Controlled Ventilation
Option: Pressure Support
Option: Synchronized Volume Controlled Ventilation (SIMV/PS)
8) Breathing frequency 4 - 60 /min
9) Max. minute volume (MV) 90 L/min
10) Positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) 0 - 20 cmH2O
11) Inspiration/expiration ratio (Ti:Te) 1 : 4 to 4 : 1
12) Pressure limit (Pmax) 15 - 70 cmH2O
13) Tidal Volume (Vt) 20 - 1400 mL in Volume Control
20 - 1100 mL in SIMV/PS
14) Inspiratory pause (Tip:Ti) 0 - 50 %
15) SIMV inspiratory time (Tinsp) 0.3 - 4.0 sec
16) Inspiratory pressure (Pinsp) PEEP + 5 to 60 cmH2O
17) Inspiratory flow (InspFlow) 10 - 75 L/min both in Volume and Pressure Control
10 - 85 L/min in Pressure Support
18) Pressure Support (PS) PEEP + 3 to 20 cmH2O
19) Min. frequency 3 - 20 bpm for OFF and apnea-ventilation
20) Trigger 2 - 15 L/min
21) Integrated safety : Sensitive Oxygen Ratio Controller (S-ORC) delivers a min. O2 conc. of 21% in an O2/N2O mixture.
N2O cut-off if O2 fresh gas valve is closed or if O2 flow is less than 0.2 L/min.
22) Audible and visual (flashing red) indication in case O2 press. 20 psi (1.38 bar) 4 psi (0.27 bar).
23) In case of electricity and battery failure, manual ventilation, gas delivery and agent delivery should be possible.
24) Positive pressure relief valve opens at 75 5 cmH2O.
25) Negative pressure relief valve opens at -7.5 to -9 cmH2O
26) Range of fresh gas flow indicators 0.00 to 12.0 L/min
27) Total fresh gas flow meter 0 - 12 L/min, calibrated with a mixture of 50 % O2 and 50 % N20 mixture
28) O2 flush at 55 psi (3.8 bar): max. 75 L/min; at 50 psi (3.4 bar): min. 35 L/min
29) Double Vaporizer position
30) Continuous monitoring of insp. O2 conc., breathing frequency, tidal volume, minute volume, peak airway press.& PEEP,
as well as selection of mean or plateau pressure.
31) Communication interface 1x RS 232 (standard)
32) Protocols Vitalink and Medibus
33) Data available for export All fresh gas flow, ventilation and O2 data
34) Volume of CO2 absorber 1.5 Liter (standard)
35) Volume of entire compact breathing system 2.8 Litres + bag
36) Gas supply O2, N2O & Air
37) Cylinder yokes O2 & N2O pin index yokes (trolley); O2 and N2O (tethered) yoke
38) Writing surfaces Trolley: Pull-out tray standard
39) Additional accessories: Gas scavenging, patient suction, auxiliary oxygen flowmeter

Technical DatMONITOR
The standard system consisting of a CPU base unit with a separate SVGA monitor, compatible with any
standard Multi-synch display.
I) Comprehensive Integrated parameter set includes dual V-lead ECG,SpO2, respiration, temperature,
cardiac output, invasive and non-invasive blood pressure
II) Easy to learn and use Automatic configuration of parameter boxes, simple menu structure,

Monitoring Capabilities Neonatal, Pediatric and Adult Applications


ECG
Displays up to 12 leads
Available leads: I, II, III, aVR, aVF, aVL, V, V+, V1 - V6 (V/aVR,
(12-lead not intended for neonates) aVF, aVL only with 5- and 6-lead set, V+ only
with 6-lead set, V1 to V6 only with 12-lead pod)
Measuring range: 15 to 300 bpm
Accuracy: 2 bpm or 1 % (whichever is greater)
Frequency ranges: Filter off: 0.05 to 40 Hz display; 0.05 to125 Hz printer
Monitoring filter: 0.5 to 40 Hz

ESU filter: 0.5 to 16 Hz


QRS detection range
Amplitude: 0.5 to 5 mV
Duration: Adult and pediatric: 70 to 120 msec
Neo.atal: 40 to 120 msec
Alarms: User-selectable upper and lower limits
Pacer detection: Leads: I, II or III
(adult/pediatric) Amplitude: 2 to 700 mV
Duration:`0.2 to r.0 msec
TECHNICALDATA
Auxiliary current: < 10A for any active electrode
Accessories: 3-, 5-, or 6-lead electrode set or 12-lead pod
ST (not intended for neonatal)
Respiration
Sensing leads: I, II (user-selectable)
Measuring method: Impedance pneumography
Detection threshold: 0.15 to 4.0 in manual mode (user adjustment) 0.20 to 1.5 automatic mode
(automatic adjustment)
Measuring range: 0 to 155 breaths per min
Accuracy: 1 1/min or 2% of rate (whichever is greater)
Alarms: User-selectable upper and lower respiration rate
Pulse Oximetry (SpO2)
Displayed parameters: Saturation (fraction of oxyhemoglobin to functional hemoglobin) and pulse (rate
and curve)
Measuring method: Absorption-spectrophotometry
Measuring range: SpO2: 1 to 100%
Pulse: 15 to 300 bpm
Accuracy: SpO2: 70 to 100%: 2% (except Masimo LNOP-Ear which is 3.5%)
Pulse: 3 bpm or 3% (whichever is less)
Alarms: User-selectable upper and lower limits for SpO2 and pulse
Life-threatening desaturation alarm
Accessories Masimo / Nellcor sensors)
Alarms: SpO2 % upper alarm only
Default: >20% adult and pediatric, 10% neonatal, 1% resolution
Temperature
Displayed parameters: Absolute and delta temperatures
Measuring range: Absolute: -5 C to 50C
Delta: 0 C to 55C
Accuracy: Absolute: 0.1C
Delta: 0.2C
Alarms: User-selectable upper and lower limits for absolute and delta values
Accessories: core and skin probes
Non-Invasive Blood Pressure (NBP)
Displayed parameters: Systolic, mean, and diastolic pressures
Measuring method: Oscillometric utilizing step deflation
Zero drift: Compensated by software auto-zero mechanism
TECHNICALDATA
Modes of operation
Manual (single measurement),
Interval, continuous Interval times: 1, 2, , 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 45, 60,120 and 240 minutes
Measuring range (default)
Adult
Heart rate: 30 to 250 bpm
Systolic: 30 to 250 mmHg
Mean: 20 to 230 mmHg

Diastolic: 10 to 200 mmHg


Pediatric
Heart rate: 30 to 250 bpm
Systolic: 30 to 170 mmHg
Mean: 20 to 150 mmHg
Diastolic: 10 to 120 mmHg
Neonatal
Heart rate: 30 to 250 bpm
Systolic: 30 to 130 mmHg
Mean: 20 to 110 mmHg
Diastolic: 10 to 100 mmHg
Cuff Pressure
Initial inflation pressure (default): Adult: 180 mmHg 5 mmHg
Pediatric: 130 mmHg 10 mmHg
Neonatal: 80 mmHg 5 mmHg
Inflation pressure after Adult and pediatric: (systolic + 25 mmHg)
a valid measurement: 5 mmHg
Neonatal: (systolic + 20 mmHg) 5 mmHg
Maximum inflation pressure: Adult: 250 mmHg 5 mmHg
Pediatric: 180 mmHg 5 mmHg
Neonatal: 90 mmHg 5 mmHg
Minimum inflation pressure: Adult: 110 mmHg 5 mmHg
Pediatric: 90 mmHg 5 mmHg
Neonatal: 70 mmHg 5 mmHg
Typical inflation time: Adult: 30 sec
Pediatric: 30 sec
Neonatal: 30 sec
Overpressure safety: Adult and pediatric:300 mmHg 30 mmHg
Neonatal: 150 -8 mmHg
Static cuff accuracy: 3 mmHg
Calibration range: Adult and pediatric:10 to 250 mmHg
Neonatal: 10 to 150 mmHg
Connector: Quick-release connector with single airway
Invasive Blood Pressure
Displays up to 8 pressures
Measuring method: Resistive strain gauge transducer
Display resolution: 1 mmHg
Measuring range: -50 to 400 mmHg
Frequency ranges: DC to 8 Hz, DC to 16 Hz, and DC to 32 Hz (user-selectable)
Zero balance: 200 mmHg
Transducer specifications: transducers with a resistance of 200 to 3000 and an equivalent pressure
sensitivity of 5V/V/mmHg 10%
TECHNICALDATA
Accuracy: 1 mmHg or 3%, exclusive of transducer (whichever is greater)
IBP alarms: User-selectable upper and lower limits for systolic, mean, and diastolic pressures
Accessories: pressure transducers
Display Product Specifications
Type: Any medical grade VGA or SVGA (VE) monitor
Resolution: 800 x 600 pixels
User Interface
Rotary knob
Easy-to-use menu structure and fixed keys
Three alarm levels: Life-threatening, serious, and advisory
Connections
MultiMed pod, HemoMed pod, 2/3 Pod Comms, NBP input, analog output, QRS

sync output, RS 232, and remote keypad, alarm output, video output, R 50 recorder,
PCMCIA
Analog output
Signals: ECG, arterial blood pressure
Delay: < 25 ms
Mechanical Specifications
Size
H x W x D: 100 mm x 368 mm x 368 mm
(4 x 14.5 x 14.5 in)
Weight 19 lbs (8.5 kg)
Information Management Capabilities
Data storage: 24 hours of trended parameter information
Data resolution: 30-second sampling
Trend tables: 1-, 5-, 15-, 30-, or 60-minute display formats
Trend graphs: 1-, 2-, 4-, 8-, 12-, or 24-hour display formats
Electrical Specifications
Power requirements: 100 Vac at 2.5A 240 Vac at 1.3A
Mains frequency: 50/60 HZ
Protection Class: Class 1 per IEC 601-1
Internal battery
Battery type: Lead acid
Battery capacity: 20 minutes
Charging time: 3.5 hours at 25C
Environmental Requirements
Temperature range
Operating: 10C to 45C
Storage: -15C to 50C
Atmospheric pressure
Operating: 525 to 795 mmHg
(70 to 106 kPa)
Storage: 375 to 795 mmHg
(50 to 106 kPa)
TE

Demonstration is a must
AMC / CMC : with spares should be be quoted for five years after expiry of five years warranty
period
Should be FDA or CE certified
The ANAESTHESIA WORK STATION should not remain faulty/inoperational for more than 24 hours i.e.
DOWNTIME 24 HOURS. If it exceeds, the warranty shall correspondingly increase by the same time.
Also an Anesthesia work station of similar quality shall also be made available so that patient care does not
suffer.

Q-1(223)M&E/09

Open Heart Surgery Instruments

S.NO.
1.
2
3
4.
5

DESCRIPTION
Towel clip
Allis tissue forceps
Needle Holder
Mayo scissor
Pickup forceps

QTY
24
06
04
02
06

6
7
8
9
10
11

Metz scissor
Suction tip
Scalpel Holder short/long
Bab cock
Satin sky type clamp
Aortic cross clamp

04
04
04
04
04
04

12

LA retractor

04

13

Needle Holder
Needle Holder Long

04
04

14
15
16

Pickup forceps long


Valve cutting scissor
Castlovij Needle Holder short

04
04
03

17

Vascular forceps

04

18.

Coronary forceps (ring forceps)

02

19
20
21

Mosquito forceps
Artery forceps
Kocker forceps

24
24

22

Lung retractor

23

Allisons tissue lung Holder

SPECIFICATION
11cm
11cm long 4X5 teeth
(2) 14cm & (2) 16 cm
17cm curved
19.5cm
(3) , 1.5mm tip & (3) mm tip
20cm length, curved blades
(2) 24cm & (2) 30cm yankaocer
12cm & 4(16cm)
10mm tip X 6 length
(2) 25cm & (2) 20cm
(2) 24 cm length, curved &(2) 30cm
length
(2) 26.5cm & (2) 27cm Blade
45X30cm
20 cm
2 rider 18cm<jaw 1.5mm-3 Debaky
jaw 2mm-3 length 19.5-20 cm
24cm, 2mm tip
(2) 20cm & (2) 4cm
15cm long with ratchet with curved
handle Diamond dust straight long
3-19 cm long with ratchet with
curved handle, straight, and
diamond dust.
(2) 15cm 0.4mm tip and (2) 18cm
0.8mm tip diamond dust
18cm long circle 0.5X10 &
1.3X20mm
24-10cm(12 straight & 12 curved)
14cm(12 straight,12 curved)
(12 straight 6-16 cm & 6-18 cm)(12
curved 6-16cm & 6-18cm)
(2)-32cm length 54cm width blade
(2)26cm long & 40 mm width blade
20cm, tip 14mm

24

Abdominal wall retractor

25
26

Russian forceps
Self retaining mastoid retractor

4
4

27
28.

Langen beck retractor


Nerve Hook

2
4

29
30
31.
32
33.
34

2
2
2
2
4
2

35.
36.
37

Bone Nibbler
Debakey Angular forceps
Becks vascular clamp
Derra vascular clamp
Debakay multi purpose clamp
Debakay Dissecting & ligation
forceps
Sponge Holder
HLM Tube Holder
Tube milker

2
2
2

10 length
(1) Adult & (1) Pediatric
(1) Teflon roller wheel and (1) steel
roller wheel.

38

Endarterectomy dissector

04

39
40
41

Vascular sling
IMA Needle
Probe coronary

5
10
08

(2) each Original enddiasector 3


Twintd endasector 3
Silicone loop (2) 2.5X1 (3) 5X1.27

42

Bull dog clamp small

Bull dog clamp long

43

Spring scissor

44

Potts scissor 45 degree


90 degree
120 degree
Aortic Punch
Tubs dilator
Hegars dilator
Rummels Tourniquet
Snuggers
Tube clamp
Tubing Holder
Sternal needle Holder
Wire cutter

2
2
2
6
4

45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

2
12
12
10
4
4

1 with 4 blades and 1 balfour with 3


blade
(2)-15cmlength & (2)-20cm length
(2)11cmX2X3 prong and (2)-13cm
3X4 prong
25 m length
(2)-14.5 cm length blunt tip & (2)
20cm sharp tip
20cm length 10mm jaw
19.5 cm length 2 mm jaw
15 cm length
17 cm length
(2)-20.5 cm & (2)-24 cm
19 cm length

Each, 71/2 length 1mm(2),


1.5mm(2)
2mm-(2), 2.5mm- (2)
50mm length jaw 8-12 mm (3)
straight and 3 curved
75-80mm length jaw 20-30mm(3)
straight and (3) curved
25 degree angle 90 deg angle.15cm,
18cm 1 long (2) 15cm and (2) 18cm
18cm long
18 cm long
18 cm long
(2)-4mm and (2)-5mm,(2)4.5mm
Pediatric- (2), Adult- (2)
2 set
13,4mm tip
(6)7 length and (6)8length
16cm-(2)/18cm-(2)
(2)18cm straight (2)26cm curved tip

54

Aortic valve retractor

55

Sternal retractor finochietto

56

Rib spreader paediatrics

57

IMA retractor

27cm length, Blade-1 20X25m &


1.26X23 m
(1)-21 cm X 14.5cm blade 31X45
mm
(1)-24.5cm X18cm blade 42X61mm
(1)-26cmX20cm blade 44X65
(1)-9.2cmX6.4cm
blade
of
10X20mm
(1)-15cm X12cm blade 20X25mm
(1)-10cmX7cm blade 12X15mm

Demonstration is a must.
Five-year replacement guarantee and two years warranty.

Q-1(224)M&E/09
SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGH END LIVE 3D ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY COLOUR DOPPLER SYSTEM WITH TRANSESOPHAGEAL
ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY(TEE)-01 No.

1. System should be a premium end Echocardiography Colour Doppler system with highly
advanced architecture to process multiple data stream simultaneously and in real time for
revolutionary 2D and 3D imaging.
2. System should have 50,000 or more digitally scalable channels for simultaneous formation,
acquisition and processing of multiple ultrasound beams and has a system architecture to
process an entire bandwidth of frequencies from 1 MHz to 17 MHz. System should support
pulse coding and pulse shaping technologies.
3. System should have a dynamic range of minimus 180 dB so that variety of patient sizes can be
handled without compromise.
4. System should have w
5. Extremely high Resolution 2D Imaging, Colour Flow Imaging, M mode, PW Doppler, CW
Doppler, Duplex & Triplex Modes.
6. Should have good Tissue Harmonic Imaging for improved Image quality with quantification.
7. Should offer a frame rate of 500 frames per second or more.
8. Should have the state of the art Transmit Real Time Compound Imaging Technology with
Multiple transmitted lines of sight, for improved visualization and better Image quality in
Vascular Imaging and to virtually clean up the Image of artifacts.
9. Should have advanced Image Processing algorithms to analyse between targets and artifacts
so as to sharpen target anatomy and reduce the speckle and artifacts for improved Image
quality.

10. Should have Extended field of view Imaging of structures, by continuously scanning and
moving the Probe over the area of Interest.
11. Integrated Stress Echo facility to perform Stress Echo Exams
12. System should offer complete on board 2D quantification including TDI of 250 fps. Strain
quantification with capability of drawing 3M-lines at a time and capable of dividing each Mline into 8 sub regions according to user defined sub region sizes
13. Should also have advanced 2D quantification package, IMT quantification, etc.
14. Should have onboard workstation for storage and review of all exams,2D,3D Images, loops
etc.
15. System should be capable of supporting LIVE 3D Matrix Array Transducer. Please mention
3D Data processing speed in technical bid.
16. System should be capable of LIVE 3D with color, enabling users to look at color flow in 3D
with capabilities to crop, rotate, suppress colour, suppress B/W Image, suppress baseline and
change gains. LIVE 3D with colour should be demonstrated with these capablilities at the time
of technical evalution.

-217. System should offer accurate 3D LV volumes and 3D ejection by using all 3D voxel
information, eliminating motion artefacts all geometric assumption. System should offer 3D
synchronicity to measure and compare timing of maximum contraction of regional LV
volumes to determine those patients who will best benefit CRT system. Should display global
LV volume and should provide simultaneous display of 17 regional volume waveform.
18. System should offer Live X-plane imaging with manipulation of orthogonal planelateral,elevation and rotation should be possible. Elevation beam steering should be possible
so that ideal en-face views for measurements can be obtained without moving the transducer.
19. System should offer exclusive human centered design dramatically reducing many of the
known cause of muscle strain and repetitive stress injuries,with ultra bright thickness LCD flat
panel display 20 Monitor with nearly infinite priority adjustment, ability to move the entire
control panel up and down with a single button.
20. Should have DICOM 3.0 for modality, worklist, perform procedure set up, storage commit,
built in the system to be able to connect to Hospital network, Laser Cameras etc.
21. System should have inbuilt Image management facility with facility for direct storage of
Images and loops in the Hard Disk Drive and also thumbnail review to view and edit Images,
loops and also reports.
22. System should have storage facility of images, loops in the hard disk drive of 160 GB or more.
System should be able to transfer Images and clips to CD and DVD media.
23. System should be offered with a workstation for Image and information management that
supports image import, viewing, reporting and storage. Should be able to export images aqs
AVI,BMP,or DICOM in CD/DVD format.
24. Should be offered with the following:

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.

Adult Echo Transducer with frequency ranging from 1-5 Mhz


Paediatric Echo transducer with frequency ranging from 3-8 MHz
Linear Array Transducer with frequency ranging from 3-11 MHz
Live 3D matrix Array Exho Tranducer with frequency ranging 1-3 MHz
2-7 MHz Omniplane TEE transducer, with Tissue Harmonic imaging and with
electrocautery suppression
Latest Pentium PC,CD writer with Image Management Software and Colour Laser
Printer
Latest B/W Thermal Printer of nearly 10 X 12 Print size preferable.
3KVA online UPS with a backup of 60 min minimum, from an reputed brand
All installation to be done by supplier.

-325. The quoted model should be latest and more recent. Supplier should specifically under
this.
1. Specifications are subject to improvisation prior to finalization.
2. Equipment shall confirm as per latest technology available and
marketed in India during last one year, and as per equipment
supplied at accepted Indian Centres of excellence in Cardiac care.
26. Should have 5 years guarantee + 5 years comprehensive warranty
27. Company should make sure that after getting the complaint that instrument is non
functional/ malfunctional (telephonically or else) instrument must be functional within
24 hours and this period should be deducted from the warranty period or the company
will provide the replacement of same or higher configuration equipment.
28. Demonstration is a must.

Q-1(225)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMPACT STEAM STERILIZER

1. Fully automatic single door high pressure steam sterilizer with chamber volume greater
than 70L.
2. Integrated steam generator and two level water ring vacuum pump with water saving
mechanism and silent operation.
3. Sterilization chamber, doors and chamber jacket should be made of high quality AISI 316
Ti steel. Vertical sliding door with safety locks, manual actuation of doors and automatic
door sealing.

4. Should have two microprocessor control system for fully independent checking and control
of the sterilization system. Integrated thermal printer. Should be complete auto diagnostic
system providing error codes on display in case of failure.
5. Absolute pressure sensor for the precise recording and control of vacuum and pressure in
the chamber and additionally in the jacket.
6. Resistance temperature sensors PT100 for the precise control, evaluation and regulation of
the temperature course.
7. Integrated waste water cooling, integrated water saving device, LC display, Chip card
reader and RS 232 interface.
8. Sterilization to be achieved at 134 degrees. The sterilizer should have at least 4 preloaded
programs for standard sterilization, pre-heating, containers and rubbers. It should also have
preloaded test programs for Bowie-Dick test and Vacuum test. Should have the option to
load customer specific programs in the sterilizer using chip card.
9. The sterilizer should come with standard accessories like sterilization baskets, basic insert,
guiding rail for rack, grid tray, start up kit, etc.
10. Should be ISO, CE, TUV certified and should comply with EN 285 and EN 554 standards.
11. Should have 5 years guarantee + 5 years comprehensive warranty.
12. Company should make sure that after getting the complaint that instrument is non
functional/ malfunctional (telephonically or else) instrument must be functional within 24
hours or the company will provide the replacement of same or higher configuration
equipment.
13. Demonstration is a must.

Q-1(226)M&E/09

WASHER DISINFECTOR
The automatic washer disinfector with efficient cleaning & disinfecting system before
sterilization process for reusable large & small instruments , trays, glassware, shoes, Anaesthesia /
respiratory goods, bedpans and urinals etc. with double sliding doors. Also suitable for
disinfecting rigid MIS instruments accessories.

Automatically controlled, double walled made of St. Steel, Washer / Disinfector with rotary
spray assemblies and two automatic vertical sliding doors having tinted tempered glassone
door for loading racks with soiled items and second door on clean side for taking out washed
and cleaned racks
Chamber Load capacity approx. 230 to 250 Liters
The sliding doors should be configurable for automatic or manual operation and should be
interlocked to prevent cross-contamination.
Should be having low consumption of water with maximum 40-45mins. Cycle timing with
dispenser system for one enzyme; three detergent and one lubricant pumps and having heaters
to heat water
Should have HEPA Filtered Drying arrangement through compressed air and should have
electrical heating coil for drying cycle.

Should be have minimum 10 pre-programmed /programmable adjustable cycles through touch


screen microprocessor with internal battery to store data on power failure- i.e. pre-wash ,
pulsed enzyme/detergent ; wash, rinse , drying etc.
Should have explosive/vapor proof fluorescent lamp to illuminate the washing chamber
Should have integral thermal 24 column printer with 5 printer rolls
Should be having safety built in with emergency stop ; door interlock to prevent cross
contamination and allowing manual opening of doors in case of power failure.
Provide two no. manifold racks each of General purpose ; 2 level & 3 level racks for holding
large instrument trays and mesh trays.
Provide one each of bed-pan rack; Rigid MIS instrument; glassware and anaesthesia tubing
rack.
Provide two transfer carts for transferring racks into and out of unit
Provide two packs of Instrument suitable Enzyme based chemical cleaner with each supply.
Electrical Service 220 VAC,50 Hz
Standard: Should meet applicable UL / CSA /CE standards
The manufacturing firm should have own trained service engineers based in Delhi NCR .

Q-1(227)M&E/09

ULTRASONIC ENERGY CLEANER Large for higher loads (Imported)


The compact cabinet type automatic ultrasonic cleaning system console with two chambers for
cleaning & rinsing /Drying for effective cleaning of surgical instruments and rigid lumens of the
surgical scopes prior to sterilization.

Automatically controlled St. Steel cabinet type ULTRASONIC cleaner with four lockable
castors.
Having automatic opening lids and safe instrument loading trays in the dual tanks of not less
than 40 Liter capacity
Should be able to hold min. 10kg weight of the instruments
To achieve high degree of fast and efficient cleaning, the ultrasonic waves generators in the
wash tank should provide min. 750 Watts of sonic power and transducers should not be
operating at less than 100kHz
Should also be possible to flush ultrasonically atleast five Rigid Lumens of surgical scopes.
Should have facility to inject instrument lubrication spray automatically during rinse.
Should have inlet provision for Hot & Cold water and compressed air (to aid drying).
Automatic cycling and indicating completion visually and audibly along with automatic lid
opening at the end of timed cycle.
Lid should be electrically operatable with foot actuated switch.
Cycle to stop on accidental lifting of the lid
Provide four trays with tray hooks to hold instruments and two port flushing kit for rigid
lumens with each cabinet

Provide six months supply of suitable Instrument Lubricant (4packs) and Enzyme based
chemical cleaner (8 packs) with each supply.
Electrical Service 220 VAC,50 Hz
Standard: Should meet applicable UL / CSA /CE standards
The manufacturing firm should have own trained service engineers based in Delhi NCR .

Q-1(228)M&E/09

Specification for Electrical Steam Generator to meet the requirement of steam for Sterilizers

General & Technical Specifications


Electrical Steam generator for sterilizers in Gynae & M.T.P. O.T.
Capacity to generate steam up to lowest level of 240 - 250 Ltrs.
Hydraulically tested
: 20 Kg./cm sq.
Operating Pressure
: 4 Bars.
Hydrostatic Pressure
: 10 Kg.,
Mode of Heating
: Electrically operated ISI marked Immersion heaters
, (. 48 Kw.load.)
Material of Construction
: Stainless Steel SS- 304.

Salient Features
a. Vessel type boiler fitted with pressure Stat, Steam Trap, Safety Valves,
Pressure Gauges, Low level Water sensor.
'
b. Fully insulated with glass wool covered with metallic covering to meet the
requirement of steam for the sterilizers both in Gynae O.T.& M.T.P. O.T .

c.Automatic water feeding pump with Electronic Delay timers.


d. Reservoir for water to feed steam generator.
e. Electronic panel with electromagnetic relays, Air break contactors,Solid stat circuit,
Indicating pilot lamps, Toggle switches, Complete wiring with fiber glass beaded
wire for heat and fire resistance.
f. Complete cabin of heavy duty angle & sheet with doors for servicing of boiler.
g. Complete pipe fitting for steam supply to sterilizers in both O.T.'s fully insulated
with glass wool with pressure reducing valves and steam traps with all the three
sterilizers. .
,
. h. Complete wiring from steam generator to the Main switch panel.

Q-1(229)M&E/09

LARGE SIZE STEAM STERILISER (Imported)

For over 300 bedded Hospital with min. 5 to max. 15 OTs and approx. 50 to 70 ICU beds and
having capacity for high processing of loads (approx. 32 to 35cu.ft /900-1000 Litres)
Microprocessor controlled steam under pressure , free standing sterilizer
The Sterilizer having adjustable each cycle time should not be more than 60 minutes
Having single nickel clad o.63mm thick hot-rolled carbon steel manual door with st. steel
hinges and warranted long life , non-lubricated steam activated door seal(gasket) . (Optionally
also offer double door unit)
Autoclave should also be able to perform Bowie & Dick test and vacuum leak test.
Automatic cycling & drying and indicating completion both, visually and audibly.
Equipped with pre-vacuum; gravity & also Liquid cycles.
Having electronic water saving control condensing the exhaust chamber steam with excellent
drain system preventing pollutants to enter water supply.
Having touch sensitive screen with LED/LCD controls with battery back-up and digital
thermal printer as standard for records keeping.
Having inbuilt Vacuum pump and electro solenoids valve controls .
No extra air compressor should be part for operations , all controls should be through electrical
solenoid valves as part of autoclave.
Having pre-programmed operational parameters which can be adjusted for specific
applications by the user and emergency manual exhaust valve.
For steam sterilisation - to be adjustable from 250o F (121 o C) to 270o F(134 o C)
Chamber Type: DOUBLE JACKETED , either Cylindrical or Rectangular St Steel chamber ,
approx. 26 X37x 60 (Capacity- 900 to 1000 litres)
The panel should include various pressure & temperature display gauges for depiction of actual
pressure/ temperature in chamber, jacket and on gasket.
Water consumption not more than 15 lpm with electronic water saving controls
Standard: Conforming to FDA and ASME Pressure Vessel and others e.g.
UL /CE/ CSA
Electrical Service 240 VAC,50 Hz
Accessories to include: -Loading Cart & Carriages etc.
Sterility assurance and protective barrier products and compatible validation process should
also be provided with supplies for 300 cycles.
Provide electric steam generator providing quality steam i.e. condensate free , 97 to 100%
saturated vapour complete with piping ; valves and pressure relief etc. delivery at 50 to 80 psig
pressure.
The steam generator pressure vessel should be ASME Grade Carbon Steel rated for
100 psig (690 kPa) with Water-level Control ,iIn addition, power to shut off to two
heating elements of 32.5KW each if water in the heating section should fall below a
preset level. System supply valve should be rated to withstand hydrostatic test of 300
psig

The steam generator to have a water level sight glass with upper and lower handvalve shutoffs.
The manufacturing firm should have spares availability in India and must have own trained
service engineers based in Delhi NCR .
Water softner plant to be provided along with sterilizer/main equipment.
To be supplied with compact steam sterilizer, specification attached in annexure c
ANNEXER C

STERILIZER (Small) : STEAM AUTOCLAVE for TSSU

Autoclave should be suitable for the use in Room adjacent to OTs/ICU for flash sterilization of wrapped
instruments, unwrapped instruments etc. with temp. control 100 to 137C

Autoclave should also be able to perform Bowie & Dick test and vacuum leak test.

The autoclave should be completely microprocessor controlled with real time printing device to record events
during the propagation of cycle.

Autoclave should have prevacuum, gravity and flash cycles and having internal battery facility in case the
microprocessor control fails as backup up for all cycle memory so that proper cycle completion occurs on power
restoration.

The double jacket chamber and door should be made of heavy duty stainless steel type 316 L . Fully automatic
horizontal Sliding door ,made of 316L steel.

Chamber shape: Horizontal Rectangular

Chamber Volume: 75-110 liters approx.

The Pipes and the fittings should be made of stainless steel and brass.

The panel should include various pressure & temperature display gauges for depiction of actual pressure/
temperature in chamber, jacket and on gasket.

Trolley made of stainless steel should be included to transfer carriage from autoclave.

At least four line LCD/LED display with numeric and touch screen command keys to be the part of autoclave.

All interrupts and failures must be indicated through audio visual alarms and recording.

The autoclave should include all safety features like solenoid safety valves, current overload relay, contactors
etc.

Air to be drawn from chamber through vacuum pump and relived to atmosphere through bacteria retentive filters
.
Inbuilt Steam Generator of adequate capacity should be included to feed steam to Autoclave.

The autoclave adjustable each cycle time should not be more than 45 minutes if the flash cycle if autoclave
operates at the working temperature (inner chamber) of 134C at a pressure of 15 pounds per square inch (psi) .

Adequate service back up is required during the warranty and the period of after warranty is over.

Autoclave should meet international standards such as ASME, EMC directive, CSA and UL and should be as per
CE machine directives. The quality system should also be certified in compliance with ISO 9001:2000.

Q-1(230)M&E/09

LOW TEMPERATURE VAPORIZED HYDROGEN PEROXIDE


STERILIZATION SYSTEM with either PLASMA or new safe technology
without PLASMA generation -(Imported)

FDA Approved ,High Speed , Microprocessor Controlled , Point of Use Low


Temperature Sterilization for large volume of Heat and moisture senstive goods .
Moveable with castors
Sterilization through vaporized Hydrogen Peroxide (H2O2) technology.
The H2O2 cartridge injection system should be fail proof and safe and totally
automatic
Having stainless steel rectangular chamber of volume approx. 130 to 150 Litres
with space for two sliding shelves.
Units should be equipped with preconditioning cycle through a strong vacuum
pump
Removal and Breaking down of the sterilant vapour should be either by vacuum
pump and passing it through catalytic converter or through Electric Plasma
process, to breakdown vapour into oxygen and water .
Having heavy duty st. steel Door & equipped with leak proof jacket.

Control system to monitor and controls all sterilizer operations and functions with
cycle time of less than 1 hour.
Control system to be factory programmed with standard sterilizing cycles with
Touch screen controls for Cycle sterilize time and aeration time can be user
adjusted
Having Ink on Paper impact Printer with Ethernet port for remote monitoring
Safety Features-Visual and Audible Alarms for abnormal deviations and end of
Cycle .
The sterilant H2O2 cartridge should be for minimum 15 cycles and 45 cartridges
with the shelf life of more than 09months should be supplied with the unit.
Sterility assurance and protective barrier products and compatible validation
process should also be provided
Electrically operateable on 440V, 3 phase 50 Hz supply.
The manufacturing firm should have own trained service engineers based in Delhi
NCR .

Q-1(231)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR FLEXIBLE FIBEROPTIC BRONCHOSCOPE


Tender requirements:
1.FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC BRONCHOSCOPE
2.COLD LIGHT SOURCE
3.TROLLEY
Bronchoscope:
1.The working length of the fibre scope should be 60 cms to allow mounting of end
tracheal
tube on the scope before performing Laryngoscope
2.The outer diameter should be more than 3.8 mm and allow a >4.0 mm tube to be mounted
on the scope lesser diameter preferable.
3.Range of bending at the tip should be minimum 120 degree up and 60 degree down approx
.Outer channel 3.8 mm approx .Outer channel 3.8 mm approx
4.Working Channel diameter - 1.2 mm
5.CCD colour chip technology which generates
Brilliant high reductions video images
LIGHT SOURCE:

Compatible light source for CCD Videoscope system


Automatic light adjustments to maintain optimum brightness

ENDOVISION SYSTEM FOR FIBEROPTIC BRONCHOSCOPY


Xenon Cold Light Source
Should have 175 watts Xenon light intensity with colour temperature more than 6000 K.Light
intensity should be manually adjustable.It should be compatible with Indian power supply 100240 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
Fiberoptic light cable length, 250 cm,dia. 4.8 mm
Colour monitor screen 36 cm
There should be 2 video and audio channels separately.
Should have high resolution of more than 600 lines.
Screen 36 cm HR tube.
It should be compatible with S-VHS , RGB
It should have built in speaker system.
There should be Y/C signal socket.
It should also be RGB signals.
Dimensions : 346 mmx340mmx430 mm(wxhxd)(Approx)
Endovision Camera

Endovision single chip camera with IPM (Integrated image processing module).Focal length
should be 25mm-50mm.It should have high horizontal image resolution more than 250 lines and
also should integrate parfocal zoom lens.It should have 2 programmable function key in the
camera head for control of camera function,video printer/recorder function. It should have
automatic white balance with memory function. It should have alternatively manual or automatic
digital exposure control,weight of control unit 2.95 kg(approx) ,power supply 100-240 VAC,50/60
Hz.It should be supplied with following accessories:BNC connecting cables, S-VHS connecting cable, RGB sync connecting cable, set and keyboard
for character generator and control of camera functions or any upgraded recording system.
Specifications:
Image sensor: CCD chip
Min. sensitivity : 3 lux

Q-1(233)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR VITAL SING MONITOR


Monitor should be able to monitor ECG (5leads), NIBP, Pulse Oximeter, Body
Temperature & Respiration.
Monitor should preferably have colour display and should display atleast two
traces of different colours.
Should have trend and listing facility for all parameters.
Alarms should be audio-visual and should have automatic and manual alarm
setting for all parameters.
Should display alphanumeric alarm messages.
Monitor should have Inbuilt battery and Inbuilt 2 channel thermal recorder.
Should have 5 leads ECG (I, II, III, AVR, AVL, AVF and V)
Should measure NIBP from Neonates to adults. Should be supplied with cuffs for
neonates, paediatrics and adults.
Should have the facility to record BP when there are rapid circulation changes
between the cuff interval measurements.
Should also display the trend of circulation changes over a period of time.
Should have an indicator displaying on screen the increase / decrease in
circulating status and also the normal / Alarming range.
Should be capable of Measuring Oxygen Saturation even in case of Motion Artifact
Should have selectable cuff interval preferably upto 3 hrs.
Monitor should automatically measure the BP on any alarm condition and should
give cuff measure ending chime.
Should display the waveform graph and pulse bar graph.
SpO2 should be ECG Synchronized and should have change in pulse tone with
rate.
Should be easy & simple to operate using single jog dial operation.
Supplied complete with

Cuff for Adult :12cm & Child : 9 Cm, 1 no. each

Disposable Neonatal Cuffs - 2.5 cm, 3 cm, 4 cm & 5cm, 1 no. each

Cuff Hose for reusable & disposal cuffs, 1 no. each


Temperature Probe (Rectal), 1 no.
ECG Lead Wires (5 lead) with cable, 1 no.
SpO2 Sensor (finger) with extension cable, 1 no.

Q-1(234)M&E/09

Neuromuscular junction monitor with nerve locator

Automatic Calibration: 2 automatic sequences for optimal gain and 100%


Reference.
Stimulation Modes:
* TOF (Train of Four)
* TOFs (Train of Four Slow) with programmable repetition time.
* PTC (Post Tetanic Count)
* 1 HZ single twitch (ST) 0.1 HZ Single Twitch (ST)
* Tetanic stimulation (Burst), 5s-50HZ to 100 HZ
Nerve Locator Mode: Should also work as Peripheral Nerve stimulator.
Out Put: By surface Electrode with constant current of 0-60 mA upto 5 kOhm.
By Needle Electrode with constant current of 0-69mA.
Data Download: Interface cable for DATA upload to PC (Fiber optic to USB
Port) with the option of insertring pre/programmed comments during data
Dumping. (With editing option )
Temprature Sensor: Range 20.0-41.5 C
Display: Custom design easy to read L C D with numerical presentation of twitch
Data.
Weight: Approximately 250 Gms.
Electrical Input: Should be battery operated.
Alarms: with alarms and mute option.
Safety: Should comply with IEC 6011 norms.
Accessories: Electrode cable with Temp Sensor, Transdussor & Electrodes .
Local anae Cable for Nerve location.
Pole clamp for mounting on IV fluid pole.

Q-1(235)M&E/09

Specification for Portable Ultrasound System


Fully digital, compact portable Colour Ultrasound machine is required with the following
Technical features.
1. The unite should be compact, lightweight (approx 5 kg + 10% ) and portable.
2. It should be suitable for vascular access and also aid in Nerve block applications in both
adults and pediatric patients.
3. The unit must have real time compound imaging for improved contrast resolution and
eliminating ultrasound artifacts to achieve optimum image quality.
4. The unit must have automatic gain adjustment for imaging,
5. Scanning depth must be available up to 35 cm.
6. System should support transducer technologies like convex, linear, phased array, TEE etc.
7. System must have frequency range from 1 12 MHz (+ MHz).
8. Immaging modes of Real time 2D, Colour Doppler, Pulsed wave Doppler, Continuous
wave Doppler(in all cardiac probes), Power (energy) Doppler must be available.
9. System must have fast start up to scanning in less than 30 seconds as essential in critical
and emergency situation in ICU, emergency, OT.
10. Unit must be sturdy, resistant to breakage & damage on fall/ hit against the wall or hard
surface.
11. Cine memory on all modes.
12. DICOM ready system with facility to print, st6ore, ready to connect to PACS.
13. Flat LCD/TFT monitor of at least 10 inches with flicker free image.
14. Alphanumeric soft keys keyboard with easy access scans controls, facility to sanitize the
system keyboard to avoid cross contamination.
15. Onboard storage of at least 10000 images, USB port for connectivity to computer.
16. Should be able to operate both on AC and battery. Battery pack should be self-recharging
and should last at least for 2 hours when fully charged.
17. Transducers to be supplied as standard.
a. High Frequency Linear transducer 6-12 MHz with less then 40 mm size for nerve
blocks, access Imaging. Higher frequency will be preferred.
b. Convex transducer 2-5 MHz for deep nerve access e.g. sciatic nerve & abdominal
applications.
c. Needle guide must be supplied for linear & convex probe.

System should be supplied complete with the following


1. B/W Thermal Printer.
2. Trolley, Carry bag.
3. Latest Pentium computer with multimedia, DVD-R & colour inkjet Printer
Optional items (Rates must be quoted)
* High Frequency Linear transducer 6-12 MHz for nerve block, vascular access, Vascular
Imaging, with a small foot print of 25 mm for paediatric applications
* 2-5 MHz Board Band phased array Probe for FAST, cardiac application
* 4-8 MHz Board Band phased array Probe for peadiatric Application.
18. Warranty: The system, transducers and all accessories should be covered with
comprehensive on site warranty for 5 years, CMC to be mentioned for next 5 years.
Q-1(236)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR PATIENT TRANSFER SYSTEMS.


1. It should be useful for transfers the patient between a bed & x-ray table, operating table ,
ambulance stretcher.
2. It is effectively a patient transfer board and padded slide tube in one.
3. Size should be approx. 177 cm x 55 cm (unfolded) and 88 cm x 55 cm (folded)
4. It should be in two parts. One is rolling on other. It should be Removable rolling cover.
5. The outer cover should be made of 100% Nylon but with special making techniques
making the material ultra slippery.
The cover of the board should be also Nylon. Inside board should be EVA (shock
absorbing material).
6. It should be lightweight, not more than 3 kg.

7. It should be foldable and there should be aluminum Handle.

Q-1(237)M&E/09

PORTABLE HIGH PRESSURE RAPID STERILIZER


Portable , high-pressure Rapid Autoclave with cylindrical chamber for sterilization of
Unwrapped instruments, utensils and other items.
The unit should offer a choice of two temperature options and four cycle options.
The unit should be able to complete sterilization cycle in approx. 13 min
There should be a specially designed tray format that allows instruments to be placed
Straight from autoclave to chair-side/instrument-tray ready for use.
The unit should be totally micro-processor controlled to avoid operator error and to provide total
safety for the operator patient and machine.
The unit should be fitted with automatic water filling system. Capacity of water reservoir with
Autofil-facility to be about l2 liters.

Technical Specifications
Size:
- Over all
- Chamber

: 45cm W x 65cm L x 35cm H apporx.


:20cm Q x 50 cm L approx.

Electrical :
- Supply
- Loading

:220-240 VAC (50/60 Hz)


: 2.75 kw at 11.5A

Construction

: Stainless steel chamber , door and aluminum trays


(design temperature 140 deg. C)

Instrumentation

: Cycle status display, Digital temperature display, pressure


Gauge, Cycle count display.

Safety

: Pressure safety valve, Door safety catch, Error display warning


indicator, Overheat protection with warning
Indicator, chamber pressure indicator, Door interlock switch,
pressure door lock, Electrical door lock.

Sterilizing

- Sterilizing time
- Typical overall time
- Drying time

: At 134 deg. C-3 min; At 121 deg. C- 15 min (approx)


: At 134 deg. C-13 min; At 121 deg. C- 24 min (approx)
: Upto 17 min after sterilizing (when selected)

Operating Pressure

: At 134 deg. C-2.05 bar; At 121 deg. C- 1.05 bar .

Q-1(238)M&E/09

Patient Controlled Analgesia Pump


1. Work on standard disposable syringes of 20 & 50 ml sizes of different makes
2. Automatic detection; of syringe size & proper fixing. Alarm for wrong loading of syringe
(flanges out of slot; disengaged plunger etc.)
3. PCA modes: titration and loading dose functions, Bolus only; Bolus with time limited
continuous rate; Bolus with decreasing rate; Bolus with triggered continuous rate and Bolus
with continuous rate etc.
4. Programmable lock out period & bolus dose and duration
5. Electronic security key.
6. Display monitored pumping pressure digitally/graphically for instant indication of pumping
pressure.
7. Selectable Occlusion pressure trigger levels from 100 mmHg to 900 mmHg.
8. Comprehensive alarm package including Occlusion pressure pre-alarm & alarm, End of
infusion alarm, Low battery pre-alarm and alarm, syringe barrel, plunger & flanges check
alarm maintenance reminder alarm, Hand set disconnected, data out of range, Protected
cover OPEN, Infusion Line Disconnection alarm etc.
9. Battery backup should be for about 6 hrs. or more at 5 ml/hr. .for 50 ml syringes with a
provision to display residual battery life in hours and minutes.
10. History/Memory for at least last few patients with alarm code records, preferably
11. RS 232 capability.
12. Should be electronically programmable to show date, time rate of drug injected, volume
remained & name of drug, no. of times patient has used the pump.
13. Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner clearly
mentioning the page/para number of original catalogue /data sheet . Any point, if not
substantiated with authenticated catalogue/manual, will not be considerer.
14. Should have local service facility
15. User list to be provided, with performance certificate Demonstration is must.
Comprehensive warranty 2 years & 5 yrs AMC C

Q-1(239)M&E/09

Specifications for infusion Warmer

(i) Micro processor controlled Infusion Warmer system.


(ii) Should be inline heating system without use of any water of dedicated
IV set. The system shall work with regular IV sets.
(iii) Should have Temperature Selection facility preferable from 39 to 43
deg. In 0.5 C steps or better.
(iv) There should be no loss of heat during delivery of fluid/Blood once warmed for delivery
up to patient access point.
(v) Mountable to standard IV pole.
(vi) Display of temperature in Digital values.
(vii) Safety for over temperature cut off at 44 deg. C.
(Viii) The equipment should comply with CE stndard.
Q-1(240)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR CARDIAC MONITOR


1. Should monitor ECG (3/5 leads selectable), NIBP, Pulse Oximeter, Body Temperature,
Respiration, ST Segment & arrhythmia monitoring facility,
2. Should have option for future up-gradation with IBP (2ch)and EtCO2 monitoring
3. Monitor should preferably have LCD colour display of min 8.4 or more and should
display at least three traces of different colours.
4. Should measure NIBP from Neonates to adults.
5. Should have selectable NIBP measurement mode, viz high speed, smart inflation & error
reduction mode for fast & accurate BP measurement.
6. Should have the facility to record BP when there are rapid circulation changes between the
cuff interval measurements.
7. Should also display the trend of circulation changes over a period of time.
8. Should have an indicator displaying on screen the increase/ decrease in circulating status
and also the normal/ Alarming range.
9. Should have manual, automatic & continuous modes for BP measurement with selectable
BP interval from continuous to 180 min.
10. Monitor should automatically measure the BP on any alarm condition and should give cuff
measurement ending chime.
11. Should be capable of Measuring Oxygen Saturation even in case of Motion Artifact.
12. Should display the NIBP waveform graph and pulse bar graph.
13. Should have display for trend and listing facility for all parameters with facility to store
atleast 400 data items in the memory.

14. Alarms should be audio-visual and should have automatic and manual alarm setting for all
parameters.
15. Should display alphanumeric alarm messages and should have alarm lamp at top for clear
visibility from distance.
16. Should have Inbuilt rechargeable battery (2 hars. Operation), with on screen battery status
indicator.
17. Should have inbuilt thermal printer with selectable printing speed 50, 25, 12.5, 6.25mm
/sec.
18. Should have a card slot for storage of arrhythmia data & maintenance purposes.
19. All Cable connections should be at side of the monitor for easy connections &
disconnections of the probes.
20. Should be compatible with central monitor station through Wireless Telemetry.
21. Should meet international quality directives such as CE, ISO, 9001 & ISO 14001.
22. Supplied complete with
* Cuff for Adult : 12cm & Child : 9 Cm, 1 no. each
* Disposable Neonatal Cuffs 2.5 cm, 3 cm, 4 cm, & 5cm, 1 no.each
* Cuff Hose for reusable & disposal cuffs, 1 no.each
* Temperature Probe (Rectal), 1 no.
* ECG Lead Wires (5 lead) with cable, 1 no.
* SpO2 Sensor (finger) with extension cable, 1 no.

Q-1(241)M&E/09

ECG Monitor with Defribrillator with Oxygen saturation & NIBP Monitoring
1.Defibrillator Monitor Recorder should be lightweight.
2.Biphasic, Latest model, with auto and manual mode. Manual selection upto 360 J.
3.Should be mains and battery operated, with charging indicator.
4.Should be able to deliver 30 shocks with fully charged battery.
5.Should have true 1-2-3 Color-coded operations.
6.Should have inbuilt Internal Thermal Recorder.
7.Pulse oximetry and NIBP as Integral part of the unit.
8.Should have Automatic lead switching to see patient ECG through paddles or leads. Should
measure chest impedance and should be able to compensate.
9.Should have Defibrillator testing facility.
10. Should be provided with Adult and Pediatric external paddles.
11. Should have both Synchronous and Asynchronous mode.

12. The charging time to highest every level should be less than 3 seconds.
13. Disposable defibrillator pads 10 nos with each machine
14. Complete set of ECG leads-2nos
15. NIBP cuffs with each machine
a. Adult 2 cuffs
b. Child 2 cuffs
c. Infant 2 cuffs
16. Pulse oximeter Probes with each machine
a. Finger probes Adult 2 in no.
b. Ear probe 2 in no.
17. Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner clearly
mentioning the page/para number of original catalogue/datasheet
18. Should have local service facility.
19. Demonstration is must.
20. Guarantee for two years
21. AMC for 5 years after guarantee.
Q-1(242)M&E/09
Q-1(243)M&E/09
Q-1(244)M&E/09
Q-1(245)M&E/09
Q-1(246)M&E/09
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CELL WASHING

SHOULD BE TIME SAVING AND QUICKER RESULTS WITH CYCLES COMPLETED IN


18% LESS TIME THAN OTHER CELL WASHERS.

SHOULD HAVE FULL PROGARMMING CAPABILITIES I.E. WASH CYCLES, SALINE


VOLUME, SPIN TIME, RPM ETC.

SHOULD HAVE MULTIPLE PROGRAMES STORED FOR REPEATED USE.

SHOULD HAVE
OPERATION.

FOUR

SPEED

BRUSHLESS

INDUCTIONS

MOTOR

FOR

QUIET

SHOULD HAVE CONVINIENT TOUCH PAD DIGITAL LCD DISPLAY

END OF PROCESS ALERT AUDIBLE & VISUAL BOTH

SHOULD HAVE 24-PLACES OF TUBES IN ROTOR

SHOULD HAVE 3500RPM AND 1400G

USA FDA,CE MARKET APPROVED

5 years comprehensive warranty.

Free installation at user site.

Standard accessories as per catalogue

Suitable UPS.

FDA and CE Certification

Working manual.

Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.

Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(247)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR TABLE TOP CENTRIFUGE MACHINE


Name of equipment

Table Top Centrifuge

Total No. required

Two

Max. speed rom

5000 approximate

Max. ref. Gm

5000 approximate

Head

Swing out head (With glass tube)

Tube capacity

28x15 ml or more number of tubes.

Main unit

:
Cabinet made of sheet steel corrosion
resistant Cover made of acrylic see through
with interlook.

Control Panel

:
Start, stop switches stepless speed regulat
zero Start switch continuous ready digital
tachometer. Automatic timer & cut off.
Digital speed meter ommeter, unbalance
switch and Dynamic brake switch.

Should include all accessories required to centrifugation of 28x 15 ml glass tube or more tubes.
Guarantee

Two years.

Q-1(248)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLATELET AGITATOR

SHOULD BE ABLE TO STORE MINIMUM 48 RANDOM PLATELET BAGS OR APHERESIS BAGS


OR BAGS OF DIFFERENT SIZES. WITH GENTLE SIDE TO SIDE MOTION (1 38MM)

SHOULD HAVE SINGLE FAN FOR FORCED AIR CIRCULATION.

SHOULD BE STURDY ONE PIECE DRAWERS WITH HOLES FOR COMPELETE AIR CIRCULATION
ACROSS BOTH SURFACES OF PALATELET BAGS

SHOULD HAVE DELRIN ROLLERS AND GLIDES FOR THE DRAWER STORAGE PLATFORM TO
AGITATE SMOOTHLY.

USA FDA, CE MARKET APPROVED

5 years comprehensive warranty.

Free installation at user site.

Standard accessories as per catalogue

Suitable UPS.

FDA and CE Certification

Working manual.

Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.

Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(249)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF BLOOD COLLECTION MONITOR

Should have complete flow cut-off when collection weight is reached.


Should have battery operation for mobile use
Should be display collection start & finish time.
Should be suitable for mobile environments.
Should calibrates in less than 15 minutes
Should have short bleed times (6 min. average)
Power Consumption should be max 10 VA
Should have48 hs. Battery autonomy,
Accuracy - <1% of max weight +/- 1 ml
Measuring range should be up to 999 ml.
Should have alarms for Low Battery, under weight, over weight, Taring Error, set up Error,
Motor Error, Abnormal Blood flow, Time Over.
Should have option for Barcode reader.
Real time flow rate indicators assist phlebotomists without alarming donors...
Weight should have approx. 5.4 kg.
Should work at AC supply of 220-240V 50-60Hz.
5 years comprehensive warranty.
Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogues
Suitable UPS.
FDA and CE Certification
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(250)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF MOBILE/ PORTABLE TUBE SEALER

Should be Portable model RF tube sealing with Single point sealing.


Should be able to seal all types of blood bag tubes available in market
Should be light weighted, small footprint.
Should be Safe and secures sealing.
Should have Sealing time varying from 0.5 to 5 seconds.
Should carry a cable length of 1.9m meter.
Should work at AC supply of 220-240V 50-60Hz.
Should have quick charge, low battery indicator light.
Should be easy to operate manually.
Power source should be weighing around 1.1kg & sealing head should be weighing around

.3 kg.
Dimensions should be 7.5 in. (20cmLx (11cm) W x 1.75 in (5cm) H.
5 years comprehensive warranty.
Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogues
Suitable UPS.
FDA and CE Certification
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(251)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ON LINE BLOOD CELL SEPARATOR (APHERESIS


MACHINE)

Should be fully Automatic Computerized on Line System Latest Model


Mobile:*Easily Transportable to Patient Site for Therapeutic Usage.
Practical for Mobile Collections and in ICUs.
Should be a donor & operator friendly unit.
Should have Single / Double arm procedure for all protocols.
Should have closed set disposable
Should operate on battery back up (UPS) and should operate at least 2hours on a
commercially available 1KVA UPS
Flow Control Algorithm with Over Pressure Detection controls and alarms.
Automatic cuff inflation / deflation.
Should have Versatile Combination of Component Collection Protocols.
Should Allow Collection of up-to two units of Leucodepleted RBC Concentrates, Both
Autologous and Homologous Red Blood Cells and Leuco-depleted Platelets.
Red Blood Cells and Plasma in two separate bags.
Leuco-depleted Platelets and Plasma in two separate bags.
High Yield Leuco-depleted Platelet Collection from a Single donor with minimal Plasma &
Should have capability of collecting 3x1011 or more platelets from a single donor with in 60
minutes using a single arm / double arm procedure.
Both Autologous and Homologous Peripheral Blood Stem Collection.
Bone Marrow concentration Protocol.
Therapeutic Plasma Exchange Protocol.
Platelet poor Plasma and Fresh frozen plasma.

Self-Loaded Centrifuge with a Variable Speed for collecting concentrated components


from a single donor.
5 years comprehensive warranty.
Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogues
Suitable UPS.

FDA and CE Certification


Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(252)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLATELET INCUBATOR

PLATELET INCUBATOR SHOULD HAVE THE PROVISION TO STORE THE AGITATOR FOR 48
PLATELET BAGS AGITATOR.

SHOULD HAVE CLEAR VIEW SINGLE PANE TEMPERED GLASS ROLL OUT DOOR WHICH
SHOULD ROLL INSIDE THE CHAMBER FOR OPENING OF THE INCUBATOR .

AGITATOR SHOULD STOP AUTOMATICALLY ONCE THE DOOR IS OPENED.

SHOULD HAVE MICROPROCESSED CONTROLLED LCD DISPLAY,TEMPERATURE GRAPH


DISPLAY, GRAPHICAL DISPLAY OF AGITATION SPEED OF THE AGITATOR.

SHOULD HAVE STAINLESSSTEEL RTD SENSOR PROBES

SHOULD HAVE PROVISION FOR 47DAY INKLESS CHART RECORDER WITH BATTERY
BACKUP FOR CONTINEOUS OPERATION DURING POWER FAILURE.

SHOULD HAVE ALL CONTROLS IN ONE CONVENIENT LOCATION INCLUDING CHART


RECORDER AND ALARM KEY

SHOULD BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN A TEMPERATURE OF 22 DEGREES WITH +_. 1DEGREES


VARIATION.

USA FDA, CE MARKET APPROVED

5 years comprehensive warranty.

Free installation at user site.

Standard accessories as per catalogue

Suitable UPS.

FDA and CE Certification

Working manual.

Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.

Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(253)M&E/09
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF PLASMA THAWING SYSTEM

SHOULD BE ABLE TO THAW 4 PLASMA BAGS (FFP / APHERESISOR PLASMA BAGS OF


ANY SIZE)
SHOULD HAVE WATER BATH BASED SYSTEM WHICH SHOULD BE OPERATIONAL AT
PRESET TEMPERATURE OF 37 DEGREE CELCIOUS PRECISELY
SHOULD HAVE TWO SEPARATE BASKET ASSEMBLIES WITH BUILT-IN FINGERS FOR
SECURELY HOLDING THE PLASMA BAGS OF ALL SIZES. BOTH BASKET ASSEMBLIES
SHOULD HAVE SEPARATE CONTROL SO THAT BOTH CAN WORK AT DIFFERENT TIMES.
THE BASKET ASSEMBLY SHOULD BE LOWERED AUTOMATICALLY AND SHOULD START
THAWING AT THE PRESS OF A BUTTON
Programmable Time Settings for the length of the Thawing Cycle
SHOULD HAVE A TERMPRATURE CONTROLLER

USA FDA, CE MARKED

5 years comprehensive warranty.


Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogues
Suitable UPS.
FDA and CE Certification
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(254)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF BENCH TOP TUBE SEALER

Bench top model RF tube sealing with Single point sealing.


Should be able to seal all types of blood bag tubes available in market
Should be Safe and secures sealing.
Sealing time should be varying from 0.5 to 5 seconds.
Should carry a cable length of 1.9m meter.
Should work at AC supply of 220-240V 50-60Hz.
Should be easy to operate manually.
Should be weighs around 5.3kg & sealing head weighs
Dimensions should be 13.8in. L X 4.5in. H(35cm Lx 11.4cmx 23.6 cm H)
5 years comprehensive warranty.
Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogues
Suitable UPS.
FDA and CE Certification
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(255)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF MOBILE DONOR COUCHES & TROLLEY

Should be compact, light weighted and easy to transport.


It should have durable tubular aluminum frame
Should be able to bear larger donors weight up to 150 Kg
Should be adjustable for proper arm placement
Couch should easily be reclined into a secured with shock position.
Should have pockets at the back of each couch for keeping accessories.
Washable linen covers should be provided (1 pair) with each couch.
Should be sturdy & able to withstand transportation rigors.
Transportation dolly to hold maximum 3 couches
Weight should be less than 20 kg.
5 years comprehensive warranty.
Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogues
Suitable UPS.
FDA and CE Certification
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Trolley to carry mobile donor couches.

Q-1(256)M&E/09

3.
1.

SPECIFICATION FOR FULLY AUTOMATIC ELISA PROCESSOR


(Auto Analyzer for ELISA Testing (Four Plates)

Fully automatic, open system with capacity to perform four micro plate
simultaneously.
2.
Should have the capacity to load up to 90 samples with option of adding an
additional rack up to 150 samples.
3.
Should be able to perform dilution procedure of test samples.
4.
Should have an option of serial or parallel modes.
5.
Should have 8 or 12 way pipetting direction.
6.
Should have 8 way washing by strip or plate mode.
7.
Should have sampling capability both by disposable tips and Teflon coated metal needle.
8.
Disposable tips capacity should be minimum 115 tips with the option of adding
additional tip rack.
9.
Built in liquid level detector for samples/reagents and buffers.
10.
Should have micro strip and dispense check.
11.
Dead volume reagent and sample should be more than 200 microlitres.
12.
Should have two pipetting arms.
13.
Should have two incubators with a variable temperature from room temperature to
45o C + 1o C.
14.
Incubator should have sandwich dry incubation to avoid evaporation.
15.
Should not require plate sealers.
16.
System should dispense back the balance reagents in the reagents vial after
pipetting
to avoid all wastage.
17.
Should have two built in reader with halogen lamp.
18.
Expandable work load from two micro plate to eight by connecting four additional
modules.
19.
System should have five filters, ranging from 400mm to 700mm with the option of
adding additional modules.
20.
Should able to read all types of micro plate (U,V or flat)
21.
Plate shaking option before reading and during incubation.
22.
Should have a waste disposable system with the waste tank capacity of 3 liters.
23.
Should have built in diagnostic at start up.
24.
Should have a memory capacity for 500 protocols and 500 profile.
25.
Should be able to perform 6 assays per system per run.
26.
Software should be capable to operate under windows atmosphere.
27.
Should have the facility for LID, MIMS interfacing.
28.
Should have the facility to read qualitative and quantitative assays.
29.
Service software should be built in.
30.
Should have GPL features built in:All actions and problems automatically logged on.
QC and test validation.
Daily, weekly and monthly maintenance.

31.
32.
33.
34.
35.

Multi- level passwords for different level of operation.


Processing should pause on opening the front door.
Built in self check diagnostic and calibration software should be provided.
Support assay in process control.
Should have facility of store results in archives.
Should have uninterrupted power supply back up at least 2 hours.
Should have rat protection mesh cabinet.
Should work on 200 volts 50 Hz.
Appropriate voltage stabilizer should be provided by the supplies.

Q-1(257)M&E/09

Technical Specification of Blood Bank Refrigerator (2 to 8 Degree)


Should operate at 4 C with +/- 1 C temperature uniformity.
Should have more then 700 liters and accommodate at least 360 bags.
Should have an interior and exterior that is constructed of minimum 20 gauge,
galvanized steel.
Should incorporate Bio-Cote bacteria resistant, powder coated interior, exterior
and door handle.
Should utilize a self-closing door with full-length handle, key lock and non-CFC
urethane insulation.
Should have an interior fluorescent light with control panel mounted switch as a
standard feature.
Should have dual-pane, heated glass door and key lock with a right hand hinge
Should have self-closing Sure-Seal magnetic door system that eliminates the
problem of broken mechanical latches
Should utilize an independent, microprocessor temperature controller that is
programmable from +2o C to +8o C.
Should have Microprocessor controlled temperature readout, readable in 0.1o C
increments.
Should have a stainless steel, RTD temperature probe that is located in the
chamber
Should be able to program the high and low temperature alarms.
Should have audible and visual high and low temperature alarms as a standard
feature.
Should have a power fail alarm as a standard feature.
Must have four inch, 7-day, and ink-less, pressure-sensitive circular chart
recorder.
Must have chart recorder temperature range of -5oC to +20oC.
Must have temperature recorder probe that is independent from other probes.
Must incorporate a heavy-duty, air-cooled refrigeration system designed to
operate on 230 volt 50/60 Hz.
Must utilize non-CFC, commercially available refrigerant.
Must have an automatic condense evaporator as a standard feature.
Must have an internal evaporator fan that shuts off when the door is opened.
Must have fully six extendable drawer slides.
Must be USFDA/CE marked
5 years comprehensive warranty.
Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogues
Suitable UPS.
FDA and CE Certification
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(258)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF MICROPLATE READER

Should be microprocessor based with inbuilt computer managed.


Microplate Reader with large graphical Backlit LCD display.
Capability to do qualitative, quantitative, kinetics with transformations.
Wavelength range should be from 400 800 nm (340-800 nm optional in model
UV)
Should have soft touch keypad but no touch screen, and easy to use software.
Measurement range should be from 0.00 4.0 OD
Fast measurement with reading speed should be fast and less than 6 seconds
Should be supplied with PC software for PC operation.
Should have keypad lock system.
Should have inbuilt filter wheel of 6 filter capacity with 4 installed filters, and option
to add additional filters.
Should have inbuilt 4 speed shaking facility.
Should have capability of onboard storage of at least up to 100 methods, 100
standard curves and 100 test plate results.
Should have low power consumption and built in auto-sensing/stabilising facility
from 90-250 Volts.
Should have external printer.
Should be CE compliant and ISO certification.
5 years comprehensive warranty.
Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogue
Suitable UPS.
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(259)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF ELISA WASHER


1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Visibility
Washing system

Should be visible while in operation not hidden.


Should have un-pressurized washing system and should
be Independent of bottle size and shape.
Low dead volume
Should use low dead volume for reagent buffer, < 5ml to
wash 1-2 strips.
Cross aspiration facility Should have facility of cross aspiration for lower
residual volumes programmable.
Wash cycles
Flexible programmable up to at least 20 cycles
Plate types
Should be able to define and accept 20 plate types

7.

Shaking

8.

Residual Volume / well

9.

Liquid sensors

10.

Aerosol cover with


aerosol aspiration
Washing needles and
liquid system

11.

should wash any U, V & Flat bottom etc


Built in 3 speed linear shaking of 0 10 seconds user
selectable
Should have residual volume of < 1.5 ul (with cross
aspiration facility)
Should have option of measuring levels of liquids
through liquid sensors.
Built in aerosol cover, with aerosol aspiration, to avoid
air contamination and risk to user.
Should have separate needle for aspiration and
dispensing to avoid cross contamination with separate
pumps for better washing.
Should have option for upgradation to different types of
manifolds like 12, 16 and 384 wells and channels from 2
to 4.
Should be CE and ISO certified.

12.

Up-gradability

13.

Compliance

14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

5 years comprehensive warranty.


Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogue
Suitable UPS.
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(260)M&E/09

Extraction forceps
1. No.17, serrated English pattern right upper molar, made of stainless steel

- 15

2. No.18, serrated English pattern left upper molar, made of stainless steel

- 15

3. No.67, Serrated English pattern upper third molar, made of stainless steel

- 10

4. No.51, Serrated English pattern upper root, made of stainless steel

- 10

5. No.51LX, English pattern upper third molar, made of stainless steel

- 5

6. No.1, Serrated English pattern upper anterior, made of stainless steel

- 10

7. No.7, Serrated English pattern upper premolar, made of stainless steel

- 10

8. No.73, Serrated English pattern lower molar, made of stainless steel

- 25

9. No.22, Serrated English pattern lower molar, made of stainless steel

- 25

10. No. 79, Serrated English pattern lower third molar, made of stainless steel

- 5

11. No.13, Serrated English pattern lower anterior, made of stainless steel

- 10

12. No.74, Serrated English pattern lower root, made of stainless steel

- 15

13. No.75, Serrated English pattern lower bicuspid, made of stainless steel

- 10

14. No.74XN, Serrated English pattern lower root (narrow beak), made of
stainless steel

- 10

15. No.kI-1, Serrated English pattern lower incisor anterior, made of stainless steel

- 10

16. No.kI-2, Serrated English pattern lower molar, made of stainless steel

- 10

17. No.kI-4, Serrated English pattern upper molar, made of stainless steel

- 10

18. No.kI-5, Serrated English pattern upper anterior, made of stainless steel

- 10

19. Cassette for Handpiece

20. Two-tier cassette for 12 instruments

21. Large cassette for 16 instruments

All instruments should be manufactured by ISO,CE certified company.


Q-1(261)M&E/09

Specifications of Restorative instruments (Dental)

All the instruments should be CE certified


A. Composite instruments
1. Felt 5 composite instrument with aluminium titanium nitride coating
10
2. Med/Large Contact forming composite instrument with aluminium titanium nitride coating
10
3. No.3 Goldstein flexi thin composite instrument with aluminium titanium nitride coating
10
4. No.21 B composite burnisher with aluminium titanium nitride coating
5
5. No.27/29 composite burnisher with aluminium titanium nitride coating
5
6. OT Tanner composite plugger with aluminium titanium nitride coating
5

7. No.3 Goldfogel composite contouring instrument with aluminium titanium nitride coating
5

B. Tissue pliers
1. Adson plain tissue plier of Perma sharp variety with tungsten carbide inserts (12cms)
2
2. Adson 1X2 straight jawed tissue pliers of Perma sharp variety
with tungsten carbide inserts 12cms
2
3. Angled Cushing tissue plier of Perma sharp variety (18cms)
10
4. Goldman Fox straight 13 cms with tungsten carbide tips
15

C. Calipers
1. Weiss modified castroviejo calipers, 0-40mm (17cms)
1

D. Cheek retractor
1. Orringer cheek retractor, medium, made of immunity steel(corrosion resistant)/equivalent
5
2. Weider cheek and tongue retractor (small),
made of immunity steel(corrosion resistant)/equivalent
3
3. Weider cheek and tongue retractor (large),
made of immunity steel(corrosion resistant)/equivalent
3
4. Posterior Arens tissue retractor (serrated)
2

E. Mouth Prop
1. Markel small child latex free mouth prop
2

2. Markel child latex free mouth prop


4
3. Markel Adult latex free mouth prop
4

F. Mixing cup
1. Modified pumice cup, made of immunity steel/equivalent
2

G. Probes
1.

15 UNC/CP11.5B Double ended color-coded periodontal probe with round handle


10

2. No. 5 explorer with aluminium titanium nitride coating


2

H. Filling instruments
1. No. 18 Ball burnisher with immunity steel (corrosion resistant)handle/equivalent
20
2. Cement spatula
10
3. Amalgam condenser
25
4. Amalgam carrier
15
5. Plastic filling instruments
30

I. Other Instruments
1. Mouth gag with adult size ratchet design
5
2. No. CSI-1 Non serrated cord packer
2
3. Implant Retractor
2

4. No. 1 Hourigan serrated 23 seldin periosteal


10
5. Cheek retractor (Columbia/ Sternberg pattern)
4
6. Metal aspirator (Byrd Self-Cleaning) 1.5 mm tip
10
7. Metal aspirator (Frazier suction tube) 2.5mm tip
5
8. Metal aspirator (Cogswell 3) 23 cms
5
9. Lucas surgical curette no. 84
10
10. Lucas surgical curette no. 86
10
11. Bone graft scoop
2
12. No. 300 sinus lift instrument
2
13. No. 23 S sinus lift instrument
2
14. Labanca Implant periosteal
3
15. No. 710 Sinus lift instrument 3mm
1
16. Kramer-Nevins Acute sinus lift instrument
1

17. No.1 sinus lift instrument (3.5 mm)


1

All bidders should supply original catalogue of quoted instruments along with
the necessary documents
Q-1(262)M&E/09

Specification for Injection moulding system


1.
2.
3.
4.

It should be capable of fabricating flexible dentures by injection moulding technique


Electrically operated and attachable to compressor
Supplied with four sets of flasks
Compressor should be supplied along with system

Manufacturer should be CE,ISO certified

Q-1(263)M&E/09

Specifications for Mini-Autoclave (Vacuum type)

The autoclave should provide sterilization at 121o C and 134o C for both wrapped and
unwrapped tools and also a flash cycle for rapid sterilization.

The autoclave should be equipped with a powerful vacuum pump to eject air pockets from
the chamber at the beginning and at the end of cycle (Pre-vacuum and Post vacuum)

Water purification unit (based on reverse osmosis principle) should be supplied along with the
autoclave, and it should be possible to connect the water purification unit directly to autoclave for
supply of high quality demineralized water.

It should have minimum four sterilization programs and two test program. Programs should be
monitored by microprocessor.

Minimum volume 22 liters.

Loading can be 4 Kg instrument/ 1 Kg textile.

It should be class B autoclave so that hollow bodied instruments, handpieces, and turbines can
be fully autoclaved.

The system should comply with International Standards for sterilization , should be CE marked
and manufactured by ISO certified company.

Price should be inclusive of 5 years AMC after warranty period

Q-1(264)M&E/09

Specifications of Automatic dental film processor


1. Should be able to develop all types of dental x-ray films like IOPA, Occlusal, Panoramic
etc.
2. Compact and easy to maintain
3. Should have infrared dryer
4. Should dry films within 5 minutes
5. Price should be inclusive of 5 years AMC after warranty period

The manufacturer should possess CE/ISO quality assurance certificate.

Q-1(265)M&E/09

Specification for Dental Chair cum Unit

Dental Chair

Electrically operated with seamless upholstery to facilitate easy cleaning/disinfecting.


It should have double articulating headrest with seesaw movement suitable for pediatric and
handicap patients
Should be provided with soft cervical support
Upholstery can be removed easily for better disinfection of dental chair

Dental Unit

Dental unit should have latest overhead delivery system


It should have two 3 way syringes (tip autoclavable, with 6 spare tips) one on unit side and
other on the assistant side.
It should have 2 high speed Air Rotor terminals with water control on coupling supplied with
handpieces.
One air motor terminal having straight and contra angle handpieces
It should have LED light cure unit on unit sides
It should have one in-built Piezon Ultrasonic Scaler (frequency 28-36 KHz) with 4 scaler tips
It should have infection control system with non-retraction valves (Bio System/ equivalent)
All handpieces/terminals should be kept on Autoclavable pads. 6 spare autoclavable pads
should be supplied
Arm of unit should be pneumatically locked
All air tubing of the delivery system can be disinfected internally after every dental procedure
Removable auxillary tray (stainless steel)

Operating light

It should have latest foot operated LED/halogen Light (min 35,000 LUX)

Spittoon/Water unit

It should have Rotatable Water System with removable spittoon


It should have Medium Vacuum Suction and High suction (Motorised Suction)

Programmes

It should have following programmes


- Two programmable working positions
- Spitting and last working position with light ON and OFF automatically
- Return to Zero position with light OFF automatically
- It should have option to Lock the movements of chair
- It should have emergency stop control
- Programmable Bowl water and Cup filler water

It should have LED based X-ray viewer


It should be provided with right arm (options for Fixed, Lateral 90 degree swivel available)
It should have multifunctional foot control base (fixed or mobile)

Dental Stool

Two No.s

It should be provided with one doctors stool and one assistants stool with adjustable backrest
tilt including an adjustable ring for foot rest.

Compressor
Oil free medical grade compressor of 1.0 HP (fully imported)

The company manufacturing these chairs should be an ISO certified and products should
be C.E marked
All the accessories supplied should be of same manufacturer
Price should be inclusive of 5 years AMC after warranty period

Q-1(266)M&E/09

Dental Elevators
1. Warwick James straight elevator with Non slip grip handle,
made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

10

2. Straight luxating elevator 3mm with Non slip grip handle,


made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

10

3. No. 2S Seldin elevator with Non slip grip handle,


made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

10

4. No. 52 curtis elevator with Non slip grip handle,


made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

10

5. No.11A stout elevator with Non slip grip handle,


made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

15

6. No. 3S Seldin elevator with Non slip grip handle,


made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

15

7. No. 31 large cryer elevator with Non slip grip handle,


made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

20

8. No. 32 large cryer elevator with Non slip grip handle,


made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

20

9. 12 LX cryer Elevator with cross bar handle with Non slip grip handle,
made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

15

10. 12 RX cryer Elevator with cross bar handle with Non slip grip handle,
made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

15

11. No.1L Seldin cryer elevator with Non slip grip handle,
made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

10

12. No.1R Seldin cryer elevator with Non slip grip handle,
made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

10

14. No. 1 Howard Root tip picker with Non slip grip handle,
made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

10

15. No.94 serrated single edge Root tip picker, with


Non slip grip handle made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

10

16. No. 95 serrated single edge Root tip picker,


with Non slip grip handle made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

10

17. No.1 Heidbrink root tip picker with Non slip grip handle,
made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

10

18. No. 302 Apexo with Non slip grip handle,


made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

19. No. 44C Bradley elevator with Non slip grip handle,
made of stainless immunity steel/ equivalent

All instruments should be manufactured by ISO,CE certified company.

Q-1(267)M&E/09

Specifications for Dental RVG


CCD technology
Reduction in patient radiation as compared to X-ray film should be up to 90%
Should supply two sensors
Minimum active area 600 mm2
Minimum active area - 816 mm2
Thickness of the sensor should be less than or equal to 6 mm
Spatial resolution approx. 26 line pairs/mm
Dynamic range (accurate measurement of bone density), should be more than or equal to 14 bit image acquisition
Computer with LCD color monitor 20 inch screen, Quad core, DVD/CD-RW, 500 GB HDD, 4GBRAM, All-in-4 laserjet
printer
Intra oral X-ray unit should be DC based. (8mA/65-70 kv)
Should have positioning devices
a. Bitewing
b. Periapical
c. Endodontic

Price should be inclusive of 5 years AMC after warranty period

Q-1(268)M&E/09

Technical Specification for Gel Documentation System


I. Camera
1. High resolution CCD camera: 1.4 mega pixel resolution with resolution of
approximately
1340 xlO24 pixel array
2. Pixel Size: 4.6x4.6 micron
3. Motorized Zoom lens with f/L .2, 8.5-51 mm lens with broad range arnber filter
4. UV and white light source: 302 nm illumination source having 25x26 Transillumination areas
5. Data acquisitions: 12 bit and 4096 gray level
6. Fast data transfer
II. Darkroom:
Instrument should have following facilities:
I. Built in Motorized filter wheel with touch pad control and virtual controls through
software
2. UV Transilluminator with even scans, imaging area approx. 20 x 25 cm with white light
imaging facility
3. Dual Epi-white and Dual Epi-UV light illumination
III. Software
It should be part of the equipment and should have features for Imaging acquisition, Archiving,
Enhancement, gel analysis, molecular weight estimations, Volume calculation, VNTR analysis,
Gene expression analysis, dendogram and similarity calculation, Phylogenetic tree formation
Printing, Rf analysis, Spot-2D Denso analysis, Q-PCR, Ruler, Object Distance measurement,
Fluorescence Microscopy Imaging, Gel scoring, RFLP Finger printing, etc.
IV. Free Lifetime Upgrades should be provided for software
V. Computer: >800MHz. P-IV processor, minimum 256 MB Ram or better Hard disk: 40 GB or
more, 48-X CD-Rom Drive , scanner Computer should be VISTA or better
VI. Printer: High throughput compatible Laser Printer
VII. Power 220-240V, 50 Hz
VIII. All the portions like camera dark room computer printer and scanner should be part of one
unit and should work in harmony and should be compatible to each other.
IX. CE/FDA or other standard certification or any other equivalent certification
X. Facility for print out on Hospital Laboratory report form.
XI. Details of all Accessories/options.
XII. Quotation for consumables in case of closed system.
XIII. 5yrs comprehensive warranty.
XIV. Power consumptions.
XV. Quotation for cost of reagents, control and other consumables for 5yrs.
XVI. Installation and demonstration at place of working.
XVII. Standard accessories, spares as per catalogues including working manual.
XVIII. Should have authorized dealer /service centre in Delhi.
XIX. Equipments should be complete in all aspect to start working day one including back up
power pack/ compatible on line UPS.

Q-1(269)M&E/09

Technical specifications of Ultra pure water purification system


PRE FILTERATION STAGE:

The feedwater should be tested by the company/firm and if needed a pre-filtration system
should also be installed to improve the feed water so that the durability of the
cartridge
is
increased.
ANALYT1CAL GRADE WATER SYSTEM:

The primary purification should be by a prefilter ( with antiscaling and activated


carbon
for bacteriostasis)

The secondary purification should be through RO membrane to remove impurities with


MW >100 daltons and more

The final purification step should involve a self regenerating Electro deionization module
for chemical ion exchange regeneration.
3.
Conductivity meter should be present before and after the RO cartridge to monitor RO
cartridge efficiency.
4.
Product water quality- Resistivity typically up to l0-l5Megohmcm,TOC:<30ppb,Flow
rate 3L/hr, CONDUCTIVITY <0.2uS/cm, Silicate Removal
> 99,9%.
ULTRAPURE WATER SYSTEM
1.
2.
3.
4.

Three stage purification process with initial purification packs tailored for specific
feed water, an application specific ultrapure cartridge and an absolute 0.22 micron
PVDF membrane final filter in stacked configuration.
The system should be capable of removing both inorganics and organics and ideal
for molecular biology including PCR, electrophoresis and cell tissue culture.
The resistively cell should be coaxial with a cell constant of minimum 0.0lcm
The system should have a built-in RS232 port,a low voltage DC pump, automatic
recirculation, an alphanumeric backlit LCD display with autodiagnostic features and

alarms.
5.
The ultrafilter membrane of the system should have at least 5000 dalton
weight.
6.
The system should have a flexible rocker arm for dispensing water, to make it
friendly.
7.
The system should have a facility for volumetric dispensing as an option, with
upto I litres/ mm.
8.
Product water quality- Resistivity- 18.2 Meg-ohm, bacteria < lcfu/ml, TOC 5-10
Particulates <1/mI, Pyrogen levels <0.001 EU/rn!, Flow rate approx 1.0
I/mm.
9.
It should be from a licensed company and should be ISO /ISI or equivalent
10.
All consumables (including the cartridge) should be provided for a period of two

molecular
user
low rate
ppb,
certified.
years.

11.
12.
13.
14.

Details of all Accessories/options.


Quotation for consumables in case of closed system.
5 yrs comprehensive warranty.
Quotation for cost of cartridge tubes filtration membranes control and other
consumables for 5yrs.
15.
Installation and demonstration at place of working.
17.
Standard accessories, spares as per catalogues including working manual.
18.
Should have authorized dealer /service centre in Delhi.
19.
Equipments should be complete in all aspect to start working day one including back up
power pack/ compatible on line UPS.
20.
The instrument should be working from the day one.

Q-1(270)M&E/09

Refrigerated Centrifuge Table Top


o

Programmable microprocessor control system

Max Speed: Approx. 4,500 RPM, Swing out/Approx13,000-15,000 RPM angle

Maximum RCF: at least 4,500xg Swing out at least 21,000xg Angle Head

Maximum capacity 4x750 ml Swing out/ 24x1.5/2 ml Angle Head

Temperature Range 0 to 40C

LED Display for Programme No, Speed, RCF & Time

Timer 1-99 minutes and hold position

Maintenance Free Induction motor

Totally CFC free refrigerant fluid and insulation

Angle Rotor 6x50 ml with adapter of 15ml

Swing Rotor 4x750ml with adapter of 100ml, 50ml,15ml & 1.5 ml

Centrifuge must be capable to spin minimum 16 standard micro plates with max RCF of 3,700xg or
more in one run

Centrifuge must be capable to spin 2 DNA/RNA Filter plates upto 85 mm with max RCF of
5,800xg or more in one run

Safety Features: Imbalance Detection, lid interlock, over speed etc.

Power Supply 220-240V;50/60 Hz

ISI/ISO or equivalent Certified,

Warranty Period of 2 Years, subsequent 5 years comprehensive AMC

The instrument should be functional from the day one

Q-1(271)M&E/09

Technical specifications of PCR


1: Thermal cycler with Peltier cooling based 96 wells for 96 X0.2 ml reaction tubes or 96 well
reaction plates system.
2. Should have gradient facility 1-25 C.
3. Interchangeable block for 60 X0.5 ml reaction tubes or 96 well reaction plates.
4. Sample volume range should be 5-100 uL range.
5. Temp. Range 4-99.9 C.
6. Ramping speed of 2.5 degree heating per sec.
7. Heated lid should be present to prevent any condensation or refluxing of the content of the tube.
Automatic top lid adjustment should be there.
8. Heating and cooling rates Average of 5 for the sample block over range
95o -55o for heating and cooling in the maximum mode.
9. Static temperature uniformity +/0.5, 30 second after the clock over
35C -100C.
10. Row column uniformity +/-0.25, 30 second after the clock over 35 -100
C.
11. Temperature accuracy +/0.25, 30 second after the clock over 35 -100 C.
l2.Temperature calibration . Should be calibrated to standards traceable to the International
standards.
l3.Approximately 99 programs on board, with approximate 12 cm high resolution A monitor for
display of data in graphical and alpha-numeric forms.
14. Should generate run report and validation report after every run.
15. Internal memory storage of approximately 100
16. Auto start up facility should be there to take care for power outage and to allow safe
continuation of PCR experiment after resumption of power.
17. Should have programmed methods for hot start PCR, cycle sequencing ,long PCR and touch
down PCR.
18. CE/FDA or any other equivalent mark of standardization
19. Licensed PCR machine
20.Company should have excellent service support in India along with training lab facility.
21.The company should he able train the technicians and doctors in functioning of the machine
22. One KVA online UPS with 30 mm back up to be provided.
23. Warranty two years followed by CMC of three years

Q-1(272)M&E/09

Deep freezer (-20C)


Technical Specifications:
1. Microprocessor controlled Vertical Freezer, with minimum 5 inner plastic doors with
independent door hinge and magnetic latches
2. User friendly, non-CFC refrigerant, and capacity is 470 Lt. or more
3. Temperature adjustable from -20 to -40C
4. System should have minimum 5 inches thick foamed in place urethane insulation and
minimum 3.5 CFC Free Door Insulation.
5. System should have down feed evaporator for efficient refrigerant flow
6. System should have Pressure Equalization Port which helps provide quick access to freezer
chamber after door opening
7. With Standard Safety Features: like over temperature safety alarm and audible warning of
temperature deviation and Co2 back up system
8. System should have acoustic insulation to reduce compressor sound
9. System should have exterior alarm contacts for connection to remote monitoring system.
10. System should offer positive closure to assure tight seal against double independent door
gaskets to minimize frost build-up.
11. System should have inventory like racks, boxes and divider
12. Power 220-240 V; 50/60 Hz, CE marked ISO 9001 or equivalent marked
13. ISI/ISO or equivalent Certified,
14. Should be provided with stabilizer
15. Warranty Period of 2 Years, subsequent 5 years comprehensive AMC
16. The instrument should be functional from the day one

Q-1(273)M&E/09

Specification for Incubator


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Size 300 X 300 X300 mm


Sturdy with double wall construction
Inner chamber is made of Aluminum or highly polished steel.
Outer chamber is made of mild steel and have powder coated paint finish.
The gap between the two walls should be filled with special grade glass wool for proper
insulation and to avoid heat losses.
6. Inner chamber to be fabricated with ribs to adjust shelves to any convenient height.
7. Polished SS sheet removable shelves minimum three.
8. Insulated door fitted with heavy hinges with a ball catcher spring-loaded door closing
device.
9. Door gasket made of synthetic rubber.
10. Heating element should be of high grade imported nichrome wire which are insulated and
should give uniform temperature all over the space.
11. Temperature control by an electronic digital temperature controller cum indicator
12. Wide temperature range from ambient to 80 degree.
13. Temperature accuracy of 0.1 Degree C @ 25 degree C.
14. There should be glass thermometer fitted for observing the temperature.
15. Air ventilator ports should be provided.
16. There should be air circulation fan.
17. Control Panel- equipment should be provided with a panel having a thermostat control
knob. ON/OFF switch, pilot indication light and provision for fixing the Timer.
18. Inbuilt User settable Audio / Visual Alarm in case of temperature over shoot.
19. Power requirement - should be supplied with a cord and plug. Suitable to operate on 220 V
single phase, 50 Hz, AC Supply.
20. 2 years warranty followed by three year CMC.
21. ISI or equivalent marking.
Q-1(274)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION OF INVERTED PHASE CONTRAST MICROSCOPE


1. OPTICAL SYSTEM

Universal Infinity optical system.

2. MICROSCOPE

Microscope frame, including 30 W lamp socked. Frosted and


heat
absorbing filter, filter holder, phase slider pocket and built in
slider position click stop mechanism, insert plate, screw & dust
cover.

3. CONDENSER
W.D. 72mm)
contrastring slits included

Detachable ultra long working condenser (N.A. 0.3.


Condenser slider (Pre centered) with phase
for 10x. 20x & 40x phase objectives.

4. IIIUMINATION

6V30W Halogen Lamp.

5. STAGE

Plain stage with 160mm (D)x 250mm R


Mechanical Stage with right hand low drive
Movement X=120mm, Y=78mm with three dish holder Petridish holder.
Terasaki plate holder, and Slide glass holder 96 well plates.

6. OBJECTIVES
approximately 18.5)
10X/0.25, W.D. approxima

Plan Achromat Objective 4x (N.A. 0.10, W.D.


Long working distance phase objective
approximately 3.2mm.
Long working distance phase (Pre-center) objective 40X/0.55,
W.D. approximately 2.2mm.

7. FILTERS

Daylight/ Blue filter.

8. OBSERVATION TUBE

Trinocular tube, fixed light pass, Bi/Photo: 50/50 with 30 deg


inctination and
IPD range of 48-75mm.

9. EYEPIECE

Wide field eyepiece 10X, with Rubber Eye Cap.

Q-1(275)M&E/09

Technical specifications for Submarine electrophoresis System


A
1. Complete system with all accessories for running gel system should be inject moulded without
any joint
2. Medium Single mould tank ,detachable replaceable electrodes for longer life of equipment.
1.0&l.5 mm thick ,15 &15 well ,casting gates gel castor ,UV. Transparent gel tray 15 X15 cm. The
same system should be able to accommodate & run 15 Xl0 cm ,15 X20 cm and 15 X 25cm gel
caster .
3. 15 X 20 well comb 8 each Fixed height drop in comb and adjustable height comb to
accommodate 8-32 sample .Comb thickness should be less than or equal to 2mm.
4. Four Gel caster with leak proof casting without using tapes
5. Should have low buffer volume

6. Mark of standard like ISO or equivalent.


7. Two years warranty. Followed by three year CMC . Standard Acessories as per catalogue .
B: Power supply of submarine electrophoresis
1. The power supply should be capable to operate four electrophoresis units simultaneously for
identical runs with LED display.
2. Out put range Voltagge :10-300V ,Current :0.01-400 mA Power :75 W.
3. Recessed sets in parallel
4. Auto power up after failure No load detection, sudden load change detection, Short circuit
detection.
5. Mark of standard like ISO or equivalent.
6. Two years warranty. Followed by three year CMC

Q-1(276)M&E/09

Technical specifications of shaking Water Bath

1. Capacity; Useful volume approximately 13 Ltr +/- 1 Ltr.


2. Double walled with 1000 % leak proof inner chamber of thick polished stainless steel
and smooth inside working surface. The outer wall should consist of thick PRCP or
equivalent material sheet.
3. The lid made of thick polished S.S sheets.
4. Table top model
5. Seamless and stainless steel body
6. The tank should be corrosion resistant and should give constant mixing for temperature
stabilization
7. Uniform temperature should be maintained in whole of the water bath throughout the
working.
8. Zig Zag shaking with speed approx 20-200 RPM.
9. Timer 1 mm to 100 Hrs.
10. Temperature range Ambient to + 80 degree Centigrade.
11. Temperature sensitivity 0.5 Degree Centigrade
12. Fine tuning of the temperature must be possible
13. It should be possible to control the shaking speed between 40 to 140 cycles per
minute.
14. The shaking tray should hold test tube of 50 ml ,20 ml and 10 ml capacity
15. The front control panel should have switches ON/OFF mains, shaking mechanism
and indicators .There should also be speed control knob and L shaped thermometer to
indicate the inside temperature
16. Digital display simultaneously of set and actual temperature.
17. Power supply : 220/240, 50/60 HZ.
18. Warranty of two years followed by CMC for three years.
19. CE/FDA or other standard certification or any other equivalent certification.

Q-1(277)M&E/09

Technical specification for multiple dispensing variable volume electronic micropipette


1. Single channel adjustable for the variable volume ( 0.2-10 L)
2. Increment of 0.01 uL.
3. Ergonomically designed for light and fast stepless volume adjustment
4. May be able to do multiple dispensing.
5. Computerized drive system with fast DC motor system
6. Suitable for all brands of tips.
7. Adjustable for variable volume.
8. Offer high accuracy and precision.
9. Low pipetting force and light tip injection force by very light lever touch action.
10. Looking mechanism to prevent accidental change in volume.
11. Fully autoclavable
12. With tip ejector mechanism and minimum tip ejection force.
13. Self Calibration possible.
14. Built in replaceable tip cone filters.
15. Easy removal of filters by plunger mechanism
16. Suitable for all brands of tips
17. Made of corrosion proof material.
18. 2 year warranty
19.Mark of standard like CE/FAD or any other equipment marking.

Q-1(278)M&E/09

Specifications for vertical Autoclave Size


22. Size 250 X 450 mm
23. High pressure , electrically heated vertical steam sterilizer
24. Sturdy with double wall stainless sheet boiler and the outer shell l also of stainless steel
25. The boiler and outer shell should be provided with air insulation.
26. Lid made of stainless steel
27. The gap between the two walls should be filled with special grade glass wool for proper
insulation and to avoid heat losses.
28. Inner chamber to be fabricated with ribs to adjust shelves to any convenient height .
29. Polished SS sheet removable shelves minimum three.
30. Insulated door fitted with heavy hinges with a ball catcher spring-loaded door closing
device.
31. Door gasket made of synthetic rubber .
32. Heating element should be of high grade imported nichrome wire which are insulated and
should give uniform temperature all over the space .
33. Temperature control by an electronic digital temperature controller cum indicator
34. Temperature range 40 to 250 degree C + 5 degree C
35. Temperature accuracy of 0.1 Degree C @ 25 degree C.

36. There should be glass thermometer fitted for observing the temperature.
37. Air ventilator ports should be provided .
38. There should be air circulation fan .
39. Control Panel- equipment should be provided with a panel having a thermostat control
knob. ON/OFF switch , pilot indication light and provision for fixing the Timer .
40. Inbuilt User settable Audio / Visual Alarm in case of temperature over shoot .
41. Power requirement - should be supplied with a cord and plug . Suitable to operate on 220
V single phase ,50 Hz , AC Supply .
42. 2 years warranty followed by three year CMC
43. . ISI or equivalent certification
Q-1(279)M&E/09

Electronic Balance

Technical Specifications:
1. Microprocessor based single pan top loading Analytical Balance
2. High accuracy & precision
3. Weigh accurately up to 3rd decimal place
4. Auto self-calibration facility
5. Auto zero Setting
6. One touch calibration
7. Weighing capacity up to 120g
8. Readability and repeatability 0.001g
9. Stabilization time < 5 second
10. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) for display
11. Power 220-240 V; 50/60 Hz
12. 2year warranty followed by three year CMC

13. CE, ISO 9001, ISO13485 Marked or equivalent marked


Q-1(280)M&E/09

Technical Specifications: for Micro pipettes 20-200ul


1. Suitable for all brands of tips
2. Adjustable for variable volume

3. Offer high accuracy and precision


4. With tip ejector mechanism
5. Made of corrosion proof material
6. Fully autoclavable at 1210C
7. Warranty of one year.
8. Supplied with full documentation, warranties and certificates
9. Conformity certification
CE, ISO 9001, ISO13485 Marked or equivalent marked

Q-1(281)M&E/09

Micro centrifuge
Technical Specification:
1. Light in weight and compact in size Approx. 15x25x20 cm (6x10x8) inches .
2. Should be suitable for PCR work,
3. RPM 5,000-14,000 with increment of 100 RPM
4. RCF 1700-14,500xg with increment of 100xg
5. LED Display for time, RPM & RCF
6. Noise Level < 56db
7. Hold at least 12 tube of 0.2/0.5/2ml
8. Quick Spin mode and one knob adjustment to change parameter
9. Power 220-240 V; 50/60 Hz
10. Safety Features: Imbalance Detection, lid interlock, over speed etc.
11. Power Supply 220-240V;50/60 Hz
12. ISI/ISO or equivalent Certified,
13. Warranty Period of 2 Years, subsequent 5 years comprehensive AMC
14. The instrument should be functional from the day one

Q-1(282)M&E/09

Deep freezer ( 87C)


1. Technical Specifications:
2. Microprocessor controlled Vertical Freezer, with minimum 5 inner plastic doors with
independent door hinge and magnetic latches
3. User friendly, non-CFC refrigerant, and capacity is 470 Lt. or more
4. Temperature adjustable from -40 to -87C at ambient temperature of 32C
5. System should have minimum 5 inches thick foamed in place urethane insulation and
minimum 3.5 CFC Free Door Insulation.
6. System should have down feed evaporator for efficient refrigerant flow
7. System should have Pressure Equalization Port which helps provide quick access to
freezer chamber after door opening
8. With Standard Safety Features: like over temperature safety alarm and audible warning
of temperature deviation and Co2 back up system
9. System should have acoustic insulation to reduce compressor sound
10. System should have exterior alarm contacts for connection to remote monitoring system.
11. System should offer positive closure to assure tight seal against double independent door
gaskets to minimize frost build-up.
12. System should have inventory like racks, boxes and divider
13. Power 220-240 V; 50/60 Hz, CE marked ISO 9001 or equivalent marked
14. Stabilizer should be provided .
15. ISI/ISO or equivalent Certified,
16. Warranty Period of 2Years, subsequent 5 years comprehensive AMC
17. The instrument should be functional from the day one

Q-1(283)M&E/09

Specifications for Multi Channel Micro Pipette ( 8 Channel )


1. Multi Channel adjustable for the variable volume .( 0.5-10.0L).
2. Increment of 0.01 L.
3. May be able to do multiple dispensing.
4. Low pipetting force..
5. with tip ejector mechanism and minimum tip ejection force.
6. Self Calibration possible.
7. Built in repracible tip cone filters.
8. suitable for all brands of tips .
9. Made of corrosion proof material.
10. 2 year warranty followed by AMC of 1 year.
11. CE,ISO Marked or any other equivalent marking.

Q-1(284)M&E/09

Technical Specifications: for Micro pipettes 200-1000u1

1. Single channel adjustable for the variable volume


2. Increment of 0.01 ILL.
3. light and fast stepless volume adjustment.
4. May be able to do multiple dispensing.

5. Suitable for all brands of tips


6. Adjustable for variable volume .
7. Offer high accuracy and precision
8. With tip ejector mechanism.
9. Low pipetting force and light tip ejection force by light plunger action
1 0 Locking mechanism to prevent accidental change in volume
11 Fully Autoclavable
1 2 With tip ejector mechanism and minimum tip ejection force
13. Self Calibration possible.
14. Built in replaceable tip cone filters.
1 5. Easy removal ! of filters by plunger mechanism
16. Suitable 0r all brands of lips.
1 7. Made of corrosion proof material.
18. 2vear warranty
1 9. Mark of standard like CE / F AD or any other equivalent marking.

Q-1(285)M&E/09

Specifications for pH Meter


1. Microprocessor based for fast and accurate pH measurement with soft touch control
panel
2. 3 Point calibration
3. pH range (0-14)
4. Auto -calibration with up to 3 buffers.
5. Built-in Auto buffer recognition.
6. pH and Temperature display
7. Refillable Triode 3 in1 epoxy body combination pH electrode
8. Power 220-240 V; 50/60 Hz, Automatic temperature
9. Compensation ( 0 100o C)

10. CE, ISO 9001, ISO 13485 Marked or equivalent marked


Accessories:
- Standard buffer 4,7, 10 pH- 250 ml each
- Electrode I set extra
- 3M KCI solution 250 ml
- Electrode storage buffer
- Electrode cleaning solution 250 ml
12. ISO or equivalent certified
13. Warranty period of 3 years, subsequent 5 years comprehensive AMC

Q-1(286)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF MICROVAVE OVEN


1. Capacity 26 L.
2. Microwave based heating technology.
3. Outer surface Stainless steel corrosive free.
4. Door having the glass so that inner chamber of the instrument can be viewed.
5. Pull out bar handle door.
6. Approximately 320 mm turn table.
7. Inner Stainless steel corrosive free surface.
8. Timer 0-90 minutes.
9. Power out put 900 W.
10. Control panel digital displaying timer temperature, power.
11. Temperature and timer may be possible to set manually.
12. There should be Auto defrost.
13. The machine should be licensed.
14. The machine should be ISI/FDA/ISO or equivalent marking.
15. There should be two years warranty followed by three years CMC.

Q-1(287)M&E/09

Specification for hot air oven


44. Size 300 X 300 mm
45. Sturdy with double wall construction
46. Inner chamber is made of S.S. 304 grade.
47. Outer chamber is made of mild steel and have powder coated paint finish.

48. The gap between the two walls should be filled with special grade glass wool for proper
insulation and to avoid heat losses.
49. Inner chamber to be fabricated with ribs to adjust shelves to any convenient height .
50. Polished SS sheet removable shelves minimum three.
51. Insulated door fitted with heavy hinges with a ball catcher spring-loaded door closing
device.
52. Door gasket made of synthetic rubber .
53. Heating element should be of high grade imported nichrome wire which are insulated and
should give uniform temperature all over the space .
54. Temperature control by an electronic digital temperature controller cum indicator
55. Temperature range 40 to 250 degree C + 5 degree C
56. Temperature accuracy of 0.1 Degree C @ 25 degree C.
57. There should be glass thermometer fitted for observing the temperature.
58. Air ventilator ports should be provided .
59. There should be air circulation fan .
60. Control Panel- equipment should be provided with a panel having a thermostat control
knob. ON/OFF switch , pilot indication light and provision for fixing the Timer .
61. Inbuilt User settable Audio / Visual Alarm in case of temperature over shoot .
62. Power requirement - should be supplied with a cord and plug . Suitable to operate on 220
V single phase ,50 Hz , AC Supply .
63. 2 years warranty followed by three year CMC .
64. ISI or equivalent marking .
Q-1(288)M&E/09

Technical Specifications: for Micro pipettes 0.1-2.5ul


1. Single channel adjustable for the variable volume
2. Increment of 0.01 uL.
3. Light and fast stepless volume adjustment
4. May be able to do multiple dispensing.
5. Suitable for all brands of tips
6. Adjustable for variable volume.
7. Offer high accuracy and precision.
8. With tip ejector mechanism.
9. Low pipetting force and light tip ejection force by light plunger action.
10. Looking mechanism to prevent accident change in volume.
11. Fully autoclavable.
12. With tip ejector mechanism and minimum tip ejection force.
13. Self Calibration possible.
14. Built in replaceable tip cone filters.
15. Easy removal of filters by plunger mechanism
16. Suitable for all brands of tips
17. Made of corrosion proof material.
18. 2year warranty
19. Mark of standard like CE/FAD or any other equivalent marking

Q-1(289)M&E/09

Technical Specifications: for Micro pipettes 1000-5000u1


1. Single channel adjustable for the variable volume
2. Increment of 0.01 uL.
3. Light and fast stepless volume adjustment
4. May be able to do multiple dispensing.
5. Suitable for all brands of tips
6. Adjustable for variable volume.
7. Offer high accuracy and precision.
8. With tip ejector mechanism.
9. Low pipetting force and light tip ejection force by light plunger action.
10. Looking mechanism to prevent accident change in volume.
11. Fully autoclavable.
12. With tip ejector mechanism and minimum tip ejection force.
13. Self Calibration possible.
14. Built in replaceable tip cone filters.
15. Easy removal of filters by plunger mechanism
16. Suitable for all brands of tips
17. Made of corrosion proof material.
18. 2year warranty
19. Mark of standard like CE/FAD or any other equivalent marking.
Q-1(290)M&E/09

Technical Specifications: for Micro pipettes 2.O-20u1


I. Single channel adjustable for the variable volume
2. Increment of 0.01 u1.
3. light and fast stepless volume adjustment.
4. May be able to do multiple dispensing.
5. Suitable for all brands of tips
6. Adjustable for variable volume .
7. Offer high accuracy and precision
8. With tip ejector mechanism.
9. Low pipetting force and light tip ejection force by light plunger action
10. Locking mechanism to prevent accidental change in volume

11. Fully Autoclavable


12. With tip ejector mechanism and minimum tip ejection force
13. Self Calibration possible.
14. Built in replaceable tip cone filters.
15. Easy removal of filters by plunger mechanism
16. Suitable for all brands of lips.
17. Made of corrosion proof material.
18. 2year warranty
19. Mark of standard like CE / F AD or any other equivalent marking

Q-1(291)M&E/09

Vortex mixer technical, specifications


1. Should be especially designed for genetic engineering, diagnostic PCR research.
2. Table top model.
3. Operation mode : touch and continuous operation mode.
4. Rotation speed : 0-3000 RPM
5. Motor with low noise level
6. Interchangeable in tube , cup foam pad.
7. Heavy duty cast metal base and suction cup feet to avoid movement during mixing.
8. Power supply 220/240 V, 50/60 Hz
9. CE/FDA or other standard certification or any other equivalent certification.
10.2years warranty followed by CMC for three years.

Q-1(292)M&E/09

Specification for antigen retrieval system


1. Microwave based time and temperature controlled.
2. Dewax, rehydration and antigen retrieval of formalin fixed, paraffin embedded tissue
section.
3. Able to give high throughput i.e. 90-100 slides per run, and in less than 40-45 min. time
with optimized protocols.
4. Builtin temperature probe to measure solution temperature in real time.
5. User friendly.
6. Ventilation duct along with collar.
7. Should be in compliance to clinical and laboratory standards institute (CLSI) guidelines for
Microwave device used in the history laboratory.
8. Dimensions: 510 mm W * 380 mm H * 410 mm D
Weight: Less than 20 kg., Capacity: 25 Litr.
9. Microwave power: 850 Watts, Voltage: 230 V/50 Hz.
10. Should have CE certification.
11. Accessories: Slides racks-4 (Basket),
Microwavable tanks- 4 Telfon
Probe with tank- 1
Tank holder- 1
Collar- 1
Ventilation- 1.
12. Digital display and touch screen interface to set the time and temperature precisely and for
real time temperature display.
13. 2 year warranty followed by three year CMC
14. Reagents:
a) Start up kits for 500 slides.
b) Should have super heating properties.
c) Fast uniform, heating and cooling of solution.
d) Increase the antigenic epitopes in tissues along with preservation of tissue morphology
and reduce background staining.
e) Utilisation of the reagents should have short simple and standardized protocol.
Non hazardous, non flammable and odorless reagents+++++++
Q-1(293)M&E/09

Specification for Nephlometer


Bench top laser nephelometer capable of performing a range of
quantitative serum proteins assays simply, accurately and economically.
Using the principle of end point nephelometry.

Diode Laser beam class2.


Operating temperature 18-30 C.
Membrane alpha numeric key pad.
Printer interface along with essential accessories like:
-

Electronic Pipette.
Printer Interface with facility of print out of reports on
Pathology forms.

Capable of working on 110/120 V or 220 / 240 V ac50/60 HZ


Equipment to be functional from day of installation start up kits one
of each parameter minimum 25 kits with consumable accessories
like Printer paper -30, Printer ribbon three and pipette battery two
etc.
In case of closed system rate quotation of kits for next 5 years.

Installation and demonstration at place of working.


Working manual
5 yrs warranty
Start up reagents for 1000 tests.
Standard accessories, spares as per catalogues.
Should have authorized dealer /service centre in Delhi.
Equipments should be complete in all aspect to start working from day one including
printing of results.
Quotation for all consumables.
Specification of Semi Automatic Coagulation Analyzer
It should be Compact and easy to operate automated 4 channel coagulation analyzer for
analyzing upto 4 different Parameters simultaneously.
Parameters like PT, APTT, Fbg, TT and all factor assays should be possible on the
Coagulation analyzer.
It should have the facility to store at least 4 reagents onboard.
It should do automatic mixing of the cuvette after the addition of the reagent, with
automatic sensing of the reagent addition.
It should be able to store standard curve with maximum 6 points in it memory.

The analyzer should have a built in display and a built in graphic printer.
Computer connection: R 232.
Automatically calculates results related to the stored calibration curves with the
corresponding units, activity and international normalized ratio. (INR).
Installation and demonstration at place of working.
Working manual
5 yrs warranty
Start up reagents for 1000 tests.
Standard accessories, spares as per catalogues.
Should have authorized dealer /service centre in Delhi.
Equipments should be complete in all aspect to start working from day one including
printing of results.
Quotation for all consumables.

Q-1(294)M&E/09
Q-1(295)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF FIVE PART DIFFERENTIAL HAEMATOLOGY


ANALYSER

Should be fully automated 5-part differential haematology analyzer offering automatic


start-up, shut down and samples analysis.
It should be based on STATE OF THE ART TECHNOLOGY of Fluorescence Flow
Cytometry.
Should have FULLY AUTOMATED RETIC ANALYSIS mode using Fluorescence dye
for staining retics before counting and should not require any pretreatment.
Should have RANDOM ACCESS TESTING, with discrete analysis modes viz. CBC,
CBC+DIFFERENTIAL, CBC+RETIC+DIFFERENTIAL, CBC+RETIC.
It should provide following parameters WBC, RBC, HGB, HCT, MCV, MCH, MCHC,
PLT, P-LCR, PLT(OP), PCT, PDW, MPV, NEUT%, LYMPH%, MONO%, EOS%,
BASO%, NEUT#, LYMPB#, MONO#, EOS#, BASO#, RET%, RET#, HFR, MFR, LFR,
IRF, RDW-SD, RDW-CV.
Should provide HISTOGRAMS FOR RBC, PLT, AND SCATTERGRAMS OF DIFF,
WBC-BASO, RET, PLT-O, RET-EX.
Should have HIGH THROUGHPUT, of at least 60-80 samples per hour in all the discrete
analysis modes.
Should have multichannel analysis for better resolution and use Fluorescence based solid
semiconductor laser and flow cytometry inWBC/BASO and differential channels. Should
use Fluorescent dye/Semi conductor laser flowcytrometry for retic analysis.
Should use cyanide free reagent for colorimetric estimation of Hemoglobin.
Should provide COMPREHENSIVE INFORMATION SYSTEM, Network integration
possible with Lab Information system, 1000 sample data with histogram and scatter gram

storage for 5000 patients information storage and files each with 300 points for QC and
1000 test order information in memory.
Should use Solid Semiconductor laser or lower power consumption, higher stability, and
longer life thereby cutting down on maintenance cost.
Should have an AUTO SAMPLER with cap pierce making it a totally walkway system,
decreasing the manual intervention.
Should have Extensive QC feature, like files for X bar on LJ plot available, One file for X
bar M, provide Delta checks available for cumulative review and an option for online QC.
Firm must have its own Calibrators, Controls and reagents for the Analyser. They should
also provide calibration certificate.
The analyzer should have five years warranty, Reasonable price of AMC to be given after
warranty period.
Should have good installation base in Govt. Hospitals in Delhi and be backed by high
quality support at reasonable cost and unmatched network of well-trained service and
application support staff within NCT of Delhi.
The Analyser should be supplied with UPS of 30 minutes back up.
Should supply standard Blood Mixer along with Analyser.
The system should be supplied with free reagents of 1000 samples including reticulocyte
count and one complete set of calibrators.
5 years comprehensive warranty.
Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogue
Suitable UPS.
FDA and CE Certification
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(296)M&E/09

Specification for Dry- Biochemistry Analyzer


1.
Dry chemistry analyzer Strip based.
2.
17 clinical parameters approx (Glucose, cholesterol, TG, HDL cholesterol, GPT, GOT,
GGT, Creatinine, Urea Uric Acid, K+ Alkaline phosphate, Hb, Bilirubin, CK, Amylase,
Pancreatic Amylase, LDL Cholesterol.
3.
Sample volume of whole Blood -30ul- 50 ul
4.
Reliable test results comparable with standardized lab
methods.
5.
No reagents preparation, no calibration necessary, automatic
parameter detection.
6.
Should be immediately ready for measurement, plasma or serum quantitative results just
after 2 to 3 minutes.
7.
Patient / sample identification storage up to 60 results with date and time. Document with
built in printer IT connectivity.
8.
Measuring principal- Reflectance measurement based on the colour change in the test
strip.
9.
Measuring temperature 37.0o C + 0.1o C.
10.
Data interface -5 pin DIN socket as keyboard interface, 1 RS232C serial, DB 25 socket
for data to an external
computer.
11.
Direct printout on pathology report form.
12.
Installation and demonstration at place of working.
13.
Working manual.
14.
5 yrs comprehensive warranty.
15.
Start up reagents for 1000 tests.
16.
Standard accessories, spares as per catalogues.
17.
Should have authorized dealer /service centre in Delhi.
18.
Equipments should be complete in all aspect to start working
day one including back
up power pack/ compatible UPS.
19. Quotation for all consumables for next 5 years.

Q-1(297)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION OF ELECTROLYTE ANALYZER


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.

Fully Automated microprocessor controlled s Electrolyte Analyzer

Measured parameter-Na,K,Ca and CI/Li in the same machine without changing


solution packs.
Sample Volume It should be less than 100 ul.
Analysis Time-less than 60 seconds.
Sample throughtput-50 samples/hour.
Sample types-Whole Blood, serum, plasma, urine, dialysate, aqueous & QC solutions.
Fully automatic calibration of all parameter and reagents should e in a single pack for
all the parameters.
Maintain ce free electrodes.
Individual switch off/on facility of the parameter with different combinations.
Data display on built in LCD display screen.
Data printout on fast low noise thermal printer.
Fully visible measuring chamber.
Built in programmable stand-by mode facility for
economical operation.
Automatic Flagging of abnormal results.
Built in voltage stabilizer for the voltage range from
100-240 VAC/50HZ.
Should be FDA/CF approved.
Quotation for reagents if it is closed system.
Cost of all accessories.
Printout directs on Pathology report forms.
Store of results for 10,000 samples.
Installation and demonstration at place of working.
Working manual
5 yrs warranty
Start up reagents for 1000 tests.
Standard accessories, spares as per catalogues.
Should have authorized dealer /service centre in Delhi.
Equipments should be complete in all aspect to start working from day one including
printing of results.

Q-1(298)M&E/09

Fully Automated Coagulation Analyzer


1. Model no. and year of launch.
2. Bench top fully automated coagulation analyzer two probes, different for reagent and
samples.
3. Based on coagulometric, chromogenic and immunological tests.
4. Based on optical and mechanical technique.
5. 100 test per hour or more.
6. Having 15 sample position or more along with calibration.

7. Minimum three reagent positions of which minimum two should be refrigerated with
constant stirring.
8. Facility for pre heater.
9. Should accept primary sample tubes. On board bar code reader.
10. Alphanumeric key board.
11. Onboard autodilution.
12. Inbuilt printer.
13. Having liquid level sensor.
14. Capacity to have on board patient data for more than 300 samples also capacity to store
more than 20 QC data files with external printer.
15. Preference to facility of single report printing on
hospital laboratory form.
16. Open system
17. 210-240 V.
18. CE/FDA approved.
19. Installation and demonstration at place of working.
20. Working manual
21. 5 yrs comprehensive warranty
22. Start up reagents for 1000 tests.
23. Standard accessories, spares as per catalogues.
24. Should have authorized dealer /service centre in Delhi.
25. Equipments should be complete in all aspect to start working day one including back up
power pack compatible on line UPS.
26. Quotation for all consumables for next five years.
Q-1(299)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF THREE PART DIFFERENTIAL HAEMATOLOGY


ANALYSER

Should be fully automated haematology analyzer providing 18 parameters including a 3part differential, with user definable settings for RDW-CV and RDW-SD.
The system should give the Differential count as Lymphocytes, mixed population and
neutrophils while mixed population should include Eosinophils, Basophils and Monicytes.
The system should be capable of processing samples at a speed of 60 samples/hour.
The system should be Sample Rotary Valve(SRV) based for the precise sample alloquoting
for dilutions.
The system should have auto probe wiper to clean the sample probe automatically after
sample aspiration.
The system should use non cyanide based reagent for Hb estimation.
System for the reliability of the results, should have Electrical Impedence method of cell
counting with an integrated temperature sensor for monitoring and compensating for shifts
in room temperature.
The system should use to proven and approved Volumetric Metering system of cell
counting, for WBCs, RBCs AND PLTs for high precision of the results and stability of
the calibration.

The system should have a system of count and aperture monitoring every 0.5 secs for
precision and reliability of the counts.
The system should have automatic floating thresholds for the correct separation of RBCs
and PLTs during overlap in cases of Microcytes/large platelet.
System should not require any daily maintenance except daily shutdown.
The system should automatically give an alarm to the operator for doing the maintenance.
The system should use of reagents only high intensity LED for Hb estimation.
All reagents required should be available locally from the company or its authorized
distributor.
5 years comprehensive warranty.
Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogue
Suitable UPS.
FDA and CE Certification
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(300)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION OF HIGH SPEED STERILIZER


High Pressure High Speed Instrument Sterilizer with chamber diameter 400mm-500mm and
depth 600mm-800mm with chamber capacity of80-100 liters suitable for operation on electricity.
The unit will have inner chamber built AISI 316 grade stainless steel with outer cover of 304 grade
stainless steel and a jacket of BQ steel with the door of stainless steel 316 quality, back plate and
steam generator of stainless steel argon-arc welded with tubular mild steel stand.
Steam working pressure 2.1 Kg/square centimeter corresponding to working temperature of 134
degree C.
Permits two exhaust speeds; fast and slow.
The sterilizer would be capable of sterilizing instrument in 6 to 7 minutes.
Fully automatic operation through a user friendly microster.
The sterilizer would be incorporated with the following mountings and fittings:
A) Multiport operating valve consisting of 5 positions-off/slow, exhaust, vacuum dry,
sterilization and fast exhaust also fitted with one pressure gauge and one compound
gauge.
B) Mechanical ejector.
C) Self sterilizing vacuum drier.
D) One spring loaded safety valve and one vacuum breaker.
E) Chamber discharge line would consist of one plug screen, one dial thermometer, one
swing check valve, one steam trap and one extra connection with wheel valve for fast
exhaust.
F) Automatic self locking device-The door would have automatic locking device when it is
under pressure and heat resistant EPDM door gasket.
G) Stainless steel electric steam generator fitted with 3nos. 6KW heaters each, one low water
protection and one automatic pressure controller , one air break contactor with on/ off
switch indicating lamps, gauge glass assembly for the steam generator. The heaters
would be mounted on a thick stainless steel plate.

H) The jacket would be insulated with glasswool and covered with stainless steel cover.
I) Tray and basket for pre and post sterilization.
The unit would be provided with High Pressure Feed Water Pump for filling of water into the
steam generator when under pressure with interconnecting piping etc.
The unit would be manufactured as per ISI specifications and also would bear ISI certification
Mark IS: 3829(Part- I &II).

Physical demonstration should be made available


Q-1(301)M&E/09

Specification for OT light ceiling


It should be high intensity, shadow less with brilliant light ceiling mounted single
dome single reflector with following specificationsLight intensity at 01 meters
1, 00,0001, 25,000 lux
Diameter of dome
450mm --- 500 mm
Diameter of diachronic reflector
370mm---400mm
Action radius
130mm---- 140mm
Colour temperature
4300K
Halogen bulb
24V150W
Temperature at head area
2 degree celcious
Temperature rise at the field
not more then 8 degree C at 100K lux
Dome should made of aluminium and should be completely sealed
Glass of diachronic reflector should be incorporated with aluminium dome.
One main halogen bulb and one reserve halogen bulb, reserve halogen bulb should
be switched switched on automatically in a case of failure of main bulb.
Halogen bulb should be positioned at the centre of the heat absorbing colour
correcting filter and replacement of halogen bulb should be quick &without using
any tool.
Intensity control panel should be mounted on the dome with following featuresFeather touch key pad
On/off and intensity control
Intensity bar graphic display
Indicator from main & reserve bulb
Prefocussed illumination should be cool& shadow less
Flexible and spring balanced arm system for three dimensional positioning
Autoclavable handle at the centre of the dome
24V 150VA SMPS power supply unit should be provided
OT light should be epoxy powder coated.

OT light should tested for international standard for safety & quality such asIEC 60601-1
IEC60601-2-4
CE marked
Manufacturer should be ISO9001:2000/ISO13485:2003 certified.
Physical demonstration should be made available
Q-1(302)M&E/09

Specifications for OT light portable


It should have at least three reflectors mobile light mounted on rugged stand.
Low voltage transformer integrated in the base
Intensity control and switch provided on the main stand.
Technical Data
Diameter of Cupola
500mm-650mm
Light intensity
65,000-1, 00,000 lux
Field size
13-18cms
Colour temperature
4300 K
Heat rise at the field
10 degree C
Heat rise at the head area
2 degree C
Vertical movement
110 Cms
Halogen bulbs
3x24V 70W
Glass dichroic reflector and heat adsorbing colour correcting filters and diffuser for
high intensity, minimal, heat radiation and shadowless homogenous field of
illumination
Physical demonstration should be made available

Q-1(303)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
ACTIVE/PASSIVE TRAINER FOR UPPER & LOWER LIMBS
Active/ Passive Movement Therapy System for lower limbs and upper limbs.
Should have safety foot shells for feet and leg guides with calf shells to secure support for the
legs.

Leg guides should have suspension system to avoid pressure marks.


Electronic leg insertion aid to aid helps to insert and remove the legs.
The unit should be height adjustable.
Range of motor power in steps: 1-16
Velocity range: 0-60 rpm
The unit should have got servo cycling mode
The unit should have got movement protector & spasm control also.
The unit should have got gear shift control in the range of 1-20 steps
The unit should have got operating power consumption of max. 140 watts.
The unit should have got non-operating power consumption of max. 3 watts.
Leg guides with calf supports (1 pair)
Pedal radius quick adjustment.
Arm/upper body trainer active/passive
The unit should be compatible with functional electrical stimulator
Physical demonstration should be made available

Q-1(304)M&E/09

Specifications EPD (ELECTRIC PEN DRIVE)


Description
Electric Pen Drive
Speed 60,000 rpm
Rotary direction switch on the handpiece
Safety off switch and cable position on handpiece
Snap Lock for attachments with automatic locking and 8 different positions
Machine washable
Removable magnetic hand switch

Hand Switch, for Electric Pen Drive


Removable
Continuously variable speed
Telescopic extension for better control of long attachments
Lock slide for extra safety
Foot Switch (1 pedal), for Electric Pen Drive
Large pedal surface
Button for irrigation
Connection for additional foot switch
Bar for moving the foot switch
Continuously variable speed
Standard Console, with Irrigation, for Electric Pen Drive
Easy handling
Speed control at 4 levels
Integrated irrigation system with setting of speed dependant or constant irrigation
Irrigation pump with flow rate setting
Connections for 2 EPD drive units, 1 Adapter, 1 foot switch
Torque limiting possible
Electric Power Line Console
Drill Attachment with mini quick Coupling
Speed 1800 rpm approx
Drill Bits up to dia 6.0 mm
Drill Attachment with j-Latch coupling
Speed 1800 rpm approx
Drill Bits up to dia 6.mm
A O/ASIF Drill attachment
Speed 1800 rpm approx
Drill Bits up to dia 6.0 mm
Drill Attachment with Hexagonal Coupling
Speed 1800 rpm approx
Drill Bits up to dia 6.0 mm
Drill Attachment 45, cannulated, with Jacobs chuck
Speed 1800 rpm approx
Round drill bits can be used
Cannulation which is important for e.g. inserting cannulated screws
Oscillation Drill Attachment 45, with mini Quick Coupling
Soft Tissue protection
Frequency: 3200 osc/min

Drill Attachment 45, with J-Latch Coupling


Speed 1800 rpm approx
Better view to surgical site
Drill Attachment 90, Short/Long, with Mini Quick Coupling
Speed 1800 rpm approx
Exceptionally small head specifically for intra oral drilling
Screw Attachment with Mini Quick Coupling
Speed 400 rpm approx
Safe screw insertion with machine
Screw Attachment with AO/ASIF Coupling
Speed 400 rpm approx
Safe screw insertion with machine
Screw Attachment with Hexagonal Coupling
Speed 400 rpm approx
Safe screw insertion with machine
Kirschner Wire Attachment
Speed 2700 rpm approx
Attachment for dia 0.6 1.6 mm Kirschner wires
Tensioning Lever can be rotated by 300
Self gripping
Oscillating Saw Attachment
Frequency : 22000 osc/min approx
Amplitude : 15
Oscillating Saw Blade Crescentric, Usable Length 26.5 mm to 30.0 mm, Blade Width 13.3 mm to
21.9 mm, Cutting Thickness 0.6 mm, dia 18.0 ti 22.0 mm
105 angled Swa Blades, Usable Length 7.0 mm to 12.0 mm, Blade width 4.5 mm to 12.0 mm,
Cutting Thickness 0.38 mm
On pair spare Saw Blade of each size
Sagittal Saw Attachment
Frequency: 22000 osc/min approx
Amplitude : 5.8
Saw Blades can be inserted in 5 positions
Sagittal Saw Blade, Usable Length 18.0 mm to 31.0 mm, Blade width 2.5 mm to 16.0 mm, Cutting
Thickness 0.38 mm
One pair Spare Saw Blade of each size
Reciprocating Saw Attachment
Frequency : 18000 osc/min approx

Stroke: 2.5 mm
For reciprocating saw blades and rasps
Saw Blade, Usable Length 7.0 mm to 34.5 mm, Blade width 2.9 mm to 6.4 mm, Cutting Thickness
0.60 mm
One Pair Spare Saw Blade of each size
Burr Attachment Straight/Angled
Gear ratio 1:1
Craniotome Attachment and Dura Guards for Neurosurgery
Gear ratio 1:1
Good turning capabilities
3 sizes of dura Guards and corresponding Cranial Burrs
Perforator, Protection Sleeves and Trepan Burrs
Gear reduction 64:1
For safe opening of cranial vault
Irrigation Nozzle for Attachments
For Cooling
Burrs
Burrs, Round, dia 1.0 mm to 8.0 mm
Burrs, Round, Diamond coated, dia 1.0 mm to 6.0 mm
Acorn Burr dia 5.0 mm to 9.0 mm, Head Length 6.7 mm to 10.0 mm
Burr, Egg-shaped, dia 4.0 mm to 5.5 mm, Head Length 8.0 mm to 10.0 mm
Burr, Pear-shaped, dia 4.0 mm to 6.0 mm, Head Length 6.9 mm to 9.7 mm
Burr, Barrel-shaped, dia 4.0 to 6.0 mm, Head Length 90. mm to 11.0 mm
Burr, Tapered fissure, Carbide, dia 1.0 1.6 mm to 2.1 -2.6 mm, Head Length 4.3 mm to 16.0 mm
Burr, Inverted Cone, dia 6.5 mm, Head Length 6.1 mm
Drum Burr, dia 4.7 mm to 9.1 mm, Head Length 7.9 mm
Burr, Circular, Diamond Coated, dia 25.0 mm, Head Length 0.7 mm
Lindemann Reamer, dia 1.8 -2.3 mm, Head Length 20.2 mm
Swanson Burr, dia 2.0 mm to 5.0 mm, Head Length 6.3 mm to 15.8 mm
Burr, Pin-shaped, dia 1.1 1.4 to 3.0 mm, Head Length 6.0 mm to 34.9 mm
Neuro Burr, dia 1.7 mm to 2.9 mm, Head Length 2.3 mm to 3.8 mm
Drill Bit, dia 1.0 mm to 2.5 mm, Head Length 12.0 mm
Wire Pass Drill, dia 1.1 mm to 2.0 mm, Head Length 5.0 mm to 7.0 mm
Cranial Burrs, dia 1.2 1.8 mm to 1.7 -3.0 mm, Usable Length 11.0 to 25.0 mm
Dental Burrs 2.35 mm, Burr Round with Mini Quick Coupling, dia 3.0 mm to 5.0 mm, Total
Length 28.0 mm to 45.0 mm
Burr, Egg-shaped with Mini Quick Coupling, dia 7.0 mm to 8.0 mm, Head Length 4.8 mm to 11.0
mm, Total Length 28.0 mm to 45.0 mm
Burr,Conical with Mini Quick Coupling, dia 5.0 mm to 6.0 mm, Head Length 8.3 mm to 9.7 mm,
Total Length 23.0 mm to 45.0

Burr, Pear-shaped with Mini Quick Coupling, dia 5.0 mm to 6.0 mm, Head Length 8.3 mm to 9.7
mm, Total Length 23.0 mm to 45.0 mm
Burr, Tapered fissure with Mini Quick Coupling, dia 1.0 -2.1 mm to 1.6 3.2 mm, Head Length
11.3 mm to 12.0 mm, Total Length 31.0 mm to 45.0 mm
Burr, Circular with Mini Quick Coupling, dia 8.0 mm to 15.0 mm, Head Length 0.8 mm to 1.0
mm, Total Length 28.0 mm
Lindemann Reamer with Mini Quick Coupling, dia 2.0 2.3 mm, Head Length 35.0 mm, Total
Length 53.0 mm
Burr, Round with J-Latch Coupling, dia 3.0 mm to 5.0 mm, Total Length 28.0 mm to 45.0 mm
Burr, Egg-shaped with J-Latch Coupling, dia 7.0 mm to 8.0 mm, Head Length 4.8 mm to 11.0
mm, Total Length 28.0 mm to 45.0 mm
Burr, Conical with J-Latch Coupling, dia 5.0 mm to 6.0 mm, Head Length 8.3 mm to 9.7 mm,
Total Length 23.0 mm to 45.0 mm
Burr, Pear Shaped with J-Latch Coupling, dia 5.0 mm to 6.0 mm, Head Length 8.3 mm to 9.7 mm,
Total Length 23.0 mm to 45.0 mm
Burr, Tapered fissure with J-Latch Coupling, dia 1.0-2.1 mm to 1.6-3.2 mm, Head Length 11.3
mm to 12.0 mm, Total Length 31 mm to 45.0 mm
Burr, Circular with J-Latch Coupling, dia 8.0 mm to 15.0 mm, Head Length 0.8 mm to 1.0 mm,
Total Length 28.0 mm
Lindemann Reamer with J- Latch Coupling, dia 2.0-2.3mm, head Length 35.o mm,Total Length
53.0
Physical demonstration should be made available.

Q-1(305)M&E/09

HAND SURGERY INSTRUMENTS FOR CIO (YEAR-2009)


1. Cats and blunt retractor small size 16-18 mm in length --------- 2 no
2. Self retaining retractor small size 7-10 cm in length ------------ 1 no
3. Scissors 10-12 cm length pointed straight
Carbide tip and gold platted handle

-------------1 no

4. Scissors 10-12 cm length pointed curved


Carbide tip and gold platted handle

-------------1 no

5. Scissors 10-12 cm length blunt and straight


Carbide tip and gold platted handle

-------------1 no

6. Scissors 10-12 cm length blunt and curved


Carbide tip and gold platted handle
7. Scissors 18-18 cm length pointed straight
Carbide tip and gold platted handle
8. Scissors 15-18 cm length blunt straight
Carbide tip and gold platted handle

-------------1 no
-------------1 no
-------------1 no

9. Scissors 15-18 cm pointed curved


Carbide tip and gold platted handle

-------------1 no

10. Scissors 15-18 cm blunt curved


Carbide tip and gold platted handle

-------------1 no

11. Tendon carrier 12-15 cm straight

-------------1 no

12. Tendon carrier 12-15 cm curved

-------------1 no

13. Tendon carrier 25-30 cm length straight

-------------1 no

14. Tendon carrier 25-30 cm curved

-------------1 no

15. Bone cutter for small bones double action

-------------1 no

16. Bone nibbler for bones double action

-------------1 no

17. Bone awl for small bones

-------------1 no

18. Thumb forceps adsons 12-15 cm 2 teeth

-------------2 no

19. Thumb forceps adsons 12-15 cm 1 teeth

-------------2 no

20. Thumb forceps adsons 12-15 cm non toothed

-------------2 no

21. Artery forceps 12-15 cm straight

-------------4 no

22. Artery forceps 12-15 cm curved

-------------4 no

23. Artery forceps Right angled 15 cm -20 cm

-------------4 no

24. Allies forceps 12-15 cm in length

-------------4 no

25. Sterilizing case for hand surgery instruments


Size 26 cm x 20 cm x 5 cm

-------------1 no

26. Wire / pin cutter up to 3.2 mm

-------------1 no

27. Periostel elevator blunt 17-20 cm

-------------1 no

28. Bone curret angled up cup length


4-5 mm cup size 0-0000
29. Bone curret straight cup length
4-5 mm cup size 0-0000

-------------1 no
-------------1 no

30. Binocular Loupes with Magnification


3x-3.5x with head band for hand surgery

-------------1 no

31. Needle holder 12-15 cm length


Carbide tip and gold platted handle

-------------1 no (ton)

32. Bull dog clamps for small vessels

-------------1 sets (6 no)

33. Bull dog clamps for medium vessels

-------------1 sets (6 no)

34. Tendon stripper straight 15 cm


Open and close Tendon stripper
Straight 30 cm open and close

-------------1 no each
-------------1 no each

35. Fascia lata stripper 30 cm

-------------1 no

Physical demonstration should be made available

Q-1(306)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF TROLLY/STRETCHER FOR ORTHOPAEDICS


PATIENTS

The stretcher should have full length radio-lucent resin hard top / surface.
Two section platform and length from 200cms to 220 cms.
Should have x-ray cassette holder &tray which slides throughout whole length &
side cassette loading facility and accommodates all standard size x- ray cassettes
with close proximity of the cassette to the stretcher for optimal quality.
Hydraulic/ electric height adjustment from 60 cms to 110 cms including mattress,
should allow the use of c-arm and x-ray & high / low position.
The mattress made of high density foam and mattress should be waterproof.

Should have foldable side bars( both side), foldable IV stand, monitor and document
support, bowl holder with support, ancrage /urine bag support, folding push bar,
integrated pop-up push handles, arm rest, oxygen cylinder holder, sliding clamps,
two additional batteries, transformer for battery charger& fixed battery recharging
station.
Hydraulic/electric trendelenburg (foot- end) and reverse trendelenburg tilting.
Stretcher should be epoxy grey polyester coated steel frame.
Four castors with central blocking system, two directional head end pedal control at
each corner & 5th steering castor, four shock absorbers.
Folding telescopic IV pole with two hooks with adjustable height from 50 cms to
125 cms.
Should have 200 kg patient weight capacity.
Should have head immobiliser.
PHYSICAL DEMONSTRATION SHOULD BE MADE AVAILABLE.

Q-1(307)M&E/09

GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION


COMBINATION OF MICROWAVE DIATHERMY AND TRACTION
WITH COUCH
Combination equipment of Microwave Diathermy Therapy and Traction gives cumulative
benefits for early fast recovery of patients. Both Microwave Diathermy & Traction should be
attachable to a single couch with following specification:
SPECIFICATION OF MICROWAVE DIATHERMY:
Microwave Diathermy should be of the latest modern technology.
Microwave Diathermy for physical therapy and Rehabilitation has various intensity to
stimulate the energetic regulation capacity of the body cells.
The unit should have the following features:
It should have linear output without High Frequency Cables.
It should be without separate radiators/emitters.
Microwave Radiated through a brass Wave Guide with three slits
Operating Frequency: 2,450 MHz
Mains Voltage 230 V +/- 10%, 50 Hz.
Maximum average Output 250 watts
Pulse output 1500 W peak,
Optional Accessories: Automatic movement of the Microwave Diathermy under the couch

SPECIFICATION OF TRACTION UNIT:


TRACTION Unit should be computerized with have following facilities
Traction Machine should have possibility of any type of TRACTION force:
i)
Static Force , ii) Intermittent Force, iii) Pulsation Force
iv) Combination of Static, Intermittent or Pulsation force.
Traction Machine should have possibility of any conceivable type of traction:
i) Lumber Traction. ii) Cervical Traction.
iii)Hip Joint Traction iv) Thoracic Traction
v) Extremity Hand / Foot Traction
Essential Accessories Supply of Belts / Straps / Flexion stool and accessories for following
Tractions:
i) Lumber traction. Ii) Cervical Traction.
Optional Accessories Belts, Straps & Adaptor:
i) Hip Joint Traction ii) thoracic Traction
iii) Extremity Hand / Foot Traction
Suitable for all conceivable forms of Extensions (Cervical and Lumber)
With 60 programs for Extension i.e. 59 fixed and one variable programs.
Self Diagnostics -9 Service Programs
Dialogue between alphanumerical display and user.
Provision of Safety Switch controllable by patient.
Maximum Lumber Force
Maximum Cervical Force

60 kg.
12 kg.

Correct force in case of Lumber Vertebral Column Traction Due to the Roll Section.
COUCH should be of regged metal frame with padding material and dimensions should
be at least: 1900 mm (L), 720 mm (W) & 650 mm (H), COUCH should be such that both
the Microwave Therapy and the Traction Unit are attachable to the same COUCH;and
simultaneously the treatment of two therapies can be given to a patient for cumulative
benefit.
Comprehansive Warranty for one Year
Physical demonstration should be made available

Q-1(308)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
CONTINUOUS PASSIVE MOTION UNIT
Electronic Rehabilitator for passive Exercises of the lower limb ensures rapid post operative
recovery.
The unit should have got digital keyboard with LCD display.
Knee and Hip mobilization
Ankle Mobilization is must in the same unit.
Use of Memory Card
Speed during Flexion / Extension Control
Force control
Work time control
Automatic increase in Extension range
Pause during flexion / Extension
Automatic increase in Flexion range
Warm up Cycles.
The unit should have got functional panel on the unit only, but not on the patient stop switch or
remote control for patient safety.
Knee movement breadth : 0 -110
Ankle movement breadth ( mid limb ) : 10 - 70
Speed : 0.8 / sec 4.6 /sec
Force : 0-40 kg
Power supply: 85 -260 V /50-60 Hz
Electrical safety: Class 1 B Standard EN 60601 -1
Physical demonstration should be made available
Q-1(309)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
CONTINIOUS PASSIVVE MOTION MACHINE (UPPER LIMB)
The unit should have the following features:
Useful to prevent joint stiffness in the shoulder, post operative recovery of ROM
Should be used for bed side patients on supine position.
The machine is based on casters wheel for easy transportation not on the chair based.
Elevation in flexion range: 0 -180
Elevation in abduction: Complete physiological range
Internal external rotation range: 90 -0 -90
Speed, Range of movement: adjustment by electromechanical limit switch
Arm support for rotating movement.
Input: 12 V DC /50/60 Hz -4.8 W
Output: 12 V DC- 1.25 A
Electric safety : Class II B Standard EN 60601-1
Electromagnetic compatibility : Group 1 Class B Standard EN 60601-1-2

Classification according to EEC Directive 93/42: Class II a.


Weight: 20 Kg.
Power supply: 230 VAC -50 Hz, 400Ma
Physical demonstration should be made available

Q-1(310)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
COMPUTERISED CERVICAL AND LUMBER TRACTION UNIT
The Traction Unit should have got Seven different traction program modes
Should have High force setting from 2 -100 Kgs.
Should have Low force setting from 0 -98 Kgs.
Should Have Constant LED display of high and low force setting
The unit has got a Self checking and diagnostic facility
Treatment time from 0 -99 minutes
The unit should have got an audible alarm and force release facility at the completion of
treatment time.
The unit should have got a Patient safety switch with force release and audible alarm Hold and
rest time of 0 60 seconds
The unit should have got Battery back up in event of power failure.
The unit should be supplied with the Electric Variable Height Traction Couch (Imported) of
the following specifications:
Positive / Negative head section with breathing hole and pulg
Hand of Footswitch height control
Friction free rolling top
Floor level adjuster
Adjustable angle backrest
Physical demonstration should be made available

Q-1(311)M&E/09
Q-1(312)M&E/09

MOLECULAR LANCET (KNIFE)


Should have power output frequency 4 MHz or more of cell safety spectrum based on molecular
resonance principle.

Should use quartz to have high precision and consistency.


Should have microprocessor controlled safety check features and independent microprocessor
based safety circuits.
The system should have facility of monopolar and bipolar modes and should be activated through
both footswitch & finger switch.
There should be provision for two different outputs of monopolar mode ie. Cut/coagulation &
fulguration with separate slots.
For footswitch activation the system should have double pneumatic foot switch for monopolar &
single pneumatic foot switch for bipolar mode.
The system should support Laparoscopic & Endoscopic instrumentation.
The temperature of the electrode should not exdeed the necrosis temperature i.e. 50c while
cutting.
The system should offer the following power levels (approximately):
Bipolar
90 W
Fulguration
80W
Cold Pure Cut
160 W under 50C
Coagulation
100W
Blend
140W
The system Should be able to provide Coagulation at capillary level.
Should be compact and lightweight and should have auto diagnosis feature.
The system should offer high isolation (floating) class I type CF.
The system Should be quoted with full range of suitable autoclavable & single use accessories
complete with required handle & cable/probe including suitable needles/balls/loops/blades for
coagulation/cutting, Bipolar scissors 175-225 mm, Bipolar Forceps (Straight, 45 degree & Bayonet
shaped, Length 100-200 mm, Thickness 0.25-2.0 mm, Material Stainless Steel & Ag20Cu80),
Bipolar clamps 15 mm- 19 mm, disposal & reusable patient plate for adult, pediatric & neonatal
patients.
The system should comply with International safety standards supported by clinical trials/studies
and should be manufactured by I S O certified company. The bidder should have good numbers of
installations of the above system in delhi.
Physical demonstration should be made available.

Q-1(313)M&E/09

Technical specification for Sequential Compression Device for deep


Vein Thrombosis Prophylaxis
1. non invasive device
2. suitable for high risk patients such as obesity, advanced age, malignancy,etc.
3. should provide intermittent pulses of compressed air which sequentially inflate the multiple
chambers of the sleeve beginning at the ankle and moving upwards.
4. should have electrical operated system along with battery backup.
5. should have the provision to compress leg or foot, or both simultaneously.

6. should periodically reevaluate each patients refill time and automatically adjust for
changes in body position.
7. Physical demonstration should be made available.

Q-1(314)M&E/09
Q-1(315)M&E/09

CHILD BIRTH MODEL


Should be lower female abdomen with a removable diaphragm cover and remoable stomach
cover for manual positioning of fetus ; life-size pelvic cavity with all major anatomical
landmarks and a hand painted outline of the bony levis ; ultra soft vulval insert for
episiotomy exercises; simulated dorsoacral position for realisitic delivery technique; and
hand painted outline of the bony pelvis .
The childbirth simulator should be provided with vinyl skin includes two fetal babies and
placentas, spare stomach cover, two spare vulval inserts, two spare umbilical cords, and
carrying handle.
Simulator suitable for demonstration of all standard obstetrical procedure :
Fetal Palpation
Breech Birth
Normal Birth
C-Section Delivery
Episiotomy
Vertex presentation
Prolapse of Umbilical Cord
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Q-1(316)M&E/09

Portable Ultrasound Machine


Light weight preferably not more than 30 kg in weight
Capable of using broad bank/multi frequency transducer Tran abdominal (covex and rector) and
transvaginal transducer technology with connectivity of two/three transducers simultaneously.
Should be micro processor controlled with high resolution image matrix.

High resolution integrated monitor 9/12 with tilt with swivel facilty
256 level of grey scale
Alpha numeric key board with illuminated function. key and status display with panel switched
and foot control.
Should have real time zooming facility dynamic range enlargement and freeze facility.
Should be portable/have handle for transporting machine/should have integrated trolley which is
light weight fitted with wheels which can be easily locked .
Complete software for gynaecology, abdominal viscera & complete obstetric measurements (like
BPD, CRL, FL,AC fetal weight etc) which can be activated be easy one touch access.
The new technology should allow easy and user friendly and special user set up.
Facility for pre and post processing the scans.
Orientation symbol for scan planes, ultrasound probe position with complete display of all scan
parameters.
Multifunction electronic calipers for various measurements with track ball facility for image
magnification and guided biopsy.
Versatile scanner with excellent B and M mode with facility for B+ B and B+M Mode preferably
with cine memory , facility for possible up gradation.
Convex array abdominal transducers of 3.5 MHZ ( preferably multi-frequency probe of 2.7/3.5/5
MHZ), immersible.
Puncture attachments for the above, diameter 1.2 -3.6 mm.
End fire transvaginal probe, multi frequency 5, 6 7.5 MHZ, broad angle of inclination with
puncture attachment for above..
Environment limits
Operating temperature 10 to 40 Deg . VAC
Storage temperature 25 to 70 Deg C
Other accessories like Black & white video thermal printer with 10 rolls of high density recording
paper (may be quoted separately )
Should confirm to CE and IEC or equivalent standards for such category of equipment.

The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.


Q-1(317)M&E/09

Specification of Fiber Optic cold Light Source


1. Unique feature Bulb safety feature with supply machine with ON but bulb will not glow
ON. When intensity knob will turn to minimum point and restart. Then bulb will glow ON. Bulb
will start ignition from Zero to maximum . This process repeated also when supply cut off and
again restart the machine.
2. Two outlets for 250 W light
3. Temperature controlled by fans
4. Use micro control circuit
5. On-Off and out put selection by touch switch
6. IR filters
Technical Data
Power consumption 250 W/220/240 Volts
Weight - 4 KG
Dimension 6 X 10X 12
Mrf Masppo Medical Devices
Specification of Fiberoptic cable
Length - 7 feet 6 inches
Diameter - 4.8 mm
Easy cleaning
Mrf Masppo Medical Devices
Specification of Fiber optic Head Light

Easy to adjust angle


Made by non breakable material
Heavy duty
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(318)M&E/09

General specification
Of
Office hysteroscope
1. Telescope: Fore oblique 300 telescope, diameter 2 mm, length 26 cm, autoclavable, fiber optic
light transmission incorporated.
Quantity Two
2. Continuous flow Examination sheath (for use with above telescope): An inner and an outer tube
facilitating a continuous flow of distension media, with in and out flow stop cock with lure lock
adaptors, with an outer diameter of 3.6 mm.
Quantity Two
3. Continuous flow operating sheath (for use with above telescope): An inner and an outer tube of
diameter 4.2 mm with channel for 5 Fr. Operating instruments with in and out flow stop cock with
lure lock adaptors.
Quantity Two
4. Semi rigid Operating instruments, 5 Fr.diameter, length of 34 cm, to be used with above
operating sheath:
1. Biopsy and grasping forceps with double action jaws
Quantity Four
2. Scissors pointed with single action jaws
Quantity Four
3. Punch biopsy forceps through-cutting single action jaw
Quantity Four
4. Tenaculum grasping forceps, double action jaws
Quantity Four
5. Palpation probe
Quantity Four
6. Bipolar vaporization electrodes
Quantity Four
5. Video camera monitor and light source:

Endoscopic camera:
single chip camera
700 to 800 lines horizontal resolution

Light weight camera head with programmable function keys


Camera head should incorporate zoom lens of 21 to 36 mm focal length or
should a digital zooming facility
PAL system
Should have multiple Video output of BNC, RGB, S-VHS, and a optional
DVI or DV out put
One Unit

Color video Monitor:

Should be of medical grade


Should have a screen size of 19 more, flat screen TFT
Should incorporate PAL system
Should have multiple video input like BNC, RGB, S-VHS,DVI , DV , Dsub (VGA)out put
Should have a resolution of 1280 x 1024 pixels or more
One Unit
Xenon Light Source:
300 watts Xenon lamp
Should have a lamp life meter display
Manual / automatic continuous brightness control
Should be quoted along with a spare lamp
One Unit
Fiber-optic light cable
Should be autoclavable
Outer diameter 4.5 mm to 5.5 mm
Working length 230-250 cms.
Should be quoted with suitable connectors for various Telescope and Light
source
Two units
6. Electronic Co2 insufflator for Hysteroscope :
Flow rate of 0 to 100 ml/minute adjustable continuously; Max intrauterine pressure
of 200 mm of Hg pre-selectable continuously from 0 to 200 mm
Should be quoted with all standard accessories like CO2 Bottle, High pressure hose
and necessary insufflation tubing, filter etc.
One unit

1. The quoted equipment should confirm to CE & IEC standards or equivalent for such
category of equipment
2. The unit should be quoted with all the accessories so that when installed the unit should be
capable of full function without need for additional accessories.
3. The firm or its representative should be based in Delhi for easy after sales repair.

4. 2 years onsite warranty with periodic maintaining visits (minimum 4 visits in a year) over
these 2 years followed by an AMC for the next 5 years.
5. The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Approximate cost: Rs 20 lacs


Q-1(319)M&E/09
Q-1(320)M&E/09

Female Pelvis Skeleton with Genital Organs


Should be a skeleton model of the female pelvis with the correct position of female genital organs
in the pelvis .
The model should have a movable symphysis , hip bone, sacrum, coccyx, 2 lumbar vertebrae and a
female genital insert with rectum.
Womb and bladder should be removable.
The model should be mounted on base and weighing around 2 Kgs for easy mobility .
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(321)M&E/09
Q-1(322)M&E/09

Specification for patient transfer trolley


1. It should be Hydraulic
2. It should have adjustable height,side railings,poll for IV drip
3.It should be movable on sturdy and smooth moving wheel
4. It should have provision for keeping oxygen cylinder
5.Brake should be on all 4 corners
6. Trendelenburg/Reverse Trendelenburg should be there
7. Lift/Trendelenburg pedals on both sides
8. The overall dimension should be between 81-85 long & 30-33 wide
9. The height should be adjusted between 23 35
10.Weight should not be more than 250 Kgs

The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.


Q-1(323)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Integrated Laminar Flow Cabinet for Andrology
Size 4x2 with magnechelic gauge, zero dead space design, with three dual display CE marked
microprocessor based temperature controllers to control temperature of stage, table and block
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(324)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Embryo Freezer
Freezer should have self programming facility with minimum two hours of battery back up built in
the freezer. Unit should have sterilizing facility to avoid cross contamination.
Capacity: to keep straws
Battery back up-Two hours
Sterilizing-facility should be there.
Data logging facility should be there
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(325)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Clean Air System
UV lamp should be germicidal
Line Voltage as per our country
All Guard pre filter and HEPA filter
UV Chamber with Photo catalytic converter
Electronic sensors with Infrared motion
Scanner and Photo Ionization Chemical Detector
Computerised Control Panel
The Unit should cover 2500 Sq.feet area
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Q-1(326)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Makler Sperm Counting Chamber

To be used in conjunction with Computerised Sperm Analyser & Its reliability in carrying out
sperm analysis and sperm countingMakler Chamber method of sperm counting with cover slip and
class cover. The makler counting chamber should be 10 microns deep:1/10th of the depth of
ordinary hemocytometers, making it the shallowest of known chambers. Contructed from two
pieces of pitically flat glass, the upper layer serves as a cover glass, with a 1 sq.mm fine grid in the
center subdivided into 100 squares of 0.1 x 0.1 mm each. Spacing is firmly secured by four quartz
pins.
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
10 micron depth
100 X 100 grid
Complete with cover slip
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Q-1(327)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Ovum Aspiration Pump
Ovum aspiration pump with foot operated swish with vacuum gauge and regulator manufactured
to BS 5724 class 1 and CE safety regulation
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(328)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Digital CO2 Analyser
Technical Specification
- Digital CO2 Analyser Machine
- 0-20% digital sensor type infra red with LCD display
- With free hold facility
Detailed Specification:
- Measurement Range
0-60%
-Measurement Accuracy
At 5% CO2 + 0.25%
At 10% CO2 + 0.5%
At 20% CO2 + 1.0%
Operating Temperature
+5 C to 40 C
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Q-1(329)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


CO2 Gas Cylinders
Technical Specification
-Medical Grade CO2 cylinder
-With 2 stage gas regulators calibrated in PSI
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Q-1(330)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Cryocans, Canisters,Goblets
Technical Specification
Description
1. Cryocan, 20-25 litre capacity with long term storing capacity for embryo, sperms
2. Cryocans, 10 litre capacity with canisters(for large capacity and storage of specimens)
Accessories, canisters, goblets should be suplied alongwith both cryocans
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Q-1(331)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Trinocular Microscope
Technical Specification
- Coaxial coarse/fine knobs,tension adjustment
- Fine focus knob graduated blue filter
- Universal power supply
- Mirror unit-Plano concave
- Objectives: 4x,10X,40X,100X
- Eyepiece-LB eyepiece 10X,F.N.18 mm(anti fungus)
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(332)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Dry Bath

Technical Specification
-For heating of test tubes in removable, autoclavable, anodized aluniminium blocks for
maintenance of required temp with + 2 C, accuracy for ambient to 110C
-Temperature range ambient to 55 C with accuracy + 0.2 C
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(333)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Petri-Plate Pre-Warmer
Technical Specification
-For preheating of slides, Petridish,pipettes etc of desired temperature anodized plate
-Temperature range:From ambient to 1120C with accuracy of + 0.2 C
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Q-1(334)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Micrscope Stage Warmer
-

For maintaining the temperature of critical biological specimens at desired level during
microscopic observation. An iodized thickness with 50 mm central grove with glass and
175 x 155 mm dimension which should fit on most microscopic stages. Temperature range
ambient to 55C with accurary of + 0.2
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(335)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Incubator Thermometer
Technical Specification
- Medical grade thermometer to record temperature for calibration of CO2 incubator
- Visible yellow capillary
- Special range of 25C-50C with calibration certificate
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(336)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory

Fridge Thermometer
Technical Spefcification
-Medical grade thermometer for calibrating
-Show temp & Humidity
-Work on battery
-Portable can be placed anywhere
-Show Min/Max Temp
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(337)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Drug Refrigerator
For preservation of Culture Media & related drugs required in Andrology
Technical Specification
Temperature Alarm
-Digital display of temperature on front panel
-Temperature will be maintained at 4 C
-With circular chart recorder
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(338)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Vibrator/Massager
Technical Specification
Help patients to stimulate and ejaculations of Semen Faster
- Handy & Regid Design
- Two speed fast & slow
- With six attachments
- Portable design
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(339)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Stripper Micropipette with Pre sterilised Stripper tips
Technical Specification

-Gamma irradiated endotoxin tested flexible unbreakable, mouse embryo tested glass made
-of following sizes 135u, 150u, 175u
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(340)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Portable Test Tube Heater
Technical Specification
Unique Portable Test Tube Heater ideal for ovum pick up. This should heat Falcon tube
independently with its own rechargeable battery. Such four heaters should be housed in base
station where it will be recharged. The heater should have indication for battery status and
temperature. It should also have slot to view the Falcon Tube.
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(341)M&E/09
Q-1(342)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Hot Air Oven
Hot Air Oven Indian brand required for the sterilization of Glassware required in the Andrology
Technical Specification
1.Mechanical Convention type
2.Display temperature time
3.LED Display
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(343)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Pressurising Module System for IVF Lab
Innovative technology product based on basic concept of over pressure
The positive pressure system works on the basic princpal that IVF lab should be pressurised
compare to the adjoining room. This is achieved by supplying clean, disinfected and treated air to
the IVF lan. This system can also have an additional facility of introducing fresh air into the IVF
lab, system contains a unique 4 stage filtration system containing Prefilter, Hepa Filter and unique
blend of activated carbon and alumina which ensures wide variety of gases, particular
contaminants are oxidised or are absorbed. This unit is prepared with unique alarm system to

change the filter at the appropriate time. It shouldl have filter alarm with automatic visual
indication.
The firm should be willing to demonstrate
Q-1(344)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Laboratory Labelling System
It is powerful yet affordable tool to produce legible professonal looking labels for all the lab
samples while drastically reducing the time it actually takes to lable. The new lab expert printer
has full Alpha numerical key board with LCD display. It can print labels which can withstand
Liquid Nitrogen(-196 C) and also the label will withstand Autoclave(121 C) also it can withstand
all the harsh chemicals like xylene, Ethonol, DMSO,IPA,Tolune boiling water etc. One can use for
semen sample, eryovials embryology straw, slides, 4 well plats etc
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(345)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


UV Sterilizers
Technical Specification
Ultraviolet sterilizer for sterilization of air and sitting area
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(346)M&E/09
Q-1(347)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Colour Doppler Ultrasound Scanner System
A high precision digital beam former to proide unsurpassed image quality and to ensure uniform
resolution over entire field of view, which supports easy and fast exams
System shouldl have following features
- 15 in high resolution monitor
- Easy navigation with Toggle keys
- Integrated mode and gain control

- Interactive backlit keyboard/single hand operation


- Archive capabilities
- Smart Transducer cable management
- Onboard storage of all peripherals
Easy 3D software
Integrated, advanced, high speed 3D image rendering capability. System is capable of capturing 3
dimensional data from parallel and sweep movements. Automatic display of rendered image.
Advanced 3D software
Integrated advanced, high speed 3D image rendering capalility. System is capable of capturing 3
dimensional data from parallel and sweep movements. Color data can be acquired automatic
display of rendered image. 3D Landscape technology. Simultaneous display of 3 orthogonal
planes(Main Mode).
3.5 MHZ Convex Array Probe
This wide band , multi-frequency convex array proble with bandwidth betweeen 2.0 and 4.0 MHz
supports the following applications, abdomincal aortoiliac , fetal heart, obstetrics, pelvic and renal.
It provides a 64 mm aperture and a 58 degree field of view.
4-7.5 MHz Micro convex Endocavitary Probe. Preferred application:Gyn and Obstetrics, Broad
spectrum 4.7.5 MHz micro convex transducer.
Multiangle Bipsy guide for 3.5 MHZ Convex Probe
Footswitch
Image archiving using system hard disk and CD writer(CDRW)
Accessories (indegenously procured) supplied with main equipment
1.B/W Thermal printer with 20 thermal paper rolls
2.Color Inkjet Printer
3.UPS of suitable rating(battery backup of 15 to 30 minutes for Ultrasound machine)
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Q-1(348)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Computer Aided Sperm Analysis
The system should have image analysis for automatic generation of spermiograms and
morphological results. Easy handling should be based on windows user interface. The image
should be grabbed from video camera which mounted on Microscope processing of Video tape is
also be possible
Following should be possible wth the CASA System

1. Automatic analysis of sperm morality and morphology. Calculation of a complete


spermlogram in a low seconds, multiple recording for each sample arepossible
2. Storage of patients data and sample recorded on template in MS access and SQL server
3. Classification of spermatozoa accrding to WHO categories
4. Print of spermiogram by means of user defined HTML templates
5. Automatic export of data into MS excel for further statistical analysis
6. Storage to images from morpholocial analysis
7. Use of standard hardware reduces investment need
8. Measured parameters should be spermatozoa head(area,length and width in microns,
roundness, acrosome area, midpiece area nd head asymetry
9. Measured parameters in mortality should be
- Number of spermatozoa
- Concentration of spermatozoa
- VCL curvilinear velocity
- VSL straight line velocity
- ALH amplitude of lateral head displacement
- LIN linearity
- WOB wobble
- BCF Beat cross frequency
The hardware of the system should consist of Pentium IV PC,Windows XP, high resolution video
camera, image processing board, microscope wth dark field or phase contrast condenser of high
quality, phototube and C mount adapter, objective of 20X for motility naalysis , objective 100x for
morphological analysis and standard counting chamber
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Q-1(349)M&E/09

Specification for Equipment for IVF Laboratory


Electronic Weighing Machine
For weighing small amounts of the ingredients of the cultue media
For weighing media ingredient upto 0.001 mg
Make any Indian, branded
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(350)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS
NON INVASIVE CO-OXIMETER

Display type: High resolution TFT display

Display of Total Hemoglobin (SpHb), Oxygen Content (SpOC), Caraboxyhemoglobin (SpCO),


Methemoglobin (SpMet), pulse signal strength, plethysmograph and SpO2 values, Pulse rate,
Perfusion index, trend
Display of short trend of SPO2 or PR (selectable) along with plethysmograph.
At least 72 hrs graphical trends for HR and SPO2.
Alarm System for low oxygen saturation, High pulse rate and low pulse rate.
Should be US FDA approved to work during low perfusion and during motion conditions.
Variable pitch provides tonal variance for change in saturation
Detachable portable hand held for patient transport
SPO2 range: 1 to 100%
SPO2 mode
Pulse rate (HR): 30 to 240 bpm
Perfusion index 0.1% to 20%
Alarm both audible & visible
Rechargeable battery pack with auto charger for minimum 4 hr operation after mains failure.

It should be able to use more than 5 wavelength for measurement.


Accessories:
Adult Finger SensorPower: 220 VAC, 50 HZ
Quality Standard: Valid CE or FDA or JIS certificate of the offered model must be submitted with
the offer.
Q-1(351)M&E/09

VIDEO BRONCHOSCOPY SYSTEM WITH ELECTRO-CAUTERY


SYSTEM INCLUDES :
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)

Video Bronchoscope (Adult Therapeutic)


Video Bronchoscope (Paediatric)
Universal Video Processor
Xenon Light Source
High Resolution Monitor
Electro-Cautery Unit

SPECIFICATIONS :
VIDEO BRONCHOSCOPE (Adult Therapeutic) :
* Light weight & fully immersible in disinfection solution.
* 3 or 4 nos. programmable remote switches for user's convenience.
* Compatible with semi automatic leakage tester with air flow regulation from
attached light source airpump.
* Compatible with electrosurgical accessories and laser (Nd:YAG, Diode)

Field of View
Depth of field
Insertion tube Dia.
Working Length
Min. Visible distance
Instrument Channel Dia.
Bending Range

:
:
:
:
:
:
:

120 degree or more


3 mm to 100mm or better
5.9 mm to 6.0 mm
580 mm to 600 mm
3 mm from distal End
2.8 mm or more
Up 180 deg. & Down 130 deg.

VIDEO BRONCHOSCOPE (Paediatric) :


Ceramic tip design for thermal & electrical insulation to work with electrosurgical
accessories and laser.
User programmable remote switches (4 or more numbers)
Compatible with semi auto leakage tester with its air pressure and flow regulation thru
light sources air pump instead manual mode.
Field of view
Depth of field
Distal end & Insertion tube dia.
Working length
Instrment Channel dia.
Tip bending range

: 120 degree of more


: 3-100 mm or better
: 5.1 mm to 5.4 mm
: 600 mm to 625 mm
: 2 mm or more
: Up 180 deg, Down 130 deg.

Standard set should include Reusable & autoclavable Biopsy forceps (Standand) 1no,
Cytology Brush set (5-6 pieces, disposable type), Cleaning and maintenance kit,
Otherwise to be quoted separately.

UNIVERSAL VIDEO PROCESSOR :


Independent & Compact unit with high resolution & HD Imaging capacity.
Preferable provision of Narrow Band Image processing capacity.
Picture in Picture display possibility
Compatible with all types of Videobronchoscopes, Thoraco (pleura) videoscopes and
should be compatible for EBUS (ultrasound system) also.
HDTV & SDTV Signal Output
: RGB or YpbPr output
High definition / SDI output
: For Long distance transmission of video signals.
Should have Automatic Gain control and Contrast control functions.
Edge Enhancement
: 3 to 8 levels of switchable settings
Structure Enhancement
: Dual mode upto 7- 8 levels of switchable settings
Image display size
: 3 or 4 different sizes of image display on monitor

XENON LIGHT SOURCE (300 watts):


Separate & independent unit with High intensity Xenon Lamp (300W) & provision of
special NBI filters will be preferred.
Emergency halogen light and forced air cooling.
Main Lamp
Main Lamp life
Emergency lamp
Power supply

: Xenon short-arc lamp (300 watts) with switching


regulator mechanism.
: Appx. 500 hrs on continuous use.
: Halogen 12V 100 watts.
: 220 -240 V AC, Frequency 50/60 Hz, Input
current 3 A.

HIGH RESOLUTION LCD MONITOR :


-Flat Panel 19 inch LCD monitor with high resolution (1280 x 1024)
-Fully digital super high resolution, flicker free images with progressive scanning.
-Anti Glare coating
-Video Input
: RGB + Ext Sync, Y/c and Composite
ELECTRO-SURGICAL CAUTERY UNIT :
-Base frequency 350 kHz.
-Dedicated unit for Endoscopic Electrosurgical procedures.
-Output Method : Monopolar (50 Watts maximum for all settings)
-Cutting modes : 3 modes (Pure / Blend modes 2 settings)
-3 modes Coagulation : Strong, Soft & Autostop
-Adjustable increments : Monopolar : 5 W increments (2 W increments below 5w setting).
-Electric leaks should be not be more than 10 Micro A.
-Standby function for preventing accidental usage.
-Out put timer with monitoring if the output is used for more than a length of 10 sec.
-Audio / video alarming system for patient safety.

OPTIONAL / ALTERNATE MODEL FOR ADULT VIDEOBRONCHOSCOPE IN CASE


NBI FEATURE & EXTRA-LARGE CHANNEL SIZE IS REQUIRED.
VIDEO BRONCHOSCOPE (Adult Therapeutic) :
The scope should be capable of performing routine bronchoscopy and provision of NBI
imaging capacity will be preferred.
Ceramic tip design for thermal & electrical insulation to work with electrosurgical
accessories and laser.
User programmable remote switches (4 or more numbers)
Compatible with semi auto leakage tester with its air pressure and flow regulation thru

light sources air pump instead manual mode.


Field of view
Depth of field
Distal end dia.
Insertion tube dia.
Working length
Instrment Channel dia.
Tip bending range

: 120 degree of more


: 3-100 mm or better
: 5.9 mm to 6 mm
: 5.9 mm to 6 mm
: 600 mm to 625 mm
: 3mm to 3.2 mm
: Up 180 deg, Down 130 deg.

Standard set should include Reusable & autoclavable Biopsy forceps (Aligator jaws)
1no, Cytology Brush set (5-6 pieces, disposable type), Cleaning and maintenance kit,
Otherwise to be quoted separately.

Q-1(352)M&E/09
Specifications of Adult High Frequency Oscillation Ventilator ( HFOV )
Electrically Powered, Electronically Controlled High Frequency Ventilator for entire range of
Patients > 35 kgs with following important specifications :Frequency
Bias Flow
Mean Air way Pressure
Amplitude
% Insp. Time

:
:
:
:
:

3~15 Hz (180-900bpm)
0 ~ 60 LPM
5~ 55 cm H2O
7- 130 cm H2O
30 ~ 50%

Monitoring & Indications of at least the following or more :


Mean airway pressure
Amplitude
% inspiratory time
Frequency
Piston Position & Displacement
Bias Flow
Each of the ventilator must be supplied with following accessories :
1
2
3
4
5
6

Humidifier : Servo Controlled Humidifier with 2 chambers


Air / O2 blender with Air and Oxygen Hoses 1 each.
20 nos of High frequency Patient Circuit and the individual price of the circuit may also
be quoted for re purchase at later date.
UPS for 20 min power back-up
External Air Compressor to be quoted as option
Operation Manual and training material must be supplied.

Q-1(353)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF HIGH END ICU VENTILATOR


1. It should be advanced technology Neonatal, Infant, Paediatric & Adult Ventilator
2. It should have enhanced invasive and non-invasive ventilation (NPPV)
3. Tidal Volume: minimum 3 ml to 2000 ml or more
4. Respiratory rate: 1 to 150 BPM
5. Peak flow: 1 to 150 LPM
6. Inspiratory Pressure: 0 to 80 cm H2O
7. Inspiratory Time: 0.15 5 sec
8. Trigger sensitivity: by Pressure & Flow both
9. Pressure sensitivity: 0.5 20 cm h2O
10. Flow Sensitivity: 0.5 20 lpm
11. Flow Trigger should be available with PEEP.
12. PEEP : 0 to 50 cm h2O
13. Pressure Support : 0 to 80 cm H2O
14. FiO2 : 21 to 100% with alarm for low/high FiO2
15. Breath Type:
Volume Controlled, Pressure Controlled & Time Cycled Pressure limited
(TCPL) Ventilation.
16. Ventilator Modes:

Assist / Control Mandatory Ventilation (A/C), SIMV,


CPAP/ Pressure Support Ventilation (PSV)
Apnea Back-up, APRV/Biphasic, PRVC

17. Facility of manual breath, SIGH, inspiratory & expiratory hold, Volume Limit,
18. Bias flow, inspiratory rise settings & Synchronized Nebuliser.
19. Should have Automatic Tube Compensation & Leak Compensation.

20. Comprehensive Alarm System


21. Should work with double limb patient circuit both reusable & disposable.
22. Inbuilt Multicolor Monitor with display of parameters on Touch screen of 10-12 inches size.
23. Display of Inspired & Expired tidal volume, Breath rate, I:E ratio, FiO2, Peak Pressure, Mean
Airway pressure, Plateau Pressure, PEEP
24. Compliance both static & dynamic, Resistance, Autopeep, MIP
25. Peak inspiratory & expiratory flow.
26. Graphic display of 3 waveforms and 2 loops should be available at a time.
27. Should work on External/internal Air Compressor with battery back-up for at least 30 minutes
for the system including air compressor.
28. Should be quoted with Servo controlled Humidifier with 2 jars / chambers.
29. Source pressure of oxygen: 40 to 60 psi.
30. Breathing circuits reusable qty. 2 Nos. each for Neonates & pediatrics/Adult along with
proximal flow sensor for neonates.
31. Main A.C. supply 240 V 50 Hz.
32. The equipment must be FDA approved & CE marked or equivalent.

Q-1(354)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION
BODY PLETHYSMOGRAPH SYSTEM WITH DIFFUSION STUDY
1) A Single combined fully automatic computerized unit for the measurement of following
parameters :
*
*
*
*

Spirometry & Flow Volume Parameters .


Maximum Voluntary Ventilation (MVV),
Lung Volumes & capacities including TGV, RV & TLC,
Airway Resistance & Conductance Raw (Insp, exp.tot),
SRaw, Gaw, SGaw,
* Static & Dynamic Lung Compliance.

*
*
*
*

Single Breath Diffusion Capacity of Lungs (DLCO-sb),


SNIP (Diaphragmal Functions)
MIP/MEP for Respiratory Muscle Strength,
Broncho Provocation Test with Automatic Dosimeter.

2) Body Plethysmograph System with 890 Litres Box with rugged construction of
Aluminum and Security Glass having good thermal conductivity. Should have
Visibility from all directions (from inside as well as from outside).
3) Door construction should be specially designed to provide full proof tightness.
Should have facility for door closing and opening both by Operator and Patient.
4) System has quick thermal equilibrium. Intercom System to be provided for
Communication with patient while sitting inside the Box.
5) Should have Patient friendly Mouthpiece Assembly with facility for easy cleaning
& sterilization.
6) Should Incorporate Precision Quality Pressure Transducer for Box, Mouth
and Flow.
7) Should incorporate heated Pneumotach Transducer for measurement of Flow
& Volume parameters with highest accuracy, reliability & reproducibility.
* Minimum Flow Range : 0 14 Lit/sec (Linear)
* Resistance : 0.5cm H2O/L/Sec.
* Relative Accuracy : < 3%
(Should Meet Criteria for ATS Standards).
8) Provision of Automated Calibration and Test Procedure with Computer.
Each Test can be reviewed/computed on Screen.
9) System should incorporate Integrated Electronic Barometer.
10) Automatic Dosimeter /Nebulizer for Broncho Provocation Test.
(contd. Pg. 2)
Page : 2
11) Diffusion Module should incorporate Linear Gas Analyzers :
* Helium Analyzer, Range 0-15% He, Accuracy + 0.15%
* Carbon Monoxide Analyzer, Range 0-0.350% CO, Accuracy +/- 0.15%.

12) The System should be supplied with Powerful Software & Interpretation with
following features :a) Technique independent testing Patient can inspire or expire without loss of data.
b) Window XP based,
c) Calibration with 3 Litre Precision Syringe,
d) Incentive Spirometry : Flexible Screens which can be enlarged any moment.
e) Flow Volume Loops.
13) Control & measurement of the System should be from PC with following minimum
Specifications :
Pentium IV Core 2 Duo Processor, 1 GB RAM,
Full Keyboard, 17 TFT Colour Monitor,
Mouse, Windows, DVD R/W,
Hard Disc Drive (250 GByte)
HP Deskjet Colour Printer
UPS 1 KVA,
12) The System should have complete Computerized Gas Calibration & Box Calibration.
13) Predicted Equipment of various authors & user definable Predicted to be
incorporated. Facility to Enter & design user defined predicted equation.
14) Reports : Should have many report formats as well as user defined reports with
Editing and Cut/Paste Facility.
15) Lung Volume Colour Bar Graph Printout.
16) Meets all International Safety Standards, CE & ISO.
17) The System should be supplied with following accessories/Goods.
A) Gases :
Diffusion Gas Mixture Cylinder (CO & He) 2 Nos.
B) Accessories :
a) Pneumotach Screens (10 Nos)
b) Pulmonary Filters (100 Nos),
c) Noseclips (10 Nos)
d) Expired Bags (5 Nos),
e) Disposable Mouthpieces (500 Nos).
Q-1(355)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS
NITRIC OXIDE MEASURING SYSEM (IN EXHALED AIR)
* For the measurement of :

Maximal Value of Exhaled NO in ppb.


Averaged Expired Flow Rate
Averaged expired NO Flow Rate
Averaged expiratory pressure

* Should incorporate easy to use Non-Invasive technique with low operating cost.
* Should Incorporates Piezo Resistance Pressure Transducer for :a) Expired Flow Rate Measurement with
Flow Range : 0.01 to 1 Litre/Sec.
Expired Flow Rate controlled Range : 50 to 350 ml/sec.
b) Expired Pressure Measurement with :
Measuring Range : + 50cm H2O.
Expired Pressure Range : 10 20 cm H2O.
* Should Incorporate NO Analyzer :
i) Measurement Range : 1 to 300 ppb (Bronchial)
ii) Response Time : 25 sec.
iii) Analysis Time : 35 Sec.
iv) Accuracy
: Better than 2.5 PPB
v) Linearity
: error < 0.5 %
vi) Reproducibility : + 2.5 PPB.
* Should Incorporates facility for : * Adjustable Washout and sample Volume.
* Automatic Compensation of drift due to Temperature variation.
* Full quality control & history of Calibration.
* Facility for Serial History Table, Interpretation & report editor Module in the software.
* Should Meet ERS/ATS Standards of measurement.
Should be Supplied with Interface for Computer, Software, Standard accessories & Manual.
Should be supplied with Computer Pentium IV Duo Core 2 Processor, 1 GB RAM, 17 TFT Colour Monitor,
Keyboard, Mouse, Windows, DVD R/W, USB Ports, Hard Disc Drive (1x 250GByte) & HP Deskjet Printer.
Additional Accessories :
* Chemical Absorption Column (5 Nos),
* Pulmonary Filters (100 Nos),
Q-1(356)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS
PFT SYSTEM WITH DIFFUSION STUDY

For the measurement of :


* Spirometry & Flow Volume Parameters,
* Maximum Ventilation Volume (MVV),
* Lung Volumes & Sub-divisions including TLC, RV & FRC by Single Breath as well as
Multibreath Helium Dilution Method,
* Single Breath Diffusion Capacity (DLCO-He) , KCO,
* MIP/MEP for Respiratory Muscle Strength,
* Pre & Post Bronchodilator comparision.
System should incorporate Precision Dry Rolling Seal Spirometer (11-13 litre Capacity) /Heated Pneumotach for
highest accuracy & reproducibility.
Volume Resolution : < 8ml.
Volume Accuaracy : < 0.5%
Minimum Flow Range : + 14 Litres/Sec (Linear)
Flow Accuracy : < 3%
( Should meets Criteria for ATS Standards),
Should have Linear Gas Analyzers for :
Helium Analyzer, Range 0-15% Helium, Accuracy + 0.15%.
Carbon Monoxide Analyzer, Range 0-0.350% CO, Accuracy + 0.15%,
Should have O2 Analyzer for Precise O2 Compensation during FRC Test.
Oxygen Analyzer, Range 0-100% O2, Accuracy + 0.15%,
Automatic Gas Control Module with Automatic Filling Circuit and Oxygen Compensation.
Fully Automatic Test Procedure. Rapid & accurate Calibration with quality control.
System should incorporate easily removable Mouthpiece Assembly for rapid Cleaning and Sterilization.
Should be supplied complete with Computer Interface, Cables, Trolley, PFT Software,
3 Litre Calibration Syringe, Standard accessories & Instructions Manual.
Gas Mixture Cylinders - Diffusion Gas Mixture Cylinder & Cylinder for FRC Testing, are to be supplied
Additional Accessories : Pneumotach Screens (10 Nos), Pulmonary Filters (100 Nos), & Expired Bags (5 Nos),
Breathing Tubes for Volumetric Spirometry (10 Nos), Breathing Tubes for Multibreath FRC Test (4 Nos), to be
supplied.
Latest Pentium IV Core 2 Duo Processor, 1 GB RAM, full Keyboard, 17 TFT Colour Monitor, USB Ports,
Mouse, Windows, DVD R/W, HDD (250 GByte), HP Deskjet Printer and UPS.

Q-1(357)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS
(FOR EXERCISE TEST SYSTEM)

Should be compact & Trolley Mounted System Comprising :


State of the Art Computerized Exercise Test Assembly for On-line measurement of Workload, Ventilation, Anaerobic
Threshold, Oxygen Consumption, CO2 Production, Cardiac Frequency, Respiratory Rate, Ventilatory Equivalent, O2
Pulse, Respiratory Exchange Ratio, Nutritional Assessment, etc.
System should have built-in Oximeter (SaO2 measuring device),
Slow & Forced Spirometry Test and effect of dose/curves evolution study of Ventilation level during exercise.
Cardioscope with rate meter for 3 lead ECG monitoring,
System should have Barometric /Sample Pressure transducers & Temperature Sensors for monitoring ambient
conditions.
Should be capable of doing Sampling Analysis of Gases by Breath-By-Breath.
System should have facility for automatic calibration of Analyzers. Volume Transducer Calibration with Precision
Calibration Syringe.
System should include Precision Pneumotachograph with very low Flow Resistance and should not be influenced by
Humidity (Gold Standard).
* Minimum Flow Range : + 14 Litre/Sec.
* Accuracy : < 3%,
Flow Transducer should be connected to Analyzer by light weight/small dia tubing (Dead Space less than 15ml).
( Should meet Criteria for ATS Standards),
Should have Fast Response CO2 Analyzer (Infra Red Absorption/Spectrophotometer),
Range : 0 -10% CO2, Response Time < 90 msec.
Accuracy : 0.01%,
Should have Fast Response O2 Analyzer (Paramagnetic /Spectrophotometer),
Range : 0 100% ; Response Time < 90 msec.
Accuracy : 0.01%,
Software should support Windows XP and incorporate customized Predicted normal equations. Software should be
capable of changing Graphics displays during real time testing.
Programmable Cycle Ergometer. Minimum Load Range 20-850 Watts.
Speed Range : 30 130 rpm.
Load should be adjustable in steps as well as in RAMP fashion.
Handle & Seat height should be easily adjustable,
Should have user definable as well as pre programmed protocols.
Facility for manual Workload adjustment.
Should be supplied with Software, Standard accessories & Manual.
System should be supplied with additional accessories for atleast two years operation.
Computer Pentium IV Core 2 Duo Processor, 1 GB RAM, full keyboard, 17 TFT Colour Monitor, USB Ports,
Mouse, Windows, DVD R/W, Hard Disc Drive (250 GByte), HP Deskjet Printer and UPS.

Q-1(358)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR NON INVASIVE VENTILATOR

1. Modes of Operation : CPAP, Spontaneous/Timed/Bilevel Positive Pressure Ventilator.


2. Pressure Range

: IPAP : 4-40cm of H2O ; EPAP


CPAP : 4-20cm of H2O

: 4-20cm of H2O

3. Rate : 4 to 40 BPM.
4. Inspiratory Time : 0.5 to 3.0 sec. with resolution of 0.1 sec.
5. IPAP Rise Time
6. Oxygen Conc.

: 0.05 to 0.40 sec.


: 21 to 100%

7. Inbuilt Oxygen Blender Module to control FiO2 (21 to 100%)


8. Should Display graphs and following parameters on screen :
IPAP, EPAP, CPAP, Respiratory Rate, Exhaled Estimated Tidal Volume, Minute Volumes, Pl.
Leak, PIP, Percentag of Patient Triggered Breaths, Ti/Ttot,
9. Full Screen Real Time Graphics for display of Waveform display of Pressure, Vol and Flow
information, Patient parameter display, advanced alarms and Oxygen Blending facilities using
high pressure gas from wall outlet.
10. Facility for Audio Visual alarm for High Pressure, Low Pressure Apnea, Low Min Vol.
Ventilation , High /Low Rate.
11. Facility to assures optimum triggering and cycling sensitivity throughout changing
breathing pattern and leaks using an algorith for digitally tracking each breath of a patient.
12. Should automatically corrects Volumes for leaks and should allow for Tracking
changes on a breath to breath basis.
13. Equipment should be useful treatment of critically ill patients/Emergencies.
14. Should be supplied with Nasal & Full Masks, Circuits and Exhalation ports,
Standard Accessories, Manual & UPS (30 Min standby time).
Q-1(359)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS
FIBRE-OPTIC LARYNGOSCOPE

SPECIFICATION
Fibre optic Laryngoscope compatible with fibre illuminated (ISO 7376-3) handles
Should have replaceable fibre-optic bundle
Should have variety of blades Macintosh (4 Sizes) & Miller (6 Sizes)
Cold, Bright light 2800 LUX
Detachable & Autoclavable, Stainless Steel Blades
ISO 9001 & CE Standard

FIBRE-OPTIC LARYNGOSCOPE WITH MOVABLE TIP


SPECIFICATION
Cold, Bright Light 2800 LUX
Stainless Steel Blades & Handles
ISO 9001 & CE Standard
Should have Macintosh blades sizes 2, 3, 4 versions
Optimal smooth action 30 mm lever tip
Should have anti-seize spring design & movable tip by pressing on the actuating lever

Q-1(360)M&E/09

MODULAR Multiparameter Monitor for Intensive Care


Description
1

Display
Must be a Color TFT of size not less than 17 inches.
Commonly used buttons must be available for direct initiation e.g. NIBP, Silence Alarm
etc.
Configurable Screen formats such as but not limited to include : View BED, Oxy CRG,
Large Fonts with waveforms, 6, 8 or 10 waveforms display in a single screen, 12 lead
ECG only display, waveforms with minitrends display etc.
Alarm light indicator must be visible from distance and distinguable with type of color
and flashing frequency.
Module to be included

Standard 12 Lead ECG, Masimo SET SpO2, Dual Temp, Respiration, NIBP, 2 ch IBP,
Microstream ETCO2 & Cardiac output complete with one set of Pediatric and adults
accessories each.
IBP must be upgradable to atleast 4 channel

MINIMUM of 4 slots must be available for modules to expand the monitor functions.
3

Essential Features

5
6

Calculations screen for DRUG dose with titration tables must be included.
Facility to freeze the waveforms
Facility to select the alarms levels for various parameters
Should have arrhythmia detection and arrhythmia alarm facility
ST segment analysis.
NIBP modes must include manual and automatic with a choice to select the interval of
automatic readings aset between 1 Minute to 3 Hours
Should have non-volatile trending facility for at least 24 ~72 hours
USB ports must be available to connect additional mouse or keyboard for enhanced
performance.
Should be connectable to central nursing station.
Must have facility to interface with an external slave monitor
Accessories

Other than the one set of accessories included above for adults/paed patients, please
quote separate prices for neonatal accessories.
User's replaceable Recharge Batteries - 2 nos Lithium Ion or better technology must
be included.
Monitor should be supplied with a monitor bracket and necessary hardware for
mounting on a head wall unit.
3 or 4 channel printer module must be included.
Must conform to CE Mark and US FDA standards.
Quote separate prices for following Modules/facility:
Dual channel invasive pressure module
Respiratory Mechanics
Touch Screen operation

Q-1(361)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR 8 CHANNEL HEMODYNAMIC MONITORS


1.

Monitors should have modular design, i.e. one module for every parameter. Modules should be
insertable in any slot without any restriction. Modules should be colour coded to avoid inserting
wrong cables, leads.

2.

Display shall be multi-coloured, display size should be atleast 15" diagonal flat screen high
resolution display and display atleast eight waveforms, positioning of waveforms should be
anywhere on screen.

3.

Should have slave display size 21", should operate independently of main display i.e. waveforms in
slave display are independent of main display.

4.

Display should have two sections, one section shall provide all waveforms as normally displayed,
other section shall provide all numerics, alarm limit and 30 minute trend of each parameter
simultaneously.

5.

Display shall permit viewing of any prameter waveform and numerics from any bed on the system
via manual selection by the users. The function shall not interrupt normal monitoring of
physiological waveforms/values and alarms at the local bed and shall display any one trace from
another bed.

6.

Monitor should have audible and visual alarms capability.

7.

Should include hemodynamics calculations and vital sign and graphic trends. Trends should be
automatically stored for atleast 24 hours in at least one minute intervals.

8.

Numeric monitored data shall be viewable and recordable in a patient chart type format in at
periodic interval.

9.

5 years warranty with 3 years free service with spares and 2 years without spares.

Should have following modules :

ECG/Resp. 2 modules atleast three leads of selectable ECG should be displayed simultaneously.
Should have option for displaying 12 lead ECG through 5 lead ECG cable. Should include 5 lead ECG
cable.

Invasive Blood Pressure module should have selectable label capability with systolic, diastolic and
mean pressures being displayed 6 modules with reusable pressure transducer.

Non Invasive Blood Pressure - 2 modules. Interval for measurement should be programmeable by user,
manual measurements should also be possible. Should also include adult, small adult, peadiatric and
neonate cuffs.

Pulse Oximetry 2 modules - should provide oxygen saturation percentage level, include adult probe 4
units paediatric probe - 2 units, neonatal probe 2 units.

Cardiac Output 2 modules should also have option for continuous cardiac output.

Temperature - 4 modules.

Mainstream et CO2 modules 2 modules.

Q-1(362)M&E/09

Technical Specifications for Multiwell Gamma Counter

1.
2.

For Test Methods- Radioimmunoassay & IRMA


It should be Gamma Counter with following specifications:(System should be controlled by computer)
Gamma counter with 10 or more wells having NaI detectors for simultaneous
measurement of RIA tubes.
Computer with Monitor
Compatible PC with requisite software to measure, store and analyze data for various
hormonal estimations.
User friendly display and software / operating system.

Printer- Matrix printer compatible with the system i.e., Gamma Counter, should be
provided for output of measured results.
Power: 220-230V AC, 50HZ
Power conditioning: Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) of reputed firm for the whole
system with maintenance free batteries of reputed make, having at least 30min back-up
time.
Supporting documentation should include Operator manual containing a basic
description of system operation, a detailed description of utility soft wares and
calibration and adjustment procedures.
At least two long half life radioactive sources should be provided for performing quality
control procedures of this system
Maintenance:
The guaranteed up-time of the system within a normal working week, excluding any
planned preventive maintenance, provided the system is on a maintenance contract
should be 95% or 346 days (24x7) per year.
The supplier must ensure availability of expertise service and maintenance at New Delhi.
Spares availability and repair for the next 10years must be assured.
If the specified uptime mentioned above at 8.1 is not achieved, the warranty period will
be extended by double the number of days for which guaranteed up-time criteria was not
met.
Training: On site training for a period of one week should be organized at the time of
installation and for one week after 2-3months of installation. At the same time quality
control of the equipment will be done.
Warranty: Five years comprehensive warranty for the whole system with spares
including well detectors (including crystal), computer system, printer and UPS. The
comprehensive warranty will include regular preventive maintenance of the equipment.
The company should quote Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) Price
including spares for another 5years.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
9.
10.

Q-1(363)M&E/09

ULTRA LOW TEMPERATURE DEEP FREEZER


SPECIFICATION- 20C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Type vertical, microprocessor controlled.


Capacity- 330-380
temperature- 20degree centigrade
Suitable for the laboratory applications.
Adjustable spill proof shelves/ drawers, minimum
Inner chamber made up of G.I sheet and insulated with high density expanded polyurethane
(PUF) insulation.
7. Outer M>S sheet body pretreated and dully power coated.
8. Audio visual alarm or temperature deviation
9. Castor wheels for easily mobility.
10. Digital temperature control display and temperature recorder

11. Ecofriendly (CGCI/ HCFC free)


12. Internal illumination
13. Suitable to work at 230 volt, single phases 50 Hz AC supply.
14. Frost free
15. Carbon dioxide back up system must be inbuilt.
16. The system should offer positive closure to assure tight seal.
17. Double independent door gaset lockable and with door alarm.
18. Humidity controller in all compartment
19. Compatible CTV.
20. CE/FDA or other standard certification or any equivalent certification.
21. 2 years warrantee followed by 3 years CMC.
Q-1(364)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF FIVE PART DIFFERENTIAL


HAEMATOLOGY ANALYSER

Should be fully automated 5- part differential hematology analyzer offering automatic


start-up, shut down samples analysis.
It should be based on STATE OF THE ART TECHNOLOGY of Fluorescence flow
Cytometry.
Should have FULLY AUTOMATED RETIC ANALYSIS mode using fluorescence dye for
staining retics before counting and should not require any pretreatment.
Should have random access testing , with discrete analysis modes viz. CBC, CBC +
DIFFERENTIAL, CBC + RETIC + DIFFERENTIAL, CBC + RETIC,
It should provide following parameters WBC,RBC,
HGB,HCT,MCV,MCH,MCHC,PLT,P-LCR,PLT(OP),PCT,PDW,MPV,NEUT%,
LYMPH%,MONO%,EOS%, BASO%, NEUT #, LYMPB#,
MONO#,EOS#,BASO#,RET%,RET#, HFR, MFR, LFR,IRF, RDW-SD, RDW-CV.
Should provide HISTOGRAMS FOR RBC, PLT AND SCATTERGRAMS OF DIFF,
WBC-BASO, RET, PLT-O, RET-EX.
Should have HIGH THROUGHPUT, of at least 60-80 samples per hour in all the discrete
analysis modes.
Should have multi channel analysis for better resolution and uses fluorescence based solid
semiconductor laser and flow cytometry in WBC/BASO and differential channels. Should
use fluorescent dye/ semi conductor laser flow cytromentry for retic analysis.
Should use cyanide free reagent for colorimetric estimation of hemoglobin.
Should provide COMPREHENSIVE INFORMATION SYSTEM, Network integration
possible with lab information system, 1000 sample data with histogram and scatter gram
storage for 5000 patients information storage and files each with 300 points for QC and
1000 test order information in memory.
Should use solid semiconductor laser or lower power consumption, higher stability, and
longer life thereby cutting down on maintenance cost.
Should have an AUTO SAMPLER with cap pierce making it a totally walkway system,
decreasing the manual intervention.

Should have Extensive QC feature, like files for X bar on LJ plot available, One file for X
bar M. provide Delta checks available for cumulative review and an option for online QC.
Firm must have its own Calibrators, Controls and reagents for the Analyzer. They should
also provide calibration certificate.
The analyzer should have five years warranty, Reasonable price of AMC to be given after
warranty period.

Should have good installation base in Govt. Hospitals in Delhi and be backed by high
quality support at reasonable cost and unmatched network of well trained service and
application support staff within NCT of Delhi.
The Analyzer should be supplied with UPS of 30 minutes back up.
Should supply standard Blood Mixer along with Analyzer.
The system should be supplied with free reagents of 1000 samples including reticulocyte
count and one complete set of calibrators.
5 years comprehensive warranty.
Free installation at user site.
Standard accessories as per catalogue.
Suitable UPS.
FDA and CE Certification.
Working manual.
Should have authorized service centre in New Delhi/ Delhi.
Equipment should be complete in all aspects to start working from day one.

Q-1(365)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR ULTRA DEEP FREEZER (VERTICAL) - 80C


Name of Equipment
:
Ultra Deep Freezer (Vertical).
Total No. required
:
One
1- Working temperature50C to 80C
2- Volume
:
200 to 300 litters.
3- Monitoring + alarm :
It should :- Microprocessor control
- Display of warning signals and faults.
- Alarm, visual and acoustic, if set temperature limit exceeds.

4-

56789101112131415161718192021-

In built facilities to identify and temperature deviation beyond alarm set point to
show the error that has occurred and to display, it has been corrected.
Cooling: it should have:- CFC free refrigerants.
- Co2 Emergency cooling system.
- Washable condenser filter and indicator for advising removal/ cleaning of filters.
- In the event of power failular temperature should not drop to below- 10 degree
Centigrade take around 14-15 hours.
- Noise emission< 56 dB.
Cabinet insulated in Polyurethane CFC Free.
LCD display with a resolution of 0.1C.
Panel Control with constant indicating of temperature. Temperature sensor put-on into
liquid medium balanced bottle, simulating the blood temperature.
Alarm test.
Seven day temperature recording thermometer 6 chart, with battery backup (optional).
Power failure, door ajar alarm.
Audible- visible alarm high and low set points. Alarm silent button for audible alarm with
automatic re- connection.
Over side aluminum/ finned copper refrigeration coils provide rapid cool down and tight
temperature control ( + - 1C ) at any set point over the 2-10C range with forced inner
air circulation for maintenance of homogeneous temperature in all sectors.
Interior fluorescent light.
High / low voltage protector.
Mounted on wheels with brake system.
Inner chamber should be corrosion resistant and made up of stainless steel.
It should have ultra thin vacuum insulation with 5 year guarantee.
5 years warranty on compressor and to provide gases for 5 years free to cost and 24
months. Comprehensive warranty on equipment.
Firm to supply one pair of cryogloves along with the equipment.
Electrical connection 220 voltz = 50 HZ.
Company should provide 2 KVA voltage stabilizers.

Q-1(366)M&E/09

GENERAL SPECIFICATION

Tender No.
Equipments Name :

Haemodialysis Machine

SPECIFICATIONS FOR HAEMODIALYSIS MACHINE


SPECIFICATIONS
1. Facility for Acetate and Bicarbonate dialysis.
1. Facility for Volumetric preparation of Haemodialysis solution.
3. Easy Menu driven operation.
4. Microprocessor Controlled Heparin pump.
5. Facility to select dialysate flow from 300ml to 800ml/min.
6 .Facility to select blood from 0ml to 600ml /per min.
7. Facility for Ultra filtration control system (UF 0-4lt/hrs).
8. Facility for single needle and sequential dialysis.
9. Facility for filter to prevent pyrogen reactions.
10. Color LCD screen display monitor.
11. Facility for thermal & chemical disinfection.
12. Facility for flexible sodium, bicarbonate & ultra filtration profiling.
13. Facility for Blood, Air & Saline leak detection.
14. Facility for Automatic drip chamber adjusts.
15. Emergency power back up
16. Warranty for 7 years.
End of Specification of Haemodialysis Machine..

Q-1(367)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPCIFICATION FOR CRYTHERAPY UNIT


Should offer continuous flow of dry cooled air from the ambient air for inflammation reduction,
analgesia, muscle relaxation, metabolism activation and acute degenerative disease of support &
locomotors system like arthropathy, vertebragenic pain syndrome etc.

Should have IR sensor for temperature feedback.


Should have Guided Therapy System.
Should have biofeedback system, ensuring a constant treatment temperature.
Should have nozzle size of 5, 15 and 25 mm for various applications.
Should have adjustable therapy airflow from 100 to 1000 liters/min. in 10 steps.
Should have treatment temperature upto 32 Degree C.
Should have operating volume level less than 72 dBA.
Should have an option for treatment arm rest.
The system should make possible to measure the skin temperature and automatically adjust
the correct airflow in order to keep the skin temperature constant.

Q-1(368)M&E/09

SPCIFICATION FOR SHOULDER & ELBOW CPM


1. Chair mounted, bilaterally adjustable.
2. Control for adjusting the ROM angle, speed, time and pause functions.
3. Movement Range Flexion & extension with 20 to 180 Degree.
Abduction & adduction with fixed rotation: from 20 to 160 Degree.
Rotation with fixed abduction : 60 Degree internal to 90 Degree external rotation.
Horizontal abduction [-] 30 to 110 Degree.
4. Facility to mobilize elbow joint movement [-] 10 to 135 Degree in pronation and
supination.
Q-1(369)M&E/09

COMPUTERIZED PUSLED SHORTWAVE THERAPY UNIT.


FEATURES:
Automatic tuning, pulsed operation mode.
Pulse frequency should be 900-1200HZ.
Pulse width: 300-500 us. Selectable.
Coil & condenser field application.
30 minute timer.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Voltage 220V/50Hz/1 Phase.


Operating Frequencey: 27.12 MHz.
Peak output: Approx. 90 Watt.

Essential Accessories:
Main Unit should be supplied with:
One coil Disk applicator.
One set of condenser applicator.
Mobile trolley.
Q-1(370)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR A 4 CHANNEL EMG/NCS SYSTEM


Fully computerized EMG/NCS system with 4-channel facility. Following specifications are
essential :
a) The system should be based on latest Intel Pentium Processor core 2 duo, a minimum hard
disk capacity of at least 160GB, 2GB RAM with a DVD-Writer as standard, Microsoft window
XP professional.

b) Wave form acquisition, display and Storage: It should have a time base range of 0.2ms/div
to 5 sec/div,selectable for specific tests.
c) Amplifiers : TFT Monitor 17. The display modes of normal, normal and plus/minus with
artifact rejection facility and average display sensitivities 1 microV/div to 10mV/div,
depending on test, input impedance of >100Mohm. The software control for Sensitivity from 1
micro V/ div to 10mV/div, High filters 15Hz to 10kHz and low filters 1 to 500 Hz.
d) Electrical Stimulator: Each channel with current (from 0 to 100mA) and voltage (0 to
minimum 400v) stimulation facility and probe with adjustable intensity, with stimulation
duration of 0.01-1 ms and 0.1-100 per second. Stimulator should have probe for both adult &
pediatric size.
e) Application Software: Software should be based on the Windows XP operating system with
easy to use menus, flexible protocols, Anatomy Browser, with standard settings and user
definable settings software. It should have software packages for doing Quantitative EMG and
facility for EMG Free Run Storage on hard drive, along with audio with Replay. Facility for EMG
is desirable.
Software packages for Monitor Nerve Conduction, Sensory Nerve Conduction,
F-Wave, H-Wave and blink reflex studies.
All the test results data should be incorporated into Microsoft Word Software for patient
reporting.
f) Reusable accessories and required consumable including the following for performing all the
above studies should be included.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Ten 20[80z] 12 No.


Nuprep [40z] 12 No.
Disposable EMG needle electrodes 24 No.
Reusable leads for EMG needle electrodes 2 No.

g) Printer: Laser Printer for printing of patient reports.


Two year warranty + 5 years comprehensive maintenance contract to be included.
Demonstration & Training of staff.

Q-1(371)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION OF INDIRECT OPHTHALMOSCOPE


1. Binocular with variable Inter Pupilary Distance
2. Filters
a. Red Free
b. Cobalt Blue
3. Head Mounted
4. Variable Spot Size
5. Scleral Indentor

6. + 20 D lens, Double Aspheric, with Anti Reflective Coating


7. Assistants viewing Mirror
8. Extension cord
9. Carrying Case
10. Imported

Q-1(372)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION OF FLASH AUTOCLAVE


*

The autoclave of minimum 18 lt. capacity should provide sterilization at 1210


1340 C with vacuum cycle to remove to air pockets from the chamber.

There should be sterilization cycle for both bagged and not bagged tools including a
fast cycle at 1340 C &1210 C. the sterilization time and the drying time should be
combined and automatic.

There should be rapid warm up facility. All WARM up, sterilization and drying
cycles should be completely automatic and all parameters should be microprocessor
controlled.

There should be a motor for water charge. The heating element should be placed at out
side of the sterilizing chamber and should not be in touch with water.

Water tank should not be exposed.

Twin tank for fresh & contaminated water.

Door safety with electromagnetic lock.

Display of time, pressure & temperature.

The system should be supplied with incubator for biological validation as standard
configuration of the same manufacturer.

Optional printer.

The system should comply with International standards for sterilization and should be C. E
marked manufactured by I S O certified company.

Q-1(373)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF DIRECT OPHTHALMOSCOPE


1. Light source- halogen bulb
2. red free and cobalt blue filter
3. Dust free sealed optics
4. Universal convertible handle
5. Nickle-cadmium rechargeable battery
6. Spare bulbs
Q-1(374)M&E/09

Specifications of Tonopen
1. Portable / Handheld
2. IOP range 5 to 50 mm Hg.
3. Provide averaged readings on LCD display screen
4. Power source : long life battery power or
rechargeable battery
5. Supply of batteries for one year
6. Warranty
7. Transducer- 1-1.5mm, microstrain gaze
8. Accessaries: ocufilm tip covers
Q-1(375)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF DIAGNOSTIC LENS


+ 90D DIAGNOSTIC LENS FOR FUNDUS EXAMINATION
1. Aspheric lens

2.
3.
4.
5.

Anti-reflective coating
Holding ring sizeTwo small size & Two large size ring
Material- CR 39
For slit lamp biomicroscopy

ANNEXURE C
SPECIFICATIONS
+ 78 D DIAGNOSTIC LENS FOR FUNDUS EXAMINATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Aspheric lens
Anti-reflective coating
Holding ring sizeTwo small size & Two large size ring
Material- CR 39
For slit lamp biomicroscopy

Q-1(376)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF SCHIOTZ TONOMETER

1. Imported
2. With 5.5 gm, 7.5 gm and 10.gm weights
3. Test block
4. Conversion table

Q-1(377)M&E/09

VISUAL FIELD RECORDING SYSTEM WITH FACILITY FOR EARLY


DETECTION OF VISUAL FIELD LOSS
Compact field analyzer with inbuild LCD monitor utilizing frequency doubling technologywith
Stimulus : frequency doubled sinusoidal gratings
Fixation control : Video eye monitoring,Heijl krakau fixation method,Alternate fixation
targets,Threshold central 30 deg & macula-screening 30 deg.,24-2 ,30-2,N-30,10-2,Macula FDT
Full threshold.,Screening N-30 FDT Supra Threshold,24-2 FDT Supra-threshold,Glaucoma
Hemifield Test(GHT),Full colour print out using color inkjet printer,hard drive,floppy drie,CDR/W drive,RS 232 interface for PC compatible,very small size weight should be around 17
KG.Clinically validatd normative databases.

Q-1(378)M&E/09

KOEPPE GONIO LENS SET


Image magnification

Contact dia.

Static FOV.

Style

1.47 X

19 mm

160 degree

Large

1.5X

18mm

160 degree

Medium

1.55X

17mm

160 degree

Small

.OCULAR ABRAHAM IRIDOTOMY LENS


It should have a 8mm dia,66 D magnifying lens for viewing iris.
The Power density of laser beam at iris should be able to increase 2.5X compared with a flat lens.
It should have a 50 micron spot size setting that yields a 31 micron spot on the iris.
The lens should provide additional safety by reducing the power density at the cornea and retina by 2.8 X.
Lens height

Image magnification

Laser spot
magnification

Contact dia.

16.5mm

1.6X

0.63 X

15mm

. OCULAR THORPE FOUR MIRROR GONIO


1. Four 62 degree mirrors give a 360 degree view of the anterior chamber angle with only slight lens
rotation.
2. Posterior pole can be viewed through center of lens.
3. Lens height 32.2mm
4. Contact diameter 18mm.

Lens Height

Image magnification

Laser spot
magnification

Contact Dia.

Static FOV

32.2 mm

.93X

1.08X

18mm

150 degree

OCULAR THORPE SURGICAL GONIOSCOPE


1. Magnified view of anterior chamber angle.
2. Designed for Goniotomy or checking the placement of of an anterior chamber intraocular lens
3. It can be used with operating microscope or loupe
4. Lens height 32.5mm
5. Contact diameter 10mm

Q-1(379)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS IOL MASTER


1. Non-contact optical biometer with partially interferrometry for measurement:
2. Measurement of axial length

14-40mm

3. Depth of the anterior chamber 1.5 to 6.5 mm


4. Corneal radius

5-10 mm

5. Formula for IOL computation SRK 1, SRK II, T Holladay, Hofler Q Haigis
6. Instrument table
7. Printer
Q-1(380)M&E/09

SPECIFICTION OF O.T. TABLE (OPHTHALMOLOGY) WITH


HYDROLIC OUT CHAIRS.
The operating table should be with hydraulic foot pump and additional electro-hydraulic pump for
three different positioning: High/Low, - Lateral (left/right). Setting of positions via the
preselector pins and following activation by remote control unit. With rechargeable batteries,

separate battery charger with main cable, 230V Mobile on four double castors with cap, central
brake and spring-loaded directional castor to be activated by foot pedal. The table should be
quoted with standard with all standard accessories.
TECHNICAL DATA
Overall length, two head plate
Overall length, with head plate
Width of table top
Total width
Base (L x W)
Daim of swivel castors
Height adjustment
Trendelendurg
Reverse trendelendurg
Lateral either side
Back section
Leg plate divided
Swiveling of leg plate
Head section
Tilt of head section pad

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

1780mm
2130mm
540mm
590mm
1120 x 580mm
125mm
from 720 1080mm
30 deg.
30 deg.
+/- 20 deg.
+ 70 / -50 deg.
+20 / -90 deg.
55 deg.
+ 25 / -45 deg.
25 deg.

STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Shaped head rest,, connecting piece, Universal adaptor, shoulder plate, leg section, arm rest, body
restraint strap, anesthetic frame, anesthetic frame extension, infusion pole, body restraint strap. If
any other essential accessories should also be quoted.

Q-1(381)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR A & B SCANS ULTRASOUND FOR


OPHTHALMOLOGY

A-Scan can be used for biometric calculation and for quantifying the
reflectivity of lesions in the eye and orbit.
B-Scan is used for imaging the anatomy.
System completes with all hardware and software and report printer and
image recorder is required:
Technical Specification:
1.A-scan mode
2.B-scan mode
3.Dynamic movie archiving
4.Laser & video CD recording facility
5.Auto & manual measure function
6.Distance & area measurement on B-scan images
7.Vector A-scan measurement
8.Simultaneous B-scan with vector A-scan
9. A-scan dynamic recording with gain adjustments
10 Facility for IOL power calculations(all formulas)
11. Accessories & Spares:
System as specified
A Scan Probe-01; frequency > 10 MHz
B Scan Probe-01; frequency> 10 MHz
Integrated or compatible recorders/printersCD Recorder
Report printer
12. The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0-50deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%
The unit shall be capable of operating in ambient temperature of 20-30 deg
C and relative humidity of less than 70%
13. Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug
Reset table over current breaker shall be fitted for protection
Voltage corrector/stabilizer of appropriate ratings meeting ISI

Specifications.( Input 160-260 V and output 220-240 V and 50 Hz)


Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries for minimum one-hour backup should be supplied with the system.
14. Manufactures/Supplier should have ISO certificate to Quality Standard.
Should be FDA, CE, UL or BIS approved product
Comprehensive training for lab staff and support services till familiarity with
the system.
Electrical safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC 60601-1
General Requirements (OR EQUIVALENT international/national standard)
15. User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English.
Certificate of calibration and inspection.
List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine Preventive
Maintenance Support. as per manufacturer documentation in
service/technical manual.
List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and
costing.available in stock with the supplier.
Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner
clearly mentioning the page/para number of original catalogue/data
sheet.Any point ,if not substantiated with authenticated catalogue/manual,
will not be considered.
Log book with instruction for daily , weekly, monthly and quarterly
maintenance checklist.
The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer
should be clearly spelt out
Q-1(382)M&E/09

SPECI FICATION OF HIGH RESOLUTION 3-D OCT FOR POSTERIOR


SEGMENT ALONG WITH CORNEA MODULE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Axial Resolution: 5 micron in tissue


Scan Speed: Minimum 23000-26000 A scan per second
Transverse resolution 20 micron (um)
Validated normative data for retinal and glaucoma applications
A scan depth 2mm in tissue
Pupil size requirement 2.5mm to 3mm

7.
8.
9.
10.

Field of view minimum 26 degree x 20 degree


Internal & external fixation
Optical source-super Luminescent diode 750-840mm
Retina Analysis
macula total retinal thickness scab
inner retinal thickness
outer retinal thickness
RPE Elevation
ILM elevation
Progression Analysis
3-D Macula
Glaucoma analysis
Retinal Nerve Fibre Layer analysis
ONH Analysis
Progression analysis
Ganglion Cells Analysis validated normative data for retinal & glaucoma
applications
3-D Disk
Cornea Analysis
Angle Measurement
Central Pachymetry
Lasik Flap
3-D Cornea
Original motorized table
External Computer with Photo quality printer
US FDA approved
UPS as required for the equipment

11.

12

13.
14
15.
16.

Q-1(383)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS OF GONIOSCOPES
THREE MIRROR GONIOSOPES
(GOLDMAN TYPE)
1
2
3
4

Anti-reflective coating
Angles of Mirrors590, 670, 730
Universal style
Lens height 30-33 mm

SINGLEMIRROR GONIOSOPES
(GOLDMAN TYPE)

1. Anti-reflective coating
2. Angle of Mirror 620
3. Does not require methylcellulose for gonioscopy

FOUR MIRROR GONIOSOPES


(POSNER TYPE)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Anti-reflective coating
Angles of Mirrors640
Ergonomic handle to hold the lens
Small diameter contact surface
Does not require Methyl cellulose for gonioscopy

Q-1(384)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR POTENTIAL ACUITI METER:


To assess retinal visual acuity independent of ocular media using projection of
variable pattern of interference fringes
To be used with illuminated device of slit lamp
Visual acuity range 0-2.4 different fringe position
The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 050deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%
The unit shall be capable of operating in ambient temperature of 20-30 deg C and
relative humidity of less than 70%
Manufactures/Supplier should have ISO certificate to Quality Standard.
Should be FDA, CE, UL or BIS approved product
Comprehensive training for lab staff and support services till familiarity with the
system.
User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English.
List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine Preventive
Maintenance Support. as per manufacturer documentation in service/technical
manual.
List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing.
Log book with instruction for daily , weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance
checklist.
The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should
be clearly spelt out
Certificate of calibration and inspection.
Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner clearly
mentioning the page/Para number of original catalogue/data sheet. Any point ,if
not substantiated with authenticated catalogue/manual, will not be considered.
Q-1(385)M&E/09
Q-1(386)M&E/09
Q-1(387)M&E/09

Q-1(388)M&E/09

General Specifications for Flexible Cystonephroscope


1.
2.
3.
4.

Distal tip size of 14.6Fr or less


Deflection of 180o up and 170o down
Direction of view in water 9 degree & in water 12 degree
Should have rotatable light post with removable light cable for convenience and
use with light source of any make
5. Should have rotatable universal biopsy port
6. Should have a working channel of minimum 6.4Fr
7. The outer covering should be lubricious for easy access and minimizing the need
for dilation
8. Cable compensation system should ensure logical deflection
9. Warranty 1 year against cable breakage and deflection adjustment to be
provided
10. Should be supplied with the following accessories :
a. Adjustable biopsy port seals for accessories < 6Fr (6/pkg)
- 2 box
b. Green Silicon seals for accessories < 7Fr (12/pkg)
- 2 box
c. Grasping forceps, 4 prong with retractable sheath 5Fr
- 6 nos.
d. Flexible biopsy forceps
- 4 nos.
e. Cleaning brush, 5Fr, 60cm
- 2 nos.

Q-1(389)M&E/09

General Specifications for C-Arm IITV System


1. Stationary Anode X-ray Tube : 0.6/1.5mm foci
2. Monoblock/ Inverter Power : 3.5KW
3. High frequency X-ray Generator, 40KHz
4. Radiography mAs 250, 40-110KV, 30-80mA (100 kV-35mA)
5. Continuous Fluoroscopy: 40-110 KV, 0.2-4mA
6. Pulse Fluoroscopy: 40-110KV, 0.2-4mA
7. 9 (96-4) image intensifier
8. High definition TV system
9. Automatic contrast control system (ABC)
10. Easy use control panel with liquid crystal display
11. Radiography hand switch
12. Fluoroscopy food pedal
13. Cassette holder
14. 17 Monitor 2 nos. with trolley
15. Digital memory for 32 images with last image hold

Q-1(390)M&E/09

GENERAL SPECIFICATION OF RESECTOSCOPE & LENSES


Qty (nos.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

25-30o

Hopkins-II lens
Adult percutaneous nephroscope sheath 20.8Fr
Stone grasping forcep 3.5mm diameter
Adult percutaneous nephroscope outer cover 24 Fr
Telescopic metallic dilator 9-30Fr with guide rod
Amplataz facial dilator set 30Fr, 26 Fr
Alligator jaw forcep 5Fr
24Fr inner resectoscope sheath with oblique beak

2
1
4
1
1
2 each
2
2

Q-1(391)M&E/09

GENERAL SPECIFICATION OF PAEDIATRIC CYSTOURETHROSCOPE & CAMERA


1. Paediatric Cystourethroscope
Slno. Specification
1

Compact universal operating cystourethroscope sheath of 9.5Fr with obturator


14cm long with two luerlock connector and instrument channel of 5Fr, working
length 102mm

Qty
(nos.)
1

2. Three Chip Camera :


Quantity 1 no.
1. It should be three chip camera with 3 x CCD image censor chip
2. Its resolution should be 700-750mm horizontal and should have 750-760 (H) x 570-590
(V) pixels per chip
3. Its diameter should be 30-34mm with length of 125mm with weight of 175grams
4. Min. sensitivity should be 3 Lux (F=1.4mm with integrated parfocal zoom lens f=14-28mm
5. Signal to noise ratio of CCU unit should be 60db
6. CCU unit should be microprocessor controlled with dimension of 305mmx89mmx335mm
with weight 2.95kg
7. Programmable control buttons on camera head for controlling, gain, white balance shutter
speed, video printer and recorder
8. Keyboard input for data entry through built in character generator
9. It should have feature of image enhancement digital, contrast enhancement
10. Camera should be compatible with FBAS, S-VHS and RGB manual or automatic exposure
control (1/50 sec-1/10000)
11. Should have automatic white balance with storage functions for two white balance values
12. Unit should be certified to CE according to MDD

Q-1(392)M&E/09

Specification for portable colour Doppler Echo Cardiography machine


1. The unite should be fully digital compact, lightweight and portable. Specify weight and
dimensions. Weight should not exceed 10 kg excluding cart and accessories.
2. It should be suitable for cardiac, abdominal, breast, vascular access; vascular
applications in adults and pediatric patients, multiple preloaded application presents
should be available.
3. The unit must have real time compound imaging for improved contrast resolution and
eliminating ultrasound artifact to achieve optimum image quality on convex & linear
transducers. Please specify the name of technology.
4. The unit must have automatic gain adjustment for 2D mode.
5. Scanning depth must be available up to 30 cm.
6. System should support board band/wide band Transducer Technology. System should
have Linear Array, Curved Array, phased Array transducers.
7. System must have frequency range from 1 14 MHz (+ 1MHz)
8. Imaging modes of Real time 2D, Colour Doppler, Pulsed wave Doppler, continuous
wave Doppler, Power (energy) Doppler should be available.
9. Controls for 2D mode: Total gain, depth, dynamic range, auto gain
10. System should have fast start upto scanning as essential in critical and emergency
situations.
11. Controls for colour Doppler: PRF, colour gain, position and size of ROI steering of
ROI, Colour maps and colour invert.
12. Controls for pulsed Doppler: variable sample volume size from 1 to 5 mm or more,
steer, PEF, baseline, gain, angle correction, spectral invert.
13. Cine memory on all modes.
14. DICOM ready system, with DISCOM print, save, modality work list.
15. Flat LCD/TFT monitor of at least 10 inches.
16. Alphanumeric soft keys keyboard with easy access scans controls, sanitization of
system keyboard must be possible to avoid cross contamination in OT.
17. Onboard storage of at least 10000 images. Storage in BMP and AVI format should be
possible. Sorting of database with patient name and date should be possible.
18. USB port for connectivity to computer.
19. Unit should function with 200-240 V, 50 Hz AC. Specify power requirement.
20. System must have inbuilt battery backup; of at least 2 hours.
21. Transducers to be supplied with machine
1. 4-8 MHZ BROADBAND PHASED ARRAY TRANSDUCER FOR PAEDIATRIC,
CARDIAC, PAEDIATRIC & NEONATAL, NERVE APPLICATIONS
2. 5-1 MHZ BROADBAND PHASED ARRAY TRANSDUCER FOR CARDIAC, TCD
APPLICATION
3. 5-2 MHz CURVED ARRAY TRANSDUCER FOR ABDOMINAL
22. Demonstration of Machine is a must.
23. Warranty, inclusive of all parts for five years must be offered .AMC charges, after five
years warranty should be quoted

Q-1(393)M&E/09

Technical specification for Thromboelastometer machine

1. The equipment should work on electromagnetic principle and measure secondary


oscillation of the wire induced by blood clot.
2. The equipment should ;be a modular system with the facility to upgrade from one to four
analyzing channels with in the main machine and should be able to run all the analyzing
channels simultaneously.
3. The equipment should come with prefixed wire sensor (Torsion Wire) so as not to change
wire sensor with a new test for accuracy of results.
4. Complete procedure from loading of sample, heating of blood sample to mechanical
synchronization with electronic components should be fully automatic with out any
procedure being done manually.
5. The equipment should have integrated Notebook with in the main equipment.
6. The equipment should have automatic electromagnetic brake system for protection of
Sensor, when not in use.
7. The blood sample requirement for single test should be not more than 360 micro liter.
8. Parameters like A 10 and A20 for early detection of hyper coagulant samples and
hypocoagulant samples respectively must be interpreted along with parameters like R
time, K time , Alpha angle, Maximum amplitude and L Y 30/60 etc.

Q-1(394)M&E/09

Technical Specification for the purchase of P.L.C controlled Fully


Automatic Horizontal Cylindrical High speed Steam Sterilizer.
a. It should be High speed steam Sterilizer Bearing ISI MARK IS ; 3829
b. Size should be appro. 500 mm x 900 mm( 20 x 36
c. The chamber should be constructed of heavy duty SS 316 of 6 mm thickness with full argon
Welding.
d. The chamber material and construction should meet ASME standards for unfired vessels.
e. Door will be constructed of SS 316 grade & should be provided with Silicone gasket,
automatic safety locking & unlocking devices.
f. Chamber & door of the sterilizer should be designed for working under positive pressure up
to 31 psi at temperature of 1.30 C-135 C.
g. The autoclave should be insulated with 50 mm thick resin bonded glass wool
enclosed with a stainless steel outer skin.

h. Pipes and fittings should be of SS & bronze fitted with ball type & solenoid valve
i. The sterilizer should be complete with a water ring vacuum pump.
j. The autoclave should be fully programmable with PLC based technology to control
&monitor different sterilizing cycles depending upon the load. P.L.C. should be of 4 Line
display (80 characters) displaying Date, Time, Pressure Temperature & Status of the load.
k. P.L.C. should be of visible display displaying Date, Time, Pressure Temperature & status of
the load. The manual operation facility is provided as a stand by control.
l. The autoclave should be equipped with a printer to record & Print the information during the
cycle such as temperature, pressure, cycle time etc.
m. A rotary witch should be provided for operating cycle in manual mode in case of P.L.C.
failure.
n. Automatic system for operating sterilizer, controlled with Air break contactors, Pressure
switch , Solenoid Valves with electronic power supply. The unit can also be operated
manually.
o. Electrical steam generator and Boiler plate made of Stainless Steel and gauge glass tube with
protector for viewing of water level.
p. Air Over steam pulsing pressure system.
q. Automatic high pressure water feeding pump.
r. Safety valves, Self sterilizing vacuum drier, Pressure gauge, Compound gauge, Steam trap,
Swing Check Valve & Screen Plug.
s. The sterilizer should be complete with a water ring vacuum pump.
t. Equipment should have warranty of 2 years and AMC for 4 years & CMC for next 4 years
u. Tenderer should have an minimum experience of 5 years of maintenance of these type of
equipment.
Q-1(395)M&E/09

ENDOVISION SYSTEM FOR FIBEROPTIC BRONCHOSCOPY

Xenon Cold Light Source


Should have 175 watts Xenon light intensity with colour temperature more than
6000 K. Light intensity should be manually adjustable. It should be compatible
with Indian power supply 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
Fiberoptic light cable length, 250 cm, dia.4.8 mm
Colour monitor screen 36 cm
There should be 2 video and audio channels separately.
Should have high resolution of more than 600 lines.

Screen 36 cm HR tube.
It should be compatible with S-VHS, RGB
It should have built in speaker system.
There should be Y/C signal socket.
It should also be RGB signals.
Dimensions : 346 mm x 340mm x 430 mm (wxhxd) (Approx.)

Endovision Camera
Endovision single chip cemera with IPM (Integrated Image processing module). Focal
Length should be 25 mm-50mm. It should have high horizontal image resolution more than 250
lines and also should integrate parfocal zoom lens. It should have 2 programmable function key in
the camera head for control of cemera function, video, printer/recorder function. It should have
automatic white balance with memory function. It should have alternatively manual or automatic
digital exposure control, weight of control unit 2.95 kg (approx), power supply 100-240 VAC,
50/60 Hz. It should be supplied with following accessories:BNC connecting cables, S-SHS connecting cable, RGB sync connecting cable, set and
Keyboard for character generator and control of cemera functions or any upgraded recording
system.
Specifications:
Image sensor: CCD chip
Min. sensitivity : 3 lux

Q-1(396)M&E/09

Technical Specification of Blood warming system


The system should be able to warm blood & fluids for all applications in every
Solutions from Standard Anesthesia to high flow trauma.
The System should be based on Infrared technology
Fast and safe system that warmer blood and fluids to the desired temperature
at the end of the line with in 30 seconds.
Blood & Fluid Warmer
Voltage 200V-240V

Frequency 50 Hz.
Max. Temperature of T out 43 C +- 1.5* C
Max. Flow 1000 ml/min or better
Alarm limit -+/-1.5*C of set temperature
Set point temperature 30-39 C
Heating and measuring technology infrared
Accuracy of flow meter -+ /- 20%
Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner
Clearly mentioning the page/para number of original catalogue/date sheet
User list to be provided with performance certificate
Demonstration is a must.
Should have local service facility
Comprehensive Guarantee 2 years & 5 yrs CMC INCLUDING ALL
PARTS.

Q-1(397)M&E/09

Laparoscopic & Thoracoscopic Spine surgery system


(3 D endoscopic system)
Specifications:
3D endoscope
3D camera control unit with integrated digital image processing module
3D video demultiplexer with 3D scan converter with 3D computer monitor (21)
Isolation transformer with 3D LCD shutter screen kit
3D glasses
Set should be provided with different trocar sizes and reducer & reduction sleeves
(6, 11, 22 mm)
Set should have dismantling endoscopic instruments consisting of handle / outer tube and
working inserts.

Set should be equipped with unipolar coagulation system.


Set should include the following : dissecting & grasping forceps;
Scissors, dismantling retractors; biopsy grasping forceps ; bone
Punches and rongers ; sharp hooks ; curettes ; raspirators and chisels ;
Screw drivers and distance measuring instruments ; needle holders and knottiers ;
Staplers ( all of different sizes )
Should have sterilization tray and cabinet /station with multiple power & normal sockets
to keep all the components of endoscope for monitor, light source
Justification
Physical demonstration should be made available

Q-1(398)M&E/09

BATTERY CUM ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEM


There Should Be Separate Hand Pieces For Drill, Reamer AND Saw
HEAVY DUTY Electric/Cum battery Operated POWERED SYSTEM
Electric/Battery Operated Rotary Hand Piece for Drill and Reamer.
Should have dirll speed of 1000 rpm
Should have maximum to rque of 150in/lbs for reaming
Should have dual trigger for forward/reverse and oscillation mode.
Fully cannulated hand piece
Flash autoclavable
Should have safety mode on the hand piece
Tool less mounting of accessories
Adaptors for drill
Jacobs chuck and key
Syntheses drill
Syntheses Reamer
Battery/Electric Operated Reciprocating saw
Maximum speed of 17000 cpm
Powered through Maintenance Brush Less DC motor
Tool Less Assembly of blades
Accurate speed control through the trigger.
Autovlavable Hand piece
Recip Saw Blades
Battery/Electric Operated Sagittal saw
Should have dual speed control
Maximum speed of 18000 cpm
Powered through Maintenance Brush less DC motor
Tool Less Assembly of blades
Accurate speed control through the trigger.

Autovlavable Hand piece


Basic System
Irrigation Console, 220 Volts Electrically Operated,
Touch Screen Controls, Graphic display of the settings of the unit.Capability to recongnize the
Hand-piece, Digital display of speed, preference control of speed, Braking & Screen
Displays.Cpability to accept two hand pieces simultaneously.
Upgradeable
Independent irrigation pump integrated into the unit.
Capability of attaching both micro and heavy powered (dual powered ) hand pieces
Coded Power pack for attaching heavy duty hand pieces
Battery Charger
Four Station Battery Charger
Should Diagnose Battery Level and Usage
Should Charge Simantnously 4 Batteries
Battery Kit
Should have non autoclavable battery with life of 500 chaging cycles Autovlavable Housing and
shield.
Physical demonstration should be made available
Q-1(399)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR MINIMALLY ACCESS RETRACTOR


SYSTEM SET COMPRISING OF THE FOLLOWING:
- The system should allow surgeons to achieve access for decompression, interbody
fusion or pedicle placement through a minimally invasive approach.
- The dilator & obturators should allow incremental muscle dilatation over a guide wire.
- The cannulated dilators should be in gradually increasing sizes.
- Minimally invasive retractor access must be mountable on the operating table.
- Instruments for minimally invasive surgeries should be given including curettes (straight and
angld of different sizes), rongeurs (straight and curved of different sizes), pituitary forceps
(straight and curved), curved and straight impactors for TLIF/PLIF as follows:
Curettes
Straight(3 sizes)
Angled (3 sizes)

2 each
2 each

Rougeurs
Straight (3 sizes)
Curved (3 sizes)

2 each
2 each

Pituitary forceps
Straight (2 sizes)
Curved (2 sizes)

2 each
2 each

Impactors for TLIF/PLIF


Straight
2 each
Curved
2 each
Justification: required for minimally invasive spine surgeries.
Physical demonstration should be made available

Q-1(400)M&E/09

DEPARTMENT OF RADIOTHERAPY
OPERATION TABLE SPECIFICATIONS
The Operation table should have following features:
1. Four section table top with divided foot section.
2. Table top should be constructed from a high pressure laminate to permit x-ray penetration
and fluoroscopy.
3. All table positioning, i.e. height, back section, lateral tilt, trenelenburg and antitrendelenburg, except foot and head section should be operated hydraulically.
4. Should have a manual position selector whose location should be interchangeable between
foot and head end.
5. The casings on the frame and centre supporting column should be made of hygienic
stainless steel.
6. Mattress should be radioluscent and suitable for fluoroscopy.
7. Accessories should include

Padded arm rest with straps: pair with clamps.


Anaesthesia screen: with clamps.
Side supports: pair with clamps.

Shoulder supports: pair with clamps.


Knee crutches: pair with clamps.
X-ray cassette tray.
Kidney bridge.
SS bowl with clamps.
Infusion rod with clamp.

8. Measurements:

Height: 730-1040 mm.


Side tilt: +/- 15 degrees.
Back section adjustment: -15 degrees to 70 degrees.
Foot section adjustment: -90 to 0 degree, detachable.
Trendelenberg: 25 degree.
Anti trendelenberg: 25 degree.
Head section adjustment: -40 to -30 degree, detachable.
Maximum width: 555 mm.
Length: 1950 mm.
1) Offers for models that are more advanced and have advantages over the
model having the above features will also be considered.
2) All the features must be considered/illustrated in the manufacturers
catalogue/literature.
3) The specifications given above are approximate and minor variations
without alteration of function are acceptable. List of installations in major
institutions in Delhi must be quoted.
4) Should produce certificate from supplier for making spares/components
available for 10 years. Should submit commitment for after sales service
and annual maintenance (comprehensive and otherwise) for atleast 10
years after the warranty period. Specify the terms and conditions including
rates for the same. The approved rate of standard AMC shall be 2% of the
cost of the set before taxes or the rate quoted, whichever is less on the first
year, to be increased in succeeding years by 10% of the rate in the
previous year.
5) The warranty clause should be clearly specified with optional provision
for extended warranty, if available.
6) Should have service centre in Delhi.
7) Equipment should be available for demonstration if required.

Q-1(401)M&E/09

Technical Specification of Gynaecology Simulator

The model should have female lower body with removable soft outer skin as well as anatomically
accurate timbrial and ovaries for lecture of uterine sounding,bimanual pelvic examination,
insertion and removal of contraceptive devices.
It should be provided with
1 normal anteverted uterus and transparent top and round ligaments
1 normal uterus
6 uteri with external pathologies
2 normal cervices with patent as for IUD insertion/removal
6 cervices with pathologies
Supplied with talcum powder and carrying bag.
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.

Q-1(402)M&E/09

Technical specification for Modular Multi Parameter Monitor


1. The modular monitor should measure 5 lead ECG, Resp, Temperature,SpO2,NIBP,IBP and
sidestream Etco2
2. It should have bright, highly visible touch screen with 12.1color TFT display for easy viewing
from a distance
3.The monitor should display atleast 8 waveforms traces on a single screen
4.It should have atleast following features inrespect of monitoring
110 hours graphical trends
110 hours tabular trends
Upto 900 pieces of NIBP record storage
95 pieces of regular alarms review
95 pieces of ARR alarms storage
5. The monitor should have upto 14 slots for modules for flexible configuration
6. The monitor should have changeable screen configuration for various monitoring settings. The
size of numerics should be adjustable
7.Should be capable of onsite upgradation to upto 8 channels IBP,C.O(Cardiac
output),AG(Anaesthesia Gas),BIS(Bispectral Index), RM(Respiratory Mechanics),ICG(Impedance
Cardiography)
8. There should be provision for using wireless LAN Card & Memory card
9. There should be external ports for keyboard, Mouse, Slave display, Emergency Nurse Call and 4
USB ports

10.The monitor should be capable to support Internet Networking and compatibility to use with
central monitoring system
11. There should be alarm limit setting for every parameter
12.It should have priority color coded audio visual alarm system with bright prompt message on
the screen. There should be a separate color coded audio visual alarm when patient data deviates
from normal limit and machine failure , improper function
13. There should be complete ST segment and arrhythmia analysis
14.The monitor should have OxyCRG screen
15. There should be various calculations like Drug dose, Oxygenation, Ventilation, Renal and
Hemodynamics
16. It should come with dual exchangeable Li-Ion batteries with more than 3 hours battery backup
17.There should be a provision for built in 3 channel thermal recorder
18. There should be hot keys and Icons on buttons and Iconic symbols on touch screen as well
19.The monitor should be FDA,CE marked and ISO approved. The equipment should comply with
IEC 60601 series of standards.
The firm should be willing to demonstrate the equipment if asked for.
Q-1(403)M&E/09
Q-1(404)M&E/09

BOD incubators
Specifications:
Microprocessor controlled
Capacity: 240-250L approx.
Temperature range: 4o C to 80oC
Interior chamber: Adjustable stainless steel shelves for easy cleaning and
decontamination.
Digital display for temperature and time.
Heating by natural convection for homogenous temperature distribution.
Adjustable fan speed

Minimum turbulence
Adjustable safety thermostat for temperature set at 1oC increment
Temperature accuracy + 0.5oC
Internal glass door for observation
Power 220-240 V; 50/60 Hz
CE, Iso 9001, ISO 13485 Marked or equivalent marked.

Q-1(405)M&E/09

EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ULTRASONIC CUTTING AND COAGULATION


DEVICE
1 Description of Function requirement
5. The Ultrasonic cutting & coagulation device should cut and coagulate precisely at the
point of application using ultrasonic technology only.
6. It should use lower temperatures than those used by electrosurgery or lasers causing
minimal or no lateral thermal damage permitting dissection close to vital structures.
7. Ultrasonic cutting & coagulation device should control bleeding by coaptive coagulation
by a protein coagulum at low temperatures ranging from 50C to 100C with no charring.
8. The device should seal vessels up to 5mm in diameter using Ultrasonic cutting &
coagulation technology.
2 Operational Requirements
The system is required for Open & Laparoscopic Surgical Procedures
3 Technical Specifications
Hardware and Accessories
11. Generator
12. Hand Piece (containing transducer) with connecting cable
13. Blade system coagulating shears, hooks, ball coagulators
14. 5mm and 10mm Blade System Adaptor
15. Hand Switching Adaptor
16. Blade system adapter for coagulating shears (CS) and Laparoscopic CS
17. Torque Wrench
18. Foot pedal

19. Cart
20. Sterilization tray for accessories
The above mentioned device should have the following components and specifications.
12. It should be capable of being used for both laparoscopic and open surgery.
13. It should have an ultrasonic generator with fixed frequency of 45.5 55.5 kHz or above
confirming to IEL standards class I CF
14. The instrument should have a minimum of 5 power levels with power level display. The
power output should not be less than 100 Watts (continuous) & 150W (interval). It should
have power entry filters to suppress electromagnetic disturbances and should be
defibrillator protected.
15. It should have vibration range of 50-100 microns.
16. Hand-piece with in-built transducer compatible with 10mm to 5mm instruments and
attached to generator by autoclavable silicon cable.
17. Hand-switch activation adopter for blade & hook probe.
18. The generator must be CF isolated applied device and conforming to IEL safety standards
Class 1, Type CF and Electromagnetic compatibility and Defibrillator protected.
19. The system should have a foot switch with dual level control.
20. The system should have a standby mode, audible indicator with adjustable volume control
for active probe.
21. Should have warning system for worn out probes, broken cables or improper connections.
22. The system should be supplied with mobile cart for ready transportation.
Laparoscopic Instruments
6. Dissecting Hook, 5mm diameter, 33 - 358cm long
7. Curved Blade, 5mm diameter, 32-38cm long
8. Ball coagulator ,5mm, 28 32cm long
9. Laparoscopic Hand Activated Curved Coagulating Shears (LCS)- 5.5 mm diameter,
32-38cm long.
10. Laparoscopic Coagulating Shears, 10mm diameter, 33- 38cm long, capable of working
in three modes flat, blunt and sharp.
Open Surgery Hand Instruments

6. Coagulating Shears, 8.5mm 10mm, 15 - 23cm long, has cylindrical tip blade of length
18 - 20mm, capable of sealing blood vessels up to 5mm in diameter. Instrument should be
hand and foot activated.
7. Curved Coagulating Shears, 5.5 mm shaft diameter, 15 -23cm long, capable of working
in three modes flat, blunt and sharp.
8. Straight coagulating shears, 10 mm shaft diameter, 15 - 23cm long capable of sealing
blood vessels up to 5mm in diameter capable of working in three modes flat, blunt and
sharp.
9. Curved blade with grip, 18- 23cm long.
10. Curved dissecting hook, 5 mm diameter, 18-23 cm long.

All hand pieces (open and Laparoscopic) should be autoclaveable.

The specifications given above are approximate and minor variations without
alteration of function using ultrasonic technology are acceptable.

4 Environmental factors
1. Shall meet IEC-60601-1-2 :2001(Or Equivalent BIS) General Requirements
of Safety for Electromagnetic Compatibility or should comply with 89/366/EEC; EMC-directive.
2. The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature
of 0 -50 deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%
3. The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of
10 -40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%
5 Power Supply
1. Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug
2. UPS of suitable rating with voltage regulation and spike protection for 120
minutes back up.
6 Standards, Safety and Training
1. The generator must be CF isolated applied device and defibrillator protection must be available.
2. Should be FDA, CE, UL or BIS approved product. Manufacturer should have ISO certification
for quality standards.
3. Electrical safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601 / IS-13450
4. Comprehensive warranty for 2 years and 5years AMC after warranty.

5. Undertaking from manufacturer to provide after sales service for 10 years after warranty period
is over either directly or through authorized agent should be submitted.
5. Facility for after sales service should be available in Delhi.
6. List of installations in other major institutions in Delhi must be quoted.
Q-1(406)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION OF HEAVY DUTY AUTOMATIC FILM PROCESSOR


Automatic x-ray film processor for processing of all standard medical x-ray and imaging films. It
should have the following features:1. Processor should be able to take the maximum film width and infeed width shall be 45 cm and
minimum of 10cm x 10cm.
2. High capacity through put of more than 220 films/hours of size 14x17.
3. Transport speed adjustable between at least 1.0 minute of 5.0 minute ( in the step of 8 seconds)
4. The developing and washing tanks should be minimum of 12 liters capacity for proper
developing & washing. Fixer tank may be of Higher capacity.
5. Replenishment should have the individual programmers manual & automatic with tank
capacity of 25 liters.
6. The roller transport system should have squeeze rollers and the main drive should stop
automatically when not in use.
7. The container assembly should be monoshell and made of material which is non corrosive and
of latest technology.
8. Thermostatic controlled temperature of developer and it should have range between 280c to
400c.
9. Multiple program memory should be there fore different application. At least five programme
memory must be there.
10. There should be at leas four infrared sensors for film detection.
11. Replenishment rate should be adjustable and the adjustment range must be 200-2000 ml per
sq.m.
12. Dryer temperature range must be upto 700c for better drying.
13. Water consumption during use should not exceed 2 lit per minute.
14. It should have anti-oxidation programme option in between adjustable drange of 10-90 minute
intervals.
15. It should have anti-oxidation programme option in between adjustable range of 10-90 minute
intervals.
16. Film output should be possible through the wall (wall mounted). The processor should be
complete with the following operational electrical data, 230 volts, 50 Hz, 10 amperes with
appropriate voltage stabilizer Details about availability of spares and service should be given.
17. The firm must have a installed base of the quoted model at Delhi/New Delhi. Provide list of
installations.
18. Guarantee for at least 3 years, should be provided with 98% uptime guarantee. The firm should
undertake to extend Guarantee/warranty period by double the downtime exceeds 2%.
19. Service contract rates should be furnished for 5 years after guarantee period.

Q-1(407)M&E/09
Q-1(408)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CORONARY INSTRUMENTS SETS

NEEDLE HOLDER
S.NO.
1.

2.

SPECIFICATIONS
Castroviejo Micro Needle Holder, flat handle with
ratachet, straight DIAMOND DUST jawas, regular box
lock, 5-3/4/11.5 cm.
(Recommended suture size: 5-0 and smaller)
Jacobson Micro Needle Holder, flat handle with ratachet,
straight DIAMOND DUST jawas, regular box lock, 63/4/17 cm.
(Recommended suture size: 7-0 and smaller)

QTY
2 Nos.

2 Nos.

FORCEPS:
S.NO.
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
6.
7

SPECIFICATIONS
QTY
2 Nos.
Dennis Micro Forceps round handle 1 mm straight
(DIAMOND DUST ring tips 7-1/4/18.5 cm counter
balanced
Micro Forceps light weight round handle 1 mm Debakey 1 Nos.
tips 8-1/4/21
Micro Forceps light weight round handle 1 mm Debakey 1 Nos.
tips 7-1/8/18.1 cm
Dennis Micro Forceps, round handle 1mm Debakey tips
1 Nos.
7
Dennis Micro Forceps, round handle 1mm Debakey tips
1 Nos.
8-1/4/21 Counter balanced
Gerald Forceps, flat handle, 1 mm serrated tips, 7/18 cm 1 Nos.
Gerald Forceps, flat handle,1mm serrated tips, 71 Nos.
3/4/19.5 cm

CONTD.ON 2
SCISSORS:
S.NO.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5
6
7
8

SPECIFICATIONS
Jacobson Micro Scissors, spring style round handle 45
deg angles nano blades, 6-3/4/17 cm
Jacobson Micro Scissors, spring style, round handle 125
deg angled micro fine blades,6-1/2/16.5 cm
Jacobson Micro Scissors, spring style, round handle 25
deg angled micro fine blades, 6-3/4/17 cm
Jacobson Micro Scissors, spring style, round handle 90
deg angled micro fine blades, 6-1/2/16.5 cm
Jacobson Micro Scissors, spring style, round handle 60
deg angled micro fine blades, 6-3/4/17 cm
Jacobson Micro Scissors, spring style, flat handle 45 deg
angled micro fine blades, 6-1/2/1.5 cm
Jacobson Micro Scissors, spring style, flat handle 60 deg
angled fine blades, 6-1/2/16.5 cm
Jacobson Micro Scissors, spring style,flat handle 25 deg
angled fine blades, 6-1/2/16.5 cm

QTY
2 Nos

SPECIFICATIONS
Titanium Lambert-Key Aorta Clamp, 3 cm atraumatic
jaws, 8/20
Titanium Debakey clamp, 10 cm straight jaws, 12/30.5
cm
Titanium Micro Needle Holder ring handle straiaght
DIAMOND DUST jaws, 7-1/4/18.5 cm

QTY
1 Nos.

1 Nos.
1 Nos
1 Nos
1 Nos
1 Nos.
1 Nos.
1 Nos.

CLAMPS:
S.NO.
1.
2.
3.

1 Nos.
1 Nos.

RETRACTORS:
S.NO.
1.

SPECIFICATIONS
Modular I.M.A. etractor with provision to attach
sternumblades or Lateral Thoracic Blades

QTY
1 Nos.

Should have 5 years guarantee + 5 years comprehensive warranty


Company should make sure that after getting the complaint that instrument is non
functional/ malfunctional (telephonically or else) instrument must be functional within 24
hours and this period should be deducted from the warranty period or the company will
provide the replacement of same or higher configuration equipment.
Demonstration is a must.

Q-1(409)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF FLAT PANEL CARDIAC CATHETERIZATION


LABORATORY DIGITAL SUBTRACTION ANGIOGRAPHY SYSTEM AND
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY SYSTEM.

Description of function
1.1 Cardiac Catherization is most commonly required to do angiography of blocked vessels in
the heart. Flat panel is the latest in digital X-ray imaging technology.
Operational requirements
2.1
Flat Panel Single-Plane Cardiovascular Catherization Laboratory system with Digital
Subtraction Angiography with a Floor/Ceiling mounted arm stand and digital imaging Xray System for Cardiovascular Diagnostic and Interventional Procedures.
Technical Specifications-The model should the latest by a given company. The company should undertake that no newer model has been
produced by it.

3.1

GANTRY Floor/Ceiling Mounted


Gantry rotation/angulations: LAO/RAO At least 100/100
Cranial/Caudal +- 30 degrees.
Speed of Rotation: Cranial/Caudal: 10 deg/sec or higher.
LAO/RAO: 10 deg/sec or higher.
Non contact sensing mechanism: Real Time Patient sensing or Mechanical and
Electromechanical covers with patient zone. Whole body head to toe coverage without
respositioning patient.
NOTE-IN CASE OF THE PRICES AND OTHER THINGS BEING SIMILAR CEILING
MOUNTED LAB WOULD BE PREFERED.
3.1
3.2

PATIENT SUPPORT TABLE


Floating/Floor mounted with carbon fiber tabletop with easy patient transport capability
and >150 Kg weight bearing capacity(as required in CPR)
X-RAY GENERATOR Generator should be of latest technology with high frequency type
with at least 80 KW

X-RAY TUBE
Focus:Dual
Anode Heat: 1.5 MHU or higher Capacity.
Maximum heat dissipation capacity of at least 150
Oiled or water cooled to ensure continuous operation
Latest generation tube for noiseless operation to support long-term investigational
procedures
3.3
IMAGE ACQUISITION SYSTEM

1 Flat Detector of current generation, Good detector high spatial resolution acquisition and
display in Matrix of at least 1024X1024.
2. Flat Panel detector system with excellent spatial and contrast resolution 20cmX20cm
detector plane(25cm diagonal)with a pixel size greater than 180 um or 30cmX40cm
detector plane(48cm diagonal ) with a pixel size greater than 150 um.
3.Frame rates selectable from7-30 frames per seconds
3.4

Monitors: TFT Monitors 18 inch or higher in exam room


Additional monitor for patient database. CD workstation monitor. Cath-Recorder Slave
Monitr with high resolution matrix 1024X1024

Total 5 TFT Monitors


3.5
DIGITAL FLUOROSCOPY

Bit or higher
3.6

3.7

3.8

3.9

DIGITAL ACQUISITION & DIGITAL PROCESSING


Acquisitions 1024X1024
True on line Digital subtraction angiography:1024X1024 with all post
Processing facility
Image processing system
1. Series exposures with frame rates of 30/15/10/7.5 f/s
2. Pulsed fluoroscopy standard.
3. Applications for maximized radiation protection
4. DICOM 3 READY FOR PATIENT DATA ACQUISITION, DOCUMENTATION
AND ARCHIVING
COMMUNICATION AND ARCHIVING
Review/Archiving & Networking:
DICOMbased CD recording for dynamic recording on CD
CDs to have DICOM software embedded for instant review in any PC.
Ability to record DSA runs in CD
Standard line rate Video Output:Image storage capacity of at least 50,000 images at
1024X1024 matrix and Cath Lab should be supplied with state of the art QCA & LVA
Automated Motorized High Speed Injection System with the following features.
On-screen tutorial for ease of use.
Single-patient and multi-patient disposables(up to five patients)
Pedestal or table mounting with independent mounting of display and injection unit.
Easy to read, color touch screen
Precise control of coronary injection, especially with small catheters
Accurate injection pressure control with user-adjustable pressure limits
Redundant air management system with level sensing and gross air detection
Reduced radiation exposure for operator
Distinct bolus sharpness feature
Exact variable and fixed-flow delivery

3.10

Increased accuracy and responsiveness with hand controller(when compared to hand


injection)
Automatic transition from injection to hemodynamic state
HEMODYNAMIC AND ELECTROPHYSIOLOGIC STUDY RECORDER WITH
PROGRAMMED EXTRA STIMULUS DELIVERING SYSTEM AND RADIOFREQUENCY ABLATION GENERATOR

3.11

HEMOXIMETER
Hemoximeter for measuring Hb and oxygen saturation during cardiac catheterization
complete with all accessories like rinse solution,calibration solution etc for at least 1 year.
System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables
4.1
Main Unit C-Arm with Gantry, X-RAY generator and Tube and integrated Flat
panel detector10
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15

Automated Motorized High Speed injection System-01


Examination Light01
LEAD glass size- 200 X 100 cm
Digital Storage and Archieving system with DICOM CD RECORDER WITH 100
STARTER CDS 01
Hemoximeter - 01
ACT machine and cartridges/tubes - 01
Flat Panel integrated
Haemodynamic and Electrophysiologic Study Recorder with programmed extra stimulus
delivering system and RF Ablation generator - 01 set
Patient Table- 01
TFT Monitor - 01
Protective apron of at least 0.25 mm lead equivalent - 06
Protective of at least 0.35mm lead equivalent 06
Thyroid collars - 06
Lead Eye glasses - 06

The system should contains all the above accessories in Integrated or as separate accessories.
Environmental factors
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4

The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10-40 deg C
and relative humidity of 15-90%
The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0-50 deg
C and relative humidity of 15-90%
Shall meet IEC-60601-1-2:2001(or Equivalent BIS) General Requirements of Safety for
Electromagnetic Cimpatibility
1.The chosen supplier would be asked to undertake a turnkey Project wherein necessary
civil work modifications like Flas Ceiling, Wall Tiling, Anit Static Flooring and finishing

works would be provided by them under the supervision of the support staff
eg.CPWD(civil)
2. The supplier would also provide the Scrub area and the Catheter wash area.
3. The supplier also would provide the necessary furniture like tables, computer chairs,
cupboards, catheter hand wall mounts etc.
5.5

5.6

1.The Air-conditioning involves 10 Tones of Air Conditioning units and these would be
provided by the supplier and maintained throughout the life of the cath-lab under the
supervision of the support staffs eg CPWD(Air-Conditioning)
2. The entire Cath-Lab including the Air Conditioning should be connected to the
Generator of the hospital.
Proper shielding should have to be done by the supplier to minimize radiation leakage as
per AERB and BARC regulations

Power Supply
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5

power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz/440 V 3 phase as appropriate fitted with Indian plug
Resettable overcurrent breaker shall be fitted for protection
Suitable Servo controlled Stabilizer/CVT for the entire cath lab
UPS of suitable rating conforming to shall be supplied for computer system
The Power requirements involve laying a 125 KVA Cable from the substation to the CathLab and making a Bus-Bar and a Power Distribution Board and this would be done by the
supplier as a turn key project under the supervision of the support staffs eg.CPWD(Elect)

Standards and Safety


7.1
7.2

Should be FDA or CE approved product


Electrical safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601-1
General Requirements

7.3
7.4

Manufacturer should have ISO certification for quality standards.


Shall comply with AERB and BARC guidelines

Documentation
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6

User manual in English


Service manual in English
List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing
Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory
Log book with instruction for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist
The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be
clearly spelt out
List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine Preventive Maintenance
support as per manufacturer documentation in service/technical manual.

9. Should have 5 years guarantee + 5 years comprehensive warranty


10. Company should make sure that after getting the complaint that instrument is non
functional/ malfunction (telephonically or else) instrument must be functional within 24
hours and this period should be deducted from the warranty period or the company
will provide the replacement of same or higher configuration equipment.
11. Demonstration is a must.

Q-1(410)M&E/09

TECHNICAAL SPECIFICATION OF GRAFT PATENCY METER


To verify increased blood flow to an ischemic myocardium during Bypass Surgery. The system
shows stable and accurate real time flow curves and correlates with ECG for diastolic filling
pattern verification, automatic validation of measurement reliability with facility of permanent
documentation in patient chart along with Doppler velocity measurement capabilities.
The system should have 2-channel transit time Flowmeter, 2 Pressure channels and one ECG and
one Doppler Channels and a Printer. It should be mounted on a Trolley and have intel processor
based with Windows operating system and operate on Windows XP or higher version. Monitor
should be 15 TFT LCD Touch Screen, SVGA. Intel based processor, with 512 MB RAM,40 Hard
Disk, with Parallel Port for printer.
The system should be of Medical Standard IEC 601-1, Defibrillator Proof, Protectively earthed.
The devices comply with EN55011 standard.
Flow
Calculations

: 2 Channels
: Systolic, diastolic and mean flow
Pulsatility index,insufficiency rate,
Integral and the maximum derivative

Pressure
Calculations

: 2 Channels
: Systolic, diastolic, mean values and the maximum
derivative

Auxiliary channels:
No. of channels

:2
One channel for ECG monitoring and the second channel
For Doppler Probe

a. The Doppler ultrasound parameters should be

i. Transducer excitation frequency: 5-7.5 MHz


ii Repetition Rate doppler probes: 4 KHz-32 kHz
iii Ultrasound levels emitted by the rpobe should have
iv Instantaneous max. Intensity Isppa3, Im<0.27 W/cm2
v Time average max. Intensity: Ispta3,Isata<12.5 mW/cm2
b. Should be able to detect intramural arteries should be able to quantify blood velocity in the
vessel being targeted
c. Should quantify the percentage stenosis in the native artery and the length of the stenosed area
CONTD. ON 2
-2The system should have standard, re-sterilizable probes

The probes should have standard connectors conforming to Medical Standards.


The probes should consist of two pre-angled piezoelectric crystals. The ultrasound field generated
should be uniform and should measures the flow at any given angle.
The probes are with handles having flat front face for fast and stable measurement. Available in
sizes of 1.5,2,3 & 4 mm with display resolution of 0.1 ml/min to 1 ml/min & Ultrasound frequency
of 2.5 MHz.
Should have 5 years guarantee+ 5 years comprehensive warranty
Company should make sure that after getting the complaint that instrument is non
functional/ malfunctional (telephonically or else) instrument must be functional within 24
hours and this period should be deducted from the warranty period or the company will
provide the replacement of same or higher configuration equipment.
Demonstration is a must.
Q-1(411)M&E/09
Q-1(412)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR SINGLE CHAMBER TEMPORARY PACEMAKER


SINGLE CHAMBER TEMPORARY PACEMAKER MODEL
FEATURES
1. EASY OPERATION a) intuitive operation for ease of use
b) Reversible battery polarity for quick battery change
c) Easy attachment to patient bed, or IV pole

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
F)
G)
H)
I)

EXPANDED THERAPY OPTIONS increased sensitivity range (0.5 to 20 mV)


Rapid atrial pacing to manage atrial flutter
SAFE AND RELIABLE: Safety awareness ranges to alert clinician to areas of caution
New, Safer patient cable system for increased patient safety
SPECIFICATIONS:
Mode
: VVI, VOO, AAI, AOO
Basic Pacing Rate
: 30-180 ppm (Continuously adjustable)
Rapid Atrial Pacing Rate
: 80-380 ppm (5ppm incriments)
: 380-540 ppm (10 ppm incriments)
: 540-800 ppm (20 ppm increments)
Output Amplitude
: 0.1-20 mA, (continuously adjustable)
Pulse Width
: 1.8 ms
Sensitivity
: 0.5 20 mV (continuously adjustable)
ASYNC
Refractory
: 250 ms
Blanking
:Pace : 125 ms
Sense : 75 ms
Battery Type
: Standard 9V, Alkaline or Lithium

7. Should have 5 years guarantee + 5 years comprehensive warranty.


8. Company should make sure that after getting the complaint that instrument is non
functional/ malfunctional (telephonically or else) instrument must be functional within 24
hours or the company will provide the replacement of same or higher configuration
equipment.
9. Demonstration is a must.

Q-1(413)M&E/09

FULLY AUTOMATED CLINICAL ELECTRO PHAROSES SYSTEM TECHNICAL


SPECIFICATIONS
1. Compact and integrated system with all in built working stations.
2. Automated analysis system for serum lipoprotein and haemoglobin with
unconcentrated urine proteins etc.
3. Sampling station for loading up to 8 samples per run.
4. Automated sample pick up.
5. Maximum10 on board reagent facility.
6. Designed for routine reading of serum or lipoprotein on cellulose acetate strip/
agarose film/ agarose gel and gel strips.

7. Pre prepared programmed assay protocol.


8. Automated adjustment of voltage, time temperature and cuss current.
9. Instrument controlled staining and destaining steps.
10. Instrument controlled incubation and drying steps.
11. Should have automated built in 8 channels denisto meter.
12. LCD display.
13. No separate power pack requirement should be with the equipment.
14. No preparation of Gel strips/reagents should be required
15. User friendly, simple steps.
Print out facility for patients results should be available.
16. Storage facility for 10,000 results or more.
Cost of reagents should be provided to calculate running cost per test.
Additional requirements:
1. Installation and demonstration at place of working.
2. Working manual
3. 5 yrs warranty
4. Start up reagents for 1000 tests.
5. Standard accessories, spares as per catalogues.
6. Should have authorized dealer /service centre in Delhi.
7. Equipments should be complete in all aspect to start working day one including back
up power pack/ compatible UPS.
8. Quotation for all consumables.
Q-1(414)M&E/09

WORKSTATION FOR HISTOPATHOLOGY SPECIMEN

Organized workstation for gross examination and sectioning of specimens


It should have the following features:

Downdraft ventilation, adjustable work surface height


Deep sink with hot and cold water and facilities for hand spray etc.
Hand free foot paddle control for cold/hot water, formalin dispensing system
Abundant light
Ventilation based cabinet
Built in manifold rinse
Formaldehyde neutralizing system and recirculating air facility
Facility for dictation system
Magnetic instrument bar
Minimize contamination and maximize convenience
Photographic equipment - CCD camera with computer

Disposal unit to mince waste tissues


Magnifier, scale
Grossing instrument kit
Complete withgeyser
230V/50Hz
Complete with all accessories and instruction manual and tool kit.
ISO certified or any other standard certification
Equipment should be complete in all aspects and functional from day one.

Q-1(415)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS VIDEO THORACOSCOPY SYSTEM

VIDEO THORACOSCOPE :
*Flexible & deflectable distal tip
*Integral light guide cable
*Latest Colour Chip technology
*Compatible with Laser & Electosurgical accessories
*2-3 remote control switches for better operational control
*Fully immersible in disinfectant solution
*Field of view
:
*Depth of view
*Tip bending range
*Distal end dia.
*Insertion tube dia.
*Instrument channel dia.

120 Degree or more


:
3-100 mm or better
:
Up 160 degree & Down 130 degree
:
7 mm or less
:
7 mm or less
:
2.8 mm or more

Standard set should include following (otherwise to be quoted seperately) :


*Flexible trocars (8mm) (5 nos.)
*Biopsy forceps (V toothed alligator type with deflectable jaws)1no,
*Cytology Brush set (5-6 nos.),
*Cleaning and maintenance kit,
*Spray Catheter
*Electro surgical coagulation electrode with Active cord.
Compatible Video processer with latest Colour Chip processing technology and having
simultaneous outputs (RGB, BNC, Y/C)
Compatible Xenon light source (300 watts main lamp and standby lamp with minimum
100 watts Halogen lamp). With inbuilt air pump for safe leakage testing with regulated air
flow & pressure.

Compatible RGB Colour Monitor 14" (LCD).

Q-1(416)M&E/09

Specifications for Bed Side Patient Monitor


1. Monitor should have modular design, Separate display and separate Module rack
with CPU, remote keypad. Modules should be freely insertable in any slot of
module rack without any restriction.
2. Module rack should be mounted in front side with modules going in the module
rack from front side only for connecting to patient.
3. Monitor must have capability to accept additional module rack/s for future up
gradation of measurement parameter like additional IBP/additional
Temperature/SvO2/BIS/Respiratoary Mechanics/Neuro muscular monitoring etc
4. Display should be multicolored, 15 inch diagonal, minimum resolution of 1024 X 750
pixel or more, active matrix colour TFT and display 8 waveform.
5. Monitors should have audible and Visual alarms capacity. Alarm should have
three distinct audible alarm tones to distinguish alarm level.
6. Should include hemodynamic, Ventilation and Oxygen calculation. Graphical
and neumerical trends should be automatically stored for atleast 70 hours.
7. Should include drug calculation packages for calculation of infusion rate or
dosages for any patient.
8. Should include Extended Arrhythmia analysis like Couplet, Ventricular Bi & tri
Gemin, Missing beat, PVC rate alarms, ventricular run, V fib etc.
9. Monitor should have following multiparameter, single and dual parameter
modules:10. Each bedside monitor should have facility for measurement and display of upto 12
lead ECG/Respiration/2 nos Temperature/ NIBP/ Spo2 and 2 nos IBP
11. 12 lead ECG should be diagnostic quality with upto 12 lead ST segment analysis
12. Atleast 3 channel of ECG should be displayed simultaneously. Must include 1 no.
each, both 5 lead and 10 lead ECG clip set for each monitor.
13. Interval for NIBP measurement should be programmable by user, manual
measurement should also be possible. Should also include adult and paediatric
cuff 2 nos each type for each monitor.
14. Pulse Oximetery should provide oxygen saturation percentage level and
plethysomograph, should also include adult and paediatric sensor 2 nos each
type for each monitor
15. Temperature 2 nos in each monitor. Should both 1 no. Cental and 1 no. Skin
probe
16. IBP- 2 nos in each monitor. Should include 2 nos reusable Transducer with holder
and bracket for each monitor. Also include 50 nos disposable domes and startup
kit for each monitor
17. Side stream EtCo2 Module 1no. modules for each monitor should be single
parameter module for measurement and display of capnography & End Tidal Co2

both inspired and expired values. Must include 20 nos each of filter, watertrap,
sampling line and airway adaptor with each module
18. Cardiac Output 1 no modules for each monitor for measurement by thermo
dilution method. Should have REF and PCWP measurement
19. Should have EEG Module 1 modules for each monitor. Minimum 2 channel EEG,
include 1 no. Accessory kit for dual montage configuration with 50 electrodes with
each module
20. Graphical and Numeric monitored data should be recordable. Must include
atleast 3 channel thermal array recorder with each monitor
21. Monitor must have capability to use all modules i.e. ECG/NBP/Spo2/Resp/2 x
temp/2 x IBP/cardiac Output/Co2/EEG/Recorded together simultaneously
22. Include necessary imported wall mount for the monitors
23. Include atleast 30 minutes UPS backup for each Monitor

Q-1(417)M&E/09

ETHERNET READY 16 CHANNEL DATA ACQUISITION AND ANALYSIS SYSTEM


SPECIFICATIONS
-Ethernet ready and Multiple channels (16 channels)- recording speed of at least 400 kHz
-Connected in local area network
System should be able to record the following parameters :
1) ElectroCardiogram with heart rate variability .
2) Noninvasive cardiac output (Bioimpedence)
3) Noninvasive Blood Pressure with Plethysmography .
4) Electromyogram with Hand dynamometer . Hand grip strengths in (0-100
Kgs) force.
5) Electrogastrogram
6) Pulse oximetry
7) Respiratory rate with lung volumes (pneumotach type)

8) Electrodermal

response amplifier.

9) GSR
10) Blood flow
SPECIFICATIONS FOR BMR APPARATUS

Description: -

Water seal spriormeter (Capacity 8 L)


Facility to measure oxygen consumption.
Range of speed slow (0.5 to1mm/sec) - fast (20 mm/sec)
Recording of lung volumes & capacities.

Q-1(418)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPRIOMETER (MECHINICAL)

1.
2.
3.
4.

The 6-litre capacity.


Four speed electrical recording unit with gravity writing ink pen.
Valves are easily accessible.
Soda lime container with screw connected in the center chamber.
5. Drain cocks to all the tubes and container. Sampling cock for connecting the
patient to Spriometer or atmosphere.
The unit is fitted on portable frame. Complete with valves, tubes, mouth piece, nose
clip, ink writing pen & 50 charts.

Q-1(419)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR PRECISION SPIROMETRY SYSTEM

Description: Should enable measurement, computation, printout of all Spirometry, Flow Volume
Parameters, Maximum Ventilation Volume, Inspiratory Capacity, Expiratory
Reserve Volume, etc.
System should have Dry Rolling Seal Spirometer (12 Litre Capacity).
Range
Accuracy

:
:

Volume 0 to 12 Litres.
Volume 2%; Low 3%.

Should incorporate less than 0.06 cms H2O/Lsec, for highest accuracy &
reproducibility
Should have in built graded scale for calibration procedure (0-12litres).
Accuracy of measurement should not be effective with Relative Humidity, water &
Saliva droplet.

Should be supplied with USB interface for computer, Operating window Software,
Standard accessories & instructions Manual.
Computer Pentium IV 3.0 GHz or more CPU, 512 RAM, 15 VGA Colour Monitor, CD R/W
Drive, Keyboard, Mouse, Window 2000, Hard Disc Drive (1 80 Gbyte), HP DeskJet Printer, to
be supplied.

Q-1(420)M&E/09
Q-1(421)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR OSCILLATING AUTOPSY SAW WITH VACUUM


BONE DUST COLLECTOR
1. Strong Motor with at least 18, 000 R PM.
2. 15000 16000 Oscillations/ out of blade.
3. Motor and hand piece should be separate and connected by a long cord not less than 8 feet
long so that motor is not required to be lifted every time.
4. Motor is to be provided with long service cord with plug.
5. Hand piece with safety flange permitting from grip; and should stay cool during operation.
6. Easily detachable hand piece-autoclavable.
7. Both hand and foot switch for on and off operation.
8. Suitable wrench to remove blades.
9. Should have vacuum bone collector.
10. Accessories.
11. Large section blade 6.3 cm width a stem of 1.1 cm: 1 Nos.
12. Round blade of 6.3 cm cuts to a depth of 44 mm: 1 Nos.
13. Small section blade 4 cm width
14. 100 bone dust collecting bags.
Q-1(422)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FORENSIC EVIDENCE DRYNG CABINET


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Should have a up-draft inlet with prefilters and HEPA filters.


Body of the cabinet should be made of stainless steel.
Doors should be made with transparent Lexan vision panels.
Interiors should be corrosion free.
Should have coat racks and shelves made of stainless steel.
Height should be between 80 to 90 inches.

7. Width should be between 50 to 70 inches.


8. Breadth should be between 20 to 30 inches
9. Should have a provision for locking the cabinet
10. Should have a drain, to remove water after washing.
11. Should work on 220 240 Volt electrical supply with switch on the exterior.
Q-1(423)M&E/09

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR AUTOPSY PROTECTION


EQUIPMENTS FOR HIV CASES
STAINLESS STEEL MESHED GLOVES.

Gloves should be made of non corrosive stainless steel.


Should protect hands from injury by sharp edged instruments.
Should allow adequate movement of fingers and ability to holds instruments while
conducting postmortem examinations.
Should have wrist grip, So that the glove does not accidentally slip.
Can be easily washed, sterilized and reused.
Should be available in medium and large sizes.
Should be light in weight.

Q-1(424)M&E/09

Q-1(425)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS
RESEARCH MICROSCOPE WITH DIGITAL CAMERA SYSTEM
Quantity required: One
1. Research Microscope with infinity optical system, par focal distance of 60mm/45mm
with magnification range = 40X to 1500X for observation, precentered and refocused 12V
100W illumination built in auto: photo present switch. Sideentopf design trinocular tube
with FOV 22 mm can be upgradable (25 mm FOV), inclined at 25/30 degree angle.
2. Eye piece: 10X eyepieces with diopter adjustment on both the side. Eyepiece tube and
eyepiece should be anti fungal type.
Sextuple nosepiece to accommodate six objectives, coarse fine focusing with 0.1micron
rotation, rectangular stage capacity to hold two specimens at one time. Stage handle and
focusing knob should be controlled with one hand.

3. Condenser: Phase contrast condenser having five or more positions with 3 positions for
phase contrast : 10X,40X,100X, one position for dark field :10X,40X one position for bright
field : 4X to 100X.
4. Fluorescent attachment: Fluorescent attachment 100W with red, blue, green, UV filter.
Preferable narrow band with 100W mercury burner with built in hour meter.
Objectives:

Plan achromat

Plan achromat phase 10 X, 20X ( N.A. 0.10 WD. 30.0 mm)

Plan fluorite phase 40 X ( N.A. 0.10 WD. 30.0 mm)

Plan fluorite

4X ( N.A. 0.10 WD. 30.0 mm)

100 X ( N.A. 0.10 WD. 30.0 mm)

5. Digital camera : 2/3 high density CCD chip, approx, 12million pixels resolutions, and
time lapse facility incorporated within the controlling software of the digital camera,
interface card along with compatible C-mount lens.
6. LCD projector : To project the microscopic image to a full screen on the wall for
teaching purpose only.
7. Compatible computer : Intel Pentium P4, with 2.4GHZ or higher Pentium processor, 60
GB or higher HDD, 512 MB DDR RAM or higher, 1.44MB FDD, 17 high resolution
colour monitor, windows 2000/window XP operating system, optical mouse, 104 keys
keyboard, multimedia kit, UPS for 45 minutes backup.
High resolution colour inkjet printer with 2880 dpi resolution for photo quality image
documentation.
8. Voltage Stabilizer for microscope.
9. Image analysis Software should have following features:

Should be capable of handling a wide variety of CCD Cameras (both Digital &
Analogue) including the 3 chip cooled CCD type.

Full support to 8-12 & 16 bits precision grey scale, 24 bit color and 32 bit floating
point image.

Capturing of image, Enhancement measurement parameters to perform length,


angle, area, minimum/ maximum thickness, line profile, histogram representation,
Multichannel Fluorescence Imaging with Report generator facility, Morphological

Parameter measurement, densitometric analysis with segmentation with histogram


threshold possibility.

Able to create in focus composite image from partially in focus source image stacks
with EDF (Extended depth of Field (0)

Able to create composite color image from an infinite number of source grayscale
image with the color composite tool Create Fast Fourier Transformation both
forward and inverse transformation.

Should be able to create grayscale color and 3D representation of co-localization


and produce automatic measurement.

Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) facility is to be available to transfer datas directly


to spreadsheet application for further analysis and also should be able to display
data as Histograms or Scattergrams .

Should have a built-in image data bases with archiving facility.

Should be able to compose and send email messages with the group.

Should be able to build a large image from multiply, smaller location acquisitions
with Stitching and Tiling tools.

Alignment Correction of individual or sequence image for translation, rotation or


scaling.

Objects tacking (automatically, semi automatically or manually).

Dye management tool for many of the fluorescent probes.

The software should be upgradeable for 3D constructor, motorization of microscope


stage, Advance fluorescence Acquisition.

10. Working Table: Working table for reduced vibrations.


11. Dust and water proof covers for all the equipments.
12. Guaranty for two years with spares followed by warranty for three years without spares.

Q-1(426)M&E/09

Specification
(Human Skull)
Quantity:
Adult: 50
Complete with detachable skull cap.
Quality: Good

Q-1(427)M&E/09

Specification
(Vertebral coloum)
Quantity: 50 sets
Cervical vertebrae: 50 sets of all seven vertebrae
Thoracic vertebrae: 50 sets of all twelve vertebrae
Lumbar vertebrae: 50 sets of all five vertebrae
Sacrum: 50 nos.
Quality: Good
Q-1(428)M&E/09

FREE STANDING VERTICAL LAMINAR FLOW WORKSTATIONS


Quantity Required: One

Vertical Laminar Flow with following specifications:


Air System: Cleanliness Level: Provides better than Class 100 conditions per US Federal Standard
.
1. Air Velocity: ~90 20 ft/min average when measured four inches from filter face.
2. Prefilter: Disposable medium efficiency .
3. HEPA Filter: Standard filter 99.99% minimum efficiency. Efficiency determined by standard
DOP (dioctylphthalate) aerosol challenge. Efficiency rated for all particulates 0.3 microns and
larger with HEPA Filter Mounting.
5. Blower: Direct drive configuration with forward-curved squirrel cage .
6. Blower Isolation: Blower are mounted on vibration isolator frames.
Electrical
1. Motor: Open, drip-proof, permanent split capacitor type with thermal overload protection and
automatic reset.
2. Wiring: For Standard Units, the electrical termination is a cord with grounded plug. On units
with electrical duplex outlet options, there is an additional cord with grounded plug.
3. Voltage: All voltages 220-230V, 50Hz.

4. Control Panel: Contains lighted blower and light switches, solid state speed controller for
motor/blower assembly, controls for UV lights (where applicable), and circuit overload protection.
5. Lighting: Provides 100 foot candles 30" from the fluorescent tubes.
General
1.

Noise Level: Less than 65db on the "A" scale at operator's working position.

2.

Vibration Level: Essentially vibration free at-work surface because work table need not be
coupled to main frame.
Certification: All units factory leak checked and certified before shipment using calibrated
DOP photometer and generator.

3.
4.

Guarantee/ Warranty- 3 years comprehensive from the date of installation

Q-1(429)M&E/09

Specifications for Titanium Dental Implant System


1. The dental implant system should be based on latest concept of guided dental implant
surgery.
2. Dental Implant system should consist of
Guided Surgery kit for straight, screw threaded Titanium implants with internal hex, and
having Ti-Unite alike/equivalent surface.
3. The surgical kit should include
a) A Torque wrench which can measure initial stability of implant in N/cm
b) Separate drills for all lengths and diameters of implants
c) 10 straight implants and 10 guided abutments
4. Software for guided implant surgery
a)

Must be supplied with full/premium version of software.

b)

It should be based on double-scan technique of both patient and prosthesis so

as to guide the precision of prosthesis at future site.


c)

Should help in making surgical stent

d)

Should help in immediate final prosthesis placement

5. Prosthetic kit

Q-1(430)M&E/09

Specifications for dental compressor


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

It should supply minimum 3 HP power


Provide accessories for connection to 6-8 dental units to run simultaneously
It should be oil free
Should be mounted with dryer
Tank size min 150 litre
Noise level not more than 80 dB

It should be manufactured by ISO/CE certified company

Q-1(431)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR- ON LINE CELLS SEPARATOR (APHERESIS MACHINE)


1. Fully automatic, Microprocessor controlled.
2. It should automatically draw and return the blood and adjust speed as per the
donor need.
3. Equipment should be capable of marking:a) Leukodepleted platelet.
b) Single donor leukodepleted platelet and Red Cell.
c) Peripheral stem cell collection.
d) Platelet poor plasma and fresh frozen plasma.
e) Single donor Red Cell.
f) Therapeutic Plasma Exchange.
g) Autologous RBC.
h) Therapeutic Cell Removal.
i) All other combination of blood component and Therapeutic procedures.
4. Equipment should ensure all donor safety parameters before starting the
procedure and all time during operation.
5. Capable of doing priming with Normal Saline and/or mixture or Normal Saline and
ACD.
6. In built cuff pressures and prompts grip for donor comfort and adequate blood
flows.
7. Continuous monitoring of collection to avoid any contamination through interface
detector.
8. Should have rechargeable battery to store data and restart in case of power
failure.
9. The equipment should have installations at major centers in India.
10. 30 disposables should be provided with equipment.
11. Compatible UPS and voltage stabilizer should be part of configuration.
12. Guarantee 2 years with spares and 3 years service is a must.
13. CMC/AMC after 5 years for the next 5 years including spare parts availability.
14. Equipments should be complete in all respect so that it can be started form day
one.
15. Training facility should be provided with the equipment.
16. Electronically operated donor couch with remote control be provided with the
machine (Aphaeresis).
17. Company should provide list of consumables of different combination of
component along with the cost.

Q-1(432)M&E/09

Flame Photometer
Description of Function: It is used exclusively in the quantitative determination of metals in solution,
especially alkali and alkaline earth in the given samples. Qualitative determination is also possible as each

element emits its own characteristic line spectrum


Operational Requirements: System required for measurement of Na, K and Li in serum and urine
Technical Specifications:
Automatic flame ignition.
Range /precision
Na 0 to 20 mEq/L +/- 1.5 mEq/L
K 0 to 10 mEq/L +/- 0.1 mEq/L
Li 0 to 10 mEq/L +/-0.2 mEq/L
Dry compressor (oil tree)
Built in gas regulator and air regulator
Digital display in mmol/L, mEq/L, ppm
Environmental factors:
Shall meet IEC-60601-1-2 : 200(Or Equivalent BIS) General Requirements of Safety for Electromagnetic
Compatibility.
The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50deg C and relative
humidity of 15-90%
The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 - 40deg C and relative
humidity of 15-90%
Power Supply:
Power input to be 220-240V AC, 50Hz as appropriate fitted with Indian plug
Suitable Automatic Voltage regulator/stabilizer meeting ISI specifications should be supplied.
UPS of suitable rating for one hour backup minimum has to be provided.
Standards and Safety:
Electrical safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601 / IS-13450
Should be FDA or CE approved or ISI marked product
Should be compliant to ISO 13485: Quality systems - Medical devices Particular requirements for the
application of ISO 9001 applicable to manufacturers and service providers that perform their own design
activities.
Documentation
User/Technical Maintenance manuals to be supplied
Certificate of calibration and inspection trom factory.
List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine Preventive Maintenance Support as
per manufacturer documentation in service/technical manual

Q-1(433)M&E/09

Specifications --Esophageal Dilator-Tucker

Silicone tucker dilators for retrograde dilatation


Sizes 12fr, 14fr, 16fr, 18fr, 20fr, 22fr, 24fr, 26fr and28fr.

Q-1(434)M&E/09

TRINOCULAR RESEARCH MICROSCOPE WITH PROJECTION SYSTEM

SPECIFICATIONS
MAGNIFICATION

10 X 1000 X for Observation

OPTICAL SYSTEM

Infinity Optical System

EYE PIECE
fungal

10X pair with diopter adjustment, F.O.V. 22m.m. Anti-

NOSE PIECE

Sextuple revolving Nosepiece.

OBJECTIVE

Plan Achromat Objective. 4X/10X/20X/40X and 100X

FOCUSING SYSTEM

High sensitivity co-axial coarse and fine focusing knob


with tension adjustment knob on coarse focusing.
Minimum Fine reading 1 micron.

STAGE

Ceramic coated rectangular 160 X 191 mm surface stage


with travel range 60 X 50 MM with double slide holder.

ILLUMINATION

12 v-100W Halogen lamp


Pre-centered and pre-focused.

PHOTO SWITCH

Built-in auto photo preset switch.

CONDENSER

Universal Condenser for all microscopy applications

OTHERS

Microscope should be anti fungus type and should have in


built filters such as neutral density filter, Light Balancing
filter.

Digital Camera System


1/3CCD (Digital), 3 CCD with DSP technology, Multiple outputs RGB, Y/C, Composite & FIRE
WARE, DV Output, C-mount type lens mount, High resolution 850 TVL

LCD Television with following features or equivalent.


Screen size: 32 or higher, Screen format normal/ 16;9 aspect ratio, Brightness 480 cd/m2 or better,
Dynamic contrast ratio 3000;1 or higher, Wide angle viewing 170 x 170 x or better. Audio Type: True
Surround, Digital natural image engine, AV
Input/Output
Compatible Computer and printer: With Intel Pentium PIV with 19 TFT, UPS and high
resolution color inkjet printer.
Q-1(435)M&E/09

BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
Quantity required: 50

1. Microscope - Should have stand with all glass high quality coated optics and cast
aluminum body.
2. Eyepiece - 10X (Pair) with high eye point and eye guards with adjustable interpupillary
distance (54 74mm).
3. Eyepiece tube- Binocular eyepiece tube, 45 angle.
4. Nosepiece 4 position, revolving nosepiece with backward tilt.
5. Objective plan achromatic objective 4X, 10x, 40X, 100X oil immersion.
6. Illumination- should have the option for halogen 30Watt or LED illumination.
7. Stage Gear based XY stage movement, with right hand control and front loading.
8. Focusing smooth coarse and fine adjustment knobs.
9. Condenser condenser 0.9/1.25 with diaphragm aperture and filter.
10. Antifungal all optical parts should be treated with antifungal coating.
11. Filter: built in blue filter.
12. Warranty- 3 years.
13. Guaranty- 2 years.

Q-1(436)M&E/09

Specifications for Digital Shade Matching Device


1.
2.
3.
4.

Used for fast and accurate shade matching


Based on spectrophotometer technology
Should have digital display with touch screen menus
Not affected by surrounding lighting conditions

Manufacturer should be CE,ISO certified

Q-1(437)M&E/09

SPECIFICATIONS FOR NON-INVASIVE VENTILATOR


1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Modes: CPAP, Spontaneous/Timed/Bilevel positive pressure ventilator.


Pressures: IPAP : 30 cm, EPAP: 20 cm.
Monitoring mode with full screen real time graphics showing pressure, volume and flow
graphs. Should display respiratory parameters like set and delivered pressures, respiratory
rates, exhaled tidal volumes, I:E ratios, minute volumes, machine delivered breaths, leak
details, patient breath trigger details.
Alarms package should be comprehensive indicating High-Low pressures, Apneas, HighLow respiratory rate and minute volume.
In built oxygen blender module to control FiO2 (21% to 100%)
Accessories: Masks - nasal and full face, invasive circuits, exhalation ports.
The Non-invasive ventilator should ideally be a stand-mounted device with facility for
heated humidification. It should be suitable in design for use in the treatment of critically
ill patients and have a range of masks, circuits and exhalation ports.
Should be supplied with a compatible UPS unit (30 min standby time)

Q-1(438)M&E/09
Q-1(439)M&E/09

TENDER SPECIFICATIONS FOR TYPE FOR SEMI- AUTOMATED NAT (NUCLEIC


ACID TESTING SYSTEM)
1.
A modular, semi-automated system for running Assays to detect HIV, HBV and HCV in
plasma by Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (3 in 1 multiplex assay).
2.

It should be able to perform- Individual Donor Testing (IDT).

3.
It should be able to perform accurate and consistent detection of HIV RNA, HCV RNA
and HBV DNA in donor plasma through NAT method of Transcription Mediated Amplification
(TMA) technique.
4.
System should be able to do Discriminatory tests for HIV, HCV and HBV reactivity using
the same platform and similar or same reagents as the multiplex assay.
5.

System should have throughput of minimum 100 or more Individual. Donor Tests
to be processed within 6-7 hours using one system.

6.
It should use Single Tube Technology from start to finish minimize sample
and sample transfer.

handling

7.
Should have an internal control to be added to each reaction tube in the very first step of
the assay to ensure assay integrity.
8.

The requisite test kit should consist of ready-to-use reagents and chemicals
necessary for the whole NAT procedure.

9.
The Amplification in the testing process should not be inhabited by anti
heparin.
10.

coagulants or

Should have Analytical sensitivity equivalent or better than (95% Detection Limit
for routine testing).

11.
Requisite no of computers for the testing system should be provided with printers and
UPS.
12.
All essential accessories as pipettes, Electronic pipette, centrifuge machine, timer and
barcode scanner and barcode printer of desired specifications for the
functioning of the
machine should be provided as part of the system.
13.

All reagents to be supplied with the system till the equipments is standardized and
calibrated for its effective performance.

14.

All consumables/reagents required for at least additional 5000 tests to be provided.

15.
16.

All the rates for the consumables and reagents should be provided.
The NAT system must be a proven one with a strong service base in India.

17.
The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0-50 deg
C and relative humidity of 15-90%.
18.
The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10- 40 deg C
and relative humidity of 15-90%.
19.

Power input to be 220-240 VAC. 50 Hz fitted with Indian plug.

20.
Voltage corrector/stabilizer of appropriate ratings meeting ISI Specifications
(Input
160-260 V and output 220-240 V and 50Hz) UPS of suitable rating shall be
supplied for
minimum 1 hour backup for the entire system.
21.

Should be FDA/,CE, or BIS approved product Electrical safety conforms to


standards for electrical safety IEC-60601/IS-13450.

22.

Comprehensive warranty for 2 years and 5 years CMC after warranty with rates.

23.

Comprehensive training for lab staff support services till familiarity with the

system.

24.

Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory List of Equipments available


for providing calibration and routine Preventive Maintenance Support as per
manufacturer documentation in service/technical manual.

25.
list.

Log book with instruction for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance check

26.

User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English.

Q-1(440)M&E/09

SPECIFICATION FOR E.N.T. OPERATING MICROSCOPE


1. Heavy Mobile floor stand with mechanical brakes and good sturdy balancing system.
2. Magnification ranges: 4.0X to 25X step magnification with Strait eye piece 10X
3. Field of View 35mm to 150 mm, variable for MLS Surgery.
4. Objective lens for 200mm,300mm and 400mm
5. Microscope Head should be freely mobile to all the directions and can be maneuvered for
laryngeal surgery.
6. Halogen lamp 150 Watts or Xenon Light with standby arrangement for halogen or xenon
light with power supply (220 volts -50 Hz) preferable inbuilt in sturdy floor stand.
7. Thick fibreoptic cable for good transmission of light

8. The intensity of light should be good on highest magnification


9.

One monocular/ binocular observation tube for assistant.

10. Autoclavable knobs


11. Sterile drapes
12. Spare bulbs 2 in number for each microscope
13. Two years warranty.
14. Five years AMC an expiring of warranty period.
15. Physical demonstration for assessment of resolution and other functions